PUGS' S ALMANAC, DIREOTGRY

AND

14

108 186

BEING BISSEXTILE, OR L

SIXTH YEAR OF PUBLICATION.

BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND: Printed and Published by Taxornaos P. Puea, at bis General Printing Ollee , Queen Street (next the School of Arts ) ; and Sold by him, and by all Agents in Town or Country. PRICE- Three Shillings and Sixpence. ANTICTPATING that remarks of an unfavourable character may be provoked by the lessened bulk of this publication, and the absence from it of the Map by which it has been accompanied during the last two years, the Pub li sher begs to state that the work has never yet repaid him for the labor and expense bestowed upon it, and he has, therefore, determined to make it a less costly - but he trusts not less useful-compendium of information. The Country Directory has been very materially and extensively altered and amended, and the Publisher will, as heretofore, be grateful for any corrections or alterations supplied by country residents. TABLEOF CONTENTS.

PAGE Articles of the Calendar 1 Eclipses...... it. The CALENDAR Law Arrangements for 1864 26 GARDENING CALENDAR 28 Meteorological Observations 35 Rainfall for 1860,1861, & 1862 ... 40 Royal Family of Great Britain 41 GOVERNMENT DEPART3IENTS: - Executive and Legislative it, Colonial Secretary's Department 44 Administration of Justice 50 ColonialTreasurer's Department 51 Lands and Works Department 55 Auditor General's Department 58 Commission of the Peace M. Municipal Councils 67 List of Barristers, &c 69 Commissioners forAffidavits 70 Physicians, Surgeons, and Chemists .., 71 Mina 's of Religion 72 Banking Establishments 74 Public Societies 76 Literary Institutions 78 Newspapers 79 Masonic and other Lodges 80 Charitable Institutions 83 Building and Investment Societies 84 Public Companies 87 Military and Volunteers 88 Misce ll aneous 89 Registration of Births, &e. 90 Electric Telegraph Regulations it. PORTS AND IIaoeao R8 Moreton Bay 96 Wide Bay 103 Sandy Cape to Cape Gloucester 107 Port Curtis ... Ill Keppel Bay 112 Broad Sound 113 Pioneer River it. Port Denison 115 Port Albany, &c. 116 Torres Straits ... lip POSTAL INPoRMATION 120 Arrival and Despatch of Mails 124 List of Acts, &c. 135 PastoralLeases Act of 1863 141 Agricultural Reserves Act of 1863 159 IT. CONTENTS.

PAGE. Immigration Regulations ...... 163 Population Returns 107 PASTORAL AND AGRIODLTuRAL:- Return of Live Stock ... 169 LAMndunder Cultivation ... 170 Table°for Agriculturists ...... 171 Sugar Cultivation ...... 172 TRADE RETURNS:-- 176 178 Produce exported in 1860,1861 , 1862 ... 180 Flourimported 1860, 181 Expo rt of Cotton ...... 182 Imports and Exports 1860, 1861, 1862 ... ib. Customs' Revenue...... ib. CouNTRY DIRECTORY - and Cleveland ...... 185 Brisbane and Casino ...... 186 Brisbane and Moggi ll ...... 187 Brisbane and Marlborough ...... ib. Brisbane and Ipswich ...... 188 Ipswich and Drayton ...... 189 Ipswich and Warwick ...... 190 , Warwick, and Maryland ... ib. Toowoomba and Goondlwindi 191 Warwick and Leyburn ...... 192 Toowoomba and Dalby .., ... ib. Toowoomba and Nanango 193 Dalby and Condamine ...... ib. Dalby and Goondlwindi .., 194' Dalby and Auburn ... 195 Condamine and Taroom ... 196 Condamine and Roma...... ib. Roma and Maranoa 197 Condamine , Surat, and Yarrows ... 198 The Warrego ...... 201 Retreat and Nindigually ...... 203 Ipswich and Gayndah ...... 204 Gayndah and Taroom ...... , ...... 205 Taroom and Roma ...... , . . 206 Gayndah and Walla ... .-. ... ib. Marlborough and Gayndah ...... 207 Maryborough and Gladstone ib. Gladstone and Rockhampton ...... 208 Taroom and Rockhampton ...... 209 Banana and Gayndah ...... 210 Rockhampton and Orion Downs ... ib. Rainswo rt h and Gordon Downs...... 212 Spriugsure and Barcoo River ... 213 Marlborough and Peak Downs ...... 215 Rockhampton and the Gold Fields ... 217 Rockhampton and Port Denison, &c. 218 Errata ...... 223 Addends and Corrigenda ...... 227 ADVERTISEMENTS ...... 233 PUGH'S ALMANACAND DIRECTORY

FOR 1.864.

ARTICLESOF THE CALENDAR.

Golden Number...... 3 Ilominical Letter ...... CB Epaot ...... 22 Roman Indiction ...... 7 Solar Cycle ...... 25 Julian Period...... 8677 -T - ECLIPSES.

in the year 1864 there wi ll be two Eclipses , both of the gulf, neither of which will be visible in the inhabited port ions of this Colony- -L--An Eclipse of the Sun , ( total , except near the positions of central beginning and ending ), May 6th, 1864, II,-4n annular Eclipse of the Sun, October 30th, 1864.

NOTESFOR THE CALENDAR. --.-- TIM Moon's Age is given at noon, and is the mean time elapsed since the Moon's ecliptic conjunction with the Sun , or since the Sun and Moon had the same longitude . The numbers in the " Moon 's Age" column are calculated for Brisbane , and are expressed in days and decimal parts of a day.

The diRerence in time between high water at the Bar and Brisbane is one hour ; between Brisbane and Ipswich, three bours . This applies as a general rule, but the actual time of high water is frequently in fluenced by strong nort herly and easterly gales, and violent freshes in the River. When the Sun is south of the Equator , the day tides in the southern hemisphere are the highest; when north of the Equator , the night tides are highest . These changes will take place about the second or third spring tide after the sun has crossed the Equinox. The day tides wi ll be the highest until the first spring tide in April, when the night tides will take pre cedence until the new moon in October , after which the day tides will again take precedence. B 2 JANUARY, 31 DAYS.

TEDSPERATIIRE ( 1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 87.1 Mean temperature ...... 78.4 Greatest diurnal range (from 66 6 to 91.6) . 25 NoTE.-Summer has now fairly set in ; weather hot and oppressive; often accompanied by rain, squalls, thunder, and lightning.

OCCURRENCES, &C. A A

1 F . Govt. Resident first appointed at Moreton Bay, 1853. 2 S Queensland electorates proclaimed, 1860. 3 S Northern Argus established, 1863. 4 M Ipswich Assizes. 5 T First N. S. Wales Constitution Act proclaimed, 1843. 6 W Epiphany- 7 Th 8 F First general public meeting held in Brisbane in favor 9 S [of separation from N. S. Wales, 1851. 10 S Heavy floods at Ipswich, 1844. 11 M Toowoomba Assizes. 12 T 13 W 14 Th First transports reached Botany Bay, 1788. 15 F 16 S 17 S Highest flood known in Brisbane and Ipswich, 1841. 18 M 19 T 20 W 21 Th Ship Fortitude arrived in Moreton Bay, 1849.-Re- 22 F mains of Burke and Wills interred with 23 S great pomp at Melbourne, 1863. 24 S Septuagesima Sunday.-Seve re floods in the Fitzroy, 25 M Princess Royal married, 1858. [1863. 26 T Anniversary of N. S. Wales ; founded 1788.-Steam 27 W communication first commenced between 28 Th c Brisbane and Sydney, 1842. 29 F I First shipment of cotton hence, 1854. 301 S 31 , S JANUARY , 31 DAYS. 3

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. if. 9. D. H. Last Quarter 2 5 51 26p.m. Perigee ...... 10 Noon. New Moon .. 9 5 57 56p.m. Apogee ...... 25 7a.m. First Qr. ... 16 9 18 20a.m. Full Moon... 24 8 14 50a.m.

SUN Moon's nigh water on Bar. REMARKS. A Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M. D. T. H. M. H if. SPRING tides occur 1 5 14 6 54 21 2 5 34 3 56 on the 4th or 5th, and 2 5 14 6 54 22 2 4 20 4 45 on the 19th or 20th, 3 5 15 6 54 23 2 5 8 5 32 of this month. 4 5 15 6 55 24 2 5 54 6 18 5 5 16 6 55 25 2 6 40 7 0 6 5 16 6 55 26 2 7 22 7 45 MEMA.FOR aex ., 1863. 7 517 655 272 8 5 8 26 The Weather,&c - The greatest heat in 8 5 17 6 55 28 2 8 50 9 12 the shade was 920, 9 5 18 6 55 29 2 9 40 10 0 and in the sun, 118.4. 10 5 18 6 54 0 8 10 20 10 42 Evaporation, about 6 22 inches. N.E. winds 11 5 19 6 54 1 8 11 0 11 prevailed ; the wea- 12 5 20 6 54 2 8 11 48 0 10 ther being generally 13 5 21 6 54 3 8 0 30 0 54 hot, cloudy , and op- 14 6 54 4 8 1 18 1 40 pressive , with fre- 5 22 quent showers. Heavy 15 523 653 58 2 5 2 30 gale from the E.N.E. 16 524 653 68 254 3 20 on the 24th,25th, and 17 5 25 6 53 7 8 3 42 4 6 26th. 18 5 26 6 53 8 8 4 30 4 54 Health.-Like the two previous months, 19 527 653 98 516 5 40 much sickness and 20 5 28 6 53 10 8 6 0 6 22 many deaths. Cases 21 5 29 6 52 11 8 648 7 15 of febrile debility and gastric remittent 22 5 30 6 52 12 8 7 45 8 10 common, with diar- 23 5 31 6 52 13 8 8 40 9 10 rhoea and wasting in 24 5 32 6 52 14 8 9 45 10 12 children. 25 5 32 6 52 15 8 10 40 11 4 Rain fall.- 6.48 in., ,26 5 33 6 51 16 8 11 30 11 54 in 19 days. 27 5 34 6 51 17 8 0 16 0 36 Bertha.-Males, 27; 28 5 35 6 51 18 8 0 56 1 16 females, 29; total, 56. 29 5 36 6 51 19 8 1 40 2 4 Deaths.- Males, 26; females, 24; total, 50. 30 5 36 6 50 20 8 2 26 2 50 28 were children un- 31, 537;650 (218 312 3 32 der 2 years. B% 4 FEBRUARY, 29 DAYS.

TEMPERATIIRE (1863). t Mean maximum shade ...... 90 Mean temperature ...... 80.1 Greatest diurnal range (from 70.2 to 100) ... 29.8 NOTE.-This is usually the hottest month of the year; heavy squalls, with thunder and rain, are common, and strong easterly winds.

a OCCURRENCES, &c. A A

1 M Outbreak of Polish revolution, 1863. 2 T Maryborough township established, 1851. 3 W 4 Th 5 F 6 9 First Sup reme Court held at Ipswich, 1860. 7 S Quinquagesima .- Shrove Sunday.-Wreck of H.M.S. 8 M Hilary Term begins . [Orph eus, Manukau (N.Z.),1863. 9 T 10 W Asls Wednesday .- First sale of land in Nanango 11 Th [township, 1862. 12 F 13 S 14 S Quadragesima.-First Sunday in Lent. 15 M Severe floods in Brisbane, Ipswich, & elsewhere, 1863. 16 T First wool ship sailed hence for London, 1851.-Van 17 W [Diemen's Land Govt. founded, 1804. 18 Th 19 F Fearful gales on coast, and floods throughout country, 20 8 Hilary Term ends. [1863. 21 S Chief Justice Cockle arr. in Brisbane, 1863.-Glad- 22 M Brisbane Assizes. [stone procl. a municipality, 1863. 23 T [20th.-Morrill returned to civilization, after being 24 W 17 years with the blacks in the Burdekin country, 25 Th 1863.] 26 F 27 S 28 S First bank opened at Port Denison, 1863. 29 bI FEBRUARY , 29 DAYS. 5

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D H. M. S. D. H. Last Quarter 1 10 29 38a.m. Perigee ...... 8 1a.m. New Moon... 8 4 22 2a.m. Apogee ...... 21 7a.m. First Qr. ... 14 11 36 32p.m. Full Moon... 23 3 13 14a.m.

SUN Moon's High Water on Bar. REMARKS. q Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M . D. T. H. M. H. M. SPRING tides occur 5 37 6 49 22 8 420 on the 2nd or 3rd, 1 3 56 and on the 16th or 2 5 38 6 49 23 8 440 5 4 17th, of this month. 3 5 39 648 24 8 6 26 5 50 4 540 648 25 8 6 12 6 36 MEMA. FOa FEB., 1863. The Weather, &e.- 5 5 41 6 47 26 8 7 0 7 26 The month was hot 6 541 647 278 754 8 20 and quite oppressive 7 542 647 288 850 920 throughout; the 18th and 19th being the 8 543 646 03 950 10 20 hottest days of the 9 544 646 1 3 10 48 11 12 summer. On the 19th 10 5 44 6 45 2 3 11 32 11 54 the max. shade ther- 048 mometer rose to 101.4 11 5 45 644 3 3 0 20 deg., the greatest heat 12 546 643 43 112 136 known here since 13 546 6 42 5 3 2 0 2 26 observations were 3 20 taken ; max. sun, 14 5 47 6 41 6 3 2 54 125.8. S.E. winds pre- 15 547 641 73 345 4 6 vailed; much thunder 16 548 640 83 430 456 and lightning. Eva- 17 9 3 5 45 poration, between 4 5 49 6 39 5 20 and 5 inches. 18 5 49 6 39 10 3 6 12 640 Health.-Much sick- 19 5 50 6 38 11 3 7 4 7 30 ness and a large num- 20 5 50 6 37 12 3 8 22 ber of deaths, in 7 56 consequence of the 21 5 51 6 36 13 3 8 50 9 12 oppressive heat. Di- 22 5 52 6 36 14 3 9 40 10 0 arrhoea frequent 23 5 53 6 35 15 3 10 20 10 45 amongst children, and febrile debility 24 5 54 6 35 16 3 11 8 11 34 in adults. 25 5 55 6 34 17 3 0 0 0 22 Rainfall. - 1514 26 5 55 6 33 18 3 0 45 1 10 inches , in 16 days. Births .- Males, 37; 27 5 56 6 32 19 3 1 36 2 0 females, 28; total, 65. 28 5 56 6 31 20 3 2 24 2 50 Deaths.- Males, 33; 29 5 57 6 30 21 3 3 12 3 34 females, 24 ; total, 57. 5 from coup de solent. 28 were children un- ! , lder 2 years. 6 MARCH, 31 DAYS.

TEMPERATURE (1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 84.9 Mean temperature ...... 76.1 Greatest diurnal range (from 64.8 to 88.5)... 23.7 NoTE.-Summer ends on the 20th, but the heat, although less than that of last month, is still considerable. Easterly winds prevail, with frequent showers. o OCCURRENCES, &C. A A

1 T - St. David's Day. 2 3 Th Ipswich proclaimed a municipality, 1860. 4 5 S Hon. C. Cowper visited Brisbane, 1863. 6 $ First newspaper published in , 1803. 7 M Easter Term begins. 8 9 W Port Denison proclaimed a port of entry, 1861. 10 Th Prince of Wales married Princess Alexandra, 1863 - 11 F [New Holland discovered by the Dutch, 1606. 12 S The "Moi eton Bay Association" first mooted idea of 13 S [separation from N. S. Wales, 1847. 14 M Broad Sound proclaimed a port of entry, 1863. 15 T Easter Term ends. 16 W [12th.-First circuit court held at Drayton, 1860.] 17 Th St. Patrick's Day.-Flood in Brisbane, 1863. 18 19 20 S Palm Sunday.-Hurricane on the coast, 1863. 21 M Insurrectionary war broke out in New Zealand, 1860. 22 T Sir C. Fitzroy visited Moreton Bay, 1854. 23 W Maryborough proclaimed a municipality, 1861. 24 25 F Annunciation -Lady Day.-Good Friday.-Leich- 26 S [hardt returned from Port Essington, 1846. 27 S Easter Sunday. 28 29 30 31 Th , Queensland Guardian established, 1860. MARCH, 31 DAYS. 7

PHASES OP THE MOON.

D. H. M. S. D. H. Last Quarter 1 11 23 50p.m. Perigee ...... 7 Noon. New Moon.. 8 2 11 26p.m. Apogee ...... 19 6p.m. First Qr. .. 15 4 19 38p.m. Full Moon .. 23 8 26 32p.m. Last Quarter 31 8 32 8a.m.

SUN Moon's High Water on Bar. REMARKS. Rises 4 Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M . D. T. H. M. B. M. 3 50 4 12 THE Sun enters the 1 5 57 6 29 22 3 autumnal equinox on 2 5 58 628 23 3 436 5 0 the 20th,and that 3 5 58 6 27 24 3 5 24 5 48 season therefore com- 4 6 15 640 mences. Spring tides 5 59 6 26 25 3 occur on the 2nd or 5 6 0 6 25 26 3 7 6 7 34 3rd, and on the 17th 6 6 1 624 273 8 0 824 or 18th,of thismonth. 7 i 6 2 623 283 850 915 8 6 2 6 22 29 3 9 45 10 15 9 1 6 3 621 09 1040 11 5 N ,iA.FOR MAR., 1863. 10 6 3 6 20 1 9 11 30 11 51 The Weather, &e.- A comparatively cool 11 6 4 619 29 020 045 and mild month. 12 6 4 6 18 3 9 1 8 1 30 S.E.winds prevailed. 13 6 5 6 17 4 9 1 54 2 18 Heavy gale on the 20th, doing great 14 6 5 6 16 5 9 240 3 0 damage on the coast, 15 6 6 6 15 6 9 3 22 3 45 and causing in some 16 6 6 6 14 7 9 4 10 4 34 cases loss of life. 6 13 8 9 4 56 5 20 Showers frequent. 17 6 7 Evaporation, nearly 4 18 6 7 6 12 9 9 5 42 6 4 inches. Highest tem- 19 6 81 611 109 626 650 perature in shade, 20 6 8 6 10 11 9 7 10 7 34 93'1. Sealth.-A decrease 21 6 9 6 9 12 9 7 56 8 20 in mortality, conse- 22 6 9 6 8 13 9 8 45 9 10 quent on the decrease 23 6 10 6 7 14 9 9 35 10 0 in temperature. Chil. dren much affected 24 6 10 6 6 15 9 10 20 10 42 with disease of re- 25 6 11 6 5 16 9 11 4 11 30 spiratory organs. 26 6 11 6 4 17 9 11 54 0 20 Rain-fall. - 14.36 inches, in 23 days. 27 6 12 6 3 18 9 0 45 1 10 Births.- Males, 24; 28 6 12 6 2 19 9 1 34 1 56 females, 29; total, 53. 29 6 13 6 1 20 9 2 20 2 45 Deaths.- Males, 25; females, 19; total, 44. 30 6 13 6 0 21 9 3 4 3 26 25 were children un- 31 614 558 229 350 j 410 der 2 years. 8 APRIL , 30 DAYS.

TEMPERATURE (1863). • Mean maximum shade ...... 81 Mean temperature ...... 71.2 Greatest diurnal range (from 55 to 83 ) ...... 28 NOTE.-At the beginning of this month we may expect cloudy, showery , unpleasant weather; towards the end, the S.W. weather commences, with heavy dews and positive electricity.

a da OCCURRENCES, &C. eS a A A

i F 2 S First Circuit Court held at Maryborough, 1860. 3 S Low Sunday. 4 M Maryborough Assizes. 5 T 6 W First Circuit Court held at Rockhampton, 1863. 7 Th First Queensland census taken, 1861-(pop., 30,059). 8 F 9 S 10 S [sent in Queensland, 1861. 11 M Rockhampton Assizes.-Pint telegraphic message 12 T Port Denison settlement founded, 1861. 13 W 14 Th 15 F Moreton Bay Supreme Court formally opened, 1857. 16 S 17 S 18 American revolution, 1775. 19 TM 20 W 21 Th Fifth session of first Queensland Parliament opened, 22 F [1863. 23 S St. George. 24 S 25 M 26 T 27 W First elections for Queensland Parliament, 1860. 28 Th 29 F Burnett Argus established, 1861. 30 8 APRIL, 30 DAYS. 9

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. M. 8. D. H. New Moon... 7 0 1 Sams. Perigee., ...... 4 4p.m. First Qr. ... 14 10 21 20a.m. Apogee ...... 16 Noon. Full Moon .. 22 11 31 8a.m. Last Quarter 29 2 46 38p.m.

A Moon's SUN High Water on Bar. REMARKS. q Rises I Sets Age. Morn. I Afters.

H. M. H. M . D. T. H. M. H. M. 1 6 14 5 56 23 9 4 30 4 54 SPRING tides occur on the 14th or 15th, 2 6 14 5 55 24 9 5 20 548 or 3 6 15 5 54 25 9 6 15 6 40 3oti, this mon h 4 6 15 5 52 26 9 7 5 7 30 of 5 6 16 5 51 27 9 7 56 8 26 6 6 16 5 50 28 9 8 54 9 35 7 6 17 5 48 0 5 10 0 10 20 MEXA. FOR APRIL, 1863. 8 6 17 5 47 1 5 10 48 11 15 9 6 18 5 46 2 5 11 40 0 6 The Weather, &c.- First three weeks 10 6 18 5 45 3 5 0 32 0 56 11 6 19 5 44 4 5 1 20 1 44 12 6 19 5 42 5 5 2 10 2 34 finehowerrs'; and clear.latter part S.E. winds prevailed. 13 6 20 5 40 6 5 3 0 3 20 temperature 14 6 20 5 39 7 5 3 45 4 10 in shade, 887. Evapo- 15 6 21 5 38 8 5 4 36 5 0 ration, nearly 4 in. 16 6 21 5 38 9 5 5 24 5 50 Health.-A further 17 6 22 5 37 10 5 6 12 6 34 decrease in mortality, 18 6 22 5 36 11 5 6 56 7 18 Diseases of respira- 19 6 23 5 35 12 5 7 40 8 4 tory organs, sore. throat, and bilious 20 6 23 5 34 13 5 8 24 8 50 diarrhoea frequently 21 6 24 5 34 14 5 9 12 9 36 noticeable. Deaths 22 6 24 5 33 15 5 10 0 10 20 this month were in 23 6 25 5 32 16 5 10 42 11 4 favor of children. 24 6 25 5 31 17 5 11 26 11 50 Rainfall .-6 .70 in., 25 6 26 5 30 18 5 0 15 0 40 in 14 days. 26 6 27 5 29 19 5 1 6 1 32 27 6 27 5 28 20 5 1 56 2 18 Birth8.- Males, 37; females, 34 ; total, 28 6 28 5 27 21 5 2 40 3 6 71- 29 6 28 5 26 22 5 3 30 3 54 Deaths.- Males, 18; 30 6 29 5 26 23 5 4 16 4 40 females,22 ; total, 40. 10 MAY, 31 DAYS.

TEMPEBATT E (1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 78.1 Mean temperature ...... 69.7 Greatest diurnal range (fr om 40.1 to 72 .2) .. 32.1 NoTE.-Fine , cool, healthy weather usually. Splendid , clear, starlit nights , with heavy dews and occasional hoar fr osts.

Occm eaENCES, &c. A A

1 S Rogation Sunday.-International Exhibition of 1862. 2 M Ipswich Assizes. 3 T First importation of Chinese labor into Moreton Bay, 4 W [1850. 5 Th Ascension Day-Holy Thursday.-Outbreak of civil 6 F [war in America, 1861. 7 8 9 M Trinity Term begins. 10 11 12 Th Last exile ship arrived in Moreton Bay, 1850. 13 F Moreton Bay made a port of entry, 1846 .- First daily 14 S [paper published in Queensland, 1861. 15 S Pentecost -Whit Sunday.-Capt. Cook discovered 16 M [Moreton Bay, in the Endeavour , 1770. 17 T First Circuit Court held at Brisbane, 1850. 18 19 20 F Trinity Term ends .- Moreton Bay abandoned as a 21 S [penal settlement, 1839. 22 S Trinity Sunday.-First Queensland Parl't dissolved, 23 M Brisbane Assizes. [1863.-First do. assembled, 1860. 24 T Queen Victoria born, 1819. 25 W Warwick praclaimed a municipa lity, 1861. 26 Th Corpus Christi.-Calliope proclaimed a gold-field, 27 F [1863. 28 29 30 31 1 MAY, 31 DAYS. 11

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. Si. S. D. H. New Moon... 6 10 26 8a.m. Perigee ...... 1 9p.m. First Qr. ... 14 4 33 2a.m. Apogee ...... 14 6a.m. Full Moon... 21 11 36 26p.m. Perigee ...... 26 10p.m. Last Quarter 28 7 33 2p.m.

SUN Moon's High Water on Bar. Da REMAIMS. Rises I Sets Age. Morn. Aftern. H. M. H. At. D. T. H. M. H Si. 1 6 29 5 25 24 5 5 0 5 24 Srmm r. tides occur 2 6 29 5 25 5 56 6 30 on the 12th or 13th, 25 5 and on the 27th or 3 6 30 5 24 26 5 7 0 7 26 28th, of this month. 4 6 30 5 24 27 5 7 54 8 20 5 6 31 5 23 28 5 8 51 9 24 6 631 522 29 5 10 O 10 24 11 16 7 6 32 5 21 1 0 10 50 MEMA. FOR MAY, 1863. 8 6 32 5 21 2 0 11 40 0 6 9 6 33 5 20 30 034 056 The Weather, &c.- 10 6 33 5 19 40 116 140 Temperature above the average during 11 634 518 5 0 2 0 2 24 the first three weeks. 12 6 34 5 18 60 250 312 Highest temperature 13 6 35 5 17 70 336 356 in shade, 85. Heavy dews and thick fogs 14 6 35 5 17 80 416 440 have been frequent. 15 6 36 5 16 90 5 0 520 S.W.winds prevailed. 16 6 36 5 15 10 0 5 45 6 4 Solar halo on 19th; 11 0 6 26 6 50 lunar halo on 26th. 17 637 515 Evaporation, about 3 18 6 37 5 14 12 0 7 10 7 32 inches. 19 6 38 5 14 13 0 7 56 8 16 20 6 38 5 13 140 840 9 6 Health.-- Croup and bronchial affections 21 6 39 5 13 15 0 9 34 10 0 amongst children, the 22 6 39 5 12 160 10 24 10 50 former proving fatal 23 6 40 5 12 17 0 11 12 11 36 in many instances. 24 6 40 5 11 18 0 11 56 0 18 Rain fall.-'92 in., 25 6 41 5 11 19 0 0 40 1 4 in 9 days. 26 6 42 5 10 20 0 1 26 1 52 Births.- Melee, ?A; 27 6 42 5 10 21 0 2 16 2 40 females, 34; total, 59. 28 6 43 5 9 22 0 3 0 3 24 29 6 43 5 9 23 0 3 50 4 12 Deaths.- Males, 14; females, 24; total, 38. 30 6445 8 24 0 4 36 4 56 15 were children un. 31 6441 5 8 2501 520 545 der 2 years. 12 JUNE , 30 DAYS.

TEMPE1tATURu (1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 72 Mean temperature ...... 62.2 Greatest diurnal range (from 42'2 to 742)... 32 NOTE.-As during last month, S.W. weather may be expected, with strong positive electricity ; bright, cold, starlit nights, heavy dews, and occasional hoar frosts.

a> OCCURRENCES, &c. A A

1 W- Long Vacation commences.-First land sale at Mel- 2 Th Western Australia founded, 1829. [bourne, 1837. 3 F Colony of Queensland proclaimed in London, 1859. 4 S [1st.-Landsborough reached the Darling overland 5 S from the Gulf, 1862.] 6 M Year 1281 of the Mahomedan era commences. 7 T 8 W 9 Th Sheep first boiled down in Australia, 1843. 10 F 11 S Dcariing Downs G azette established, 1858. 12 S 13 M 14 T 15 W First general elections in N. S. Wales, 1843. 16 Th 17 F 18 S Battle of Waterloo, 1815. 19 S 20 M Accession of Queen Victoria, 1837.-Moreton Bay 21 T [Courier established, 1846. 22 W 23 Th Western boundary of Queensland extended to 138° 24 F [long., 1862. 25 S 26 S 27 M [explorer,died, 1861. 28 T Queen Victoria crowned,1838.-Burke, the Victorian 29 W First steamer between Brisbane and Ipswich started, 80 1 Th I Long Vacation ends. [1846. JUNE , 30 DAYS. 13

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D, H. M. 3. D. H. New-Moon... 4 9 52 26p.m. Apogee ...... 11 1a.m. First Qr. ... 12 10 0 32p.m. Perigee ...... 22 11p.m. Full Moon 20 9 6 26a.m. Last Quarter 27 0 27 8a.m.

SUN Moon' s High Water on Bar. A REMARKS. Rises Sets Age. Morn. i Aftern.

H. M. IT. M. D. T. H. M. H. M. Oua winter season 1 6 45 5 9 26 0 6 10 6 40 2 6 45 5 9 27 0 7 6 7 36 3 6 46 5 9 28 0 8 4 8 34 the4th, sho andrt est the 23rdhisday of the year. Spring tides 4 646 5 8 29 0 9 6 940 occur on the 9th or 5 6 47 5 8 0 6 10 6 10 32 10th, and on the 25th 6 6 47 5 8 1 6 10 56 11 20 or 26th, of the month. 7 6 48 5 8 2 6 0 6 0 34 8 648 5 8 3 6 1 0 1 26 9 6 49 5 9 " 4 6 1 52 2 20 MEMA. FOR JUNE,1863. 10 6 49 5 9 5 6 244 3 4 1 The Weather, &c - 11 6 49 5 9 6 6 3 30 3 52 Temperature of the 12 6 50 5 9 7 6 4 12 4 36 month above the 13 6 50 5 10 8 6 { 4 56 5 16 I average. The highest temperature in shade, 14 6 50 5 10 9 6 540 6 0 78. Lightning fre- 15 6 51 5 10 10 6 ' 6 22 6 45 quent. S.W. winds 16 6 51 5 10 11 6 7 4 7 26 prevailed, but there were frequent calms 17 6 52 5 10 12 6 7 50 8 10 during the month. 18 6 52 5 11 1 13 6 8 30 8 52 Evaporation, nearly 19 6 52 5 11 14 6 9 12 9 36 2 inches. 20 6 52 5 11 15 6 10 0 10 22 Health.- Bronchial 21 6 52 5 11 16 6 10 45 11 6 affections noticeable, as dung lest month ; 22 6 53 5 11 17 6 11 30 11 54 also casesof scarlet 23 6 53 5 12 18 6 0 12 0 36 fever. 24 6 53 5 12 19 6 1 0 1 24 Raia;Jall.-2.75 in., 25 6 53 5 12 6 150 2 18 in 13 days. 120 26 6 53 5 12 21 6 2 45 ' 3 6 Brrth 8.- Males, 31; 27 6 53 5 12 22 6 3 30 I 3 54 females, 35; total, 66. 28 6 54 5 12 23 6 4 15 4 40 Deaths . Males,18; females, 29 6 54 5 13 `24 6 5 4 5 26 ee child n un- 30 6 54 5 13 125 6 5 50 6 12 der 5 years. 14 JULY, 31 DAYS.

TEMPERATrR R (1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 69.8 Mein temperature. .. 58 1 Greatest diurnal range (from 37.1 to 72 2) . 35.1 NoTE.-July is generally the driest month of the year. Last month's cold, seasonable, beautiful S.W. weather may be expected, with little rain, heavy dew, foggy mornings, and occasional frosts.

OCCURRENCES, &c. A A

1 F Post Office Order system introduced, 1862.-Separa- 2 S [lion of Victoria proclaimed, 1851. 3 S 4 M Ipswich Assizes.- Queensland Times est., 1859.- 5 T [Toowoomba Chronicle est., 1861. 6 W 7 Th 8 F 9 S Rockhampton Bulletin est., 1861. [land, 1859. 10 S News received of app't. of first Governor of Queens- 11 M Toowoomba Assizes.-First exhibition of Royal Agri- 12 T [cultural Society held at Toowoomba, 1862. 13 W 14 Th 15 F 16 S 17 S 18 M Gold discovered in Victoria, 1851. 19 T Drayton proclaimed a Municipality, 1862. 20 W Moreton Bay proclaimed a Warehousing Port, 1846. 21 Th Second Parliament of Queensland assembled, 1863. 22 F 23 S 24 S 25 M 26 T 27 W Port of Moreton Bay defined, 1846. 28 Th Gregory (A. C.) reached Adelaide overland from the 29 F [Dawson, 1858. 30 S [wick, 1850. 31 S First land sales held in Ipswich, Drayton, and War- JULY, 31 DAYS. 15

PIIA*E8 OF TA MOON.

D. H. M. S. D. H. New Moon... 4 8 36 14p.m. Apogee ...... 8 6p.m. First Qr. ... 12 2 3 20p.m. Perigee ...... Midnight. Full Moon... 19 4 48 2p.m. last Quarter 26 6 58 14a.m.

SUN Moon ' s High Water on Bar. REMARKS. Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. X. D. T. H. M. H. M. METFORS usually 1 6 54 5 14 26 6 6 34 7 0 numerous at close of 2 6 54 5 14 27 6 7 30 7 56 month. Spring tides 3 6 54 5 1t 28 6 8 24 8 52 occur on the 9th or 296 26 54 10th, and on the 24th 4 653 514 9 9 25th, of the month. 5 653 515 07 10 20 10 45 or 6 663 515 17 11 12 11 36 7 653 515 27 0 0 0 24 MEMA.FOR JULY, 1863. 8 653 515 37 0 50 1 16 9 653 516 47 1 40 2 4 The Weather, &c.- 10 Temperature again 653 516 57 2 28 2 54 above the average, 11 652 516 67 3 18 3 45 but weather during 12 652 516 77 4 12 4 32 greater part of the 4 56 20 month fine and clear. 13 652 517 87 5 Highest temperature 14 652 517 97 5 45 6 10 in shade , 77 4. Fre- 15 6 51 5 17 10 7 6 32 6 54 quent calms and li ght 16 6 51 5 18 11 7 7 20 7 45 breezes . S.W. w in ds prevailed . Evapora- 17 651 518 127 8 10 8 36 ration, 2 75 inches. 18 6 51 5 19 13 7 9 0 9 24 6 50 5 19 14 7 9 48 10 12 Health.-But little 19 sickness was observ- 20 6 50 5 20 15 7 10 36 11 0 able duri ng this 21 6 50 5 20 16 7 11 24 11 48 month. Some cases 22 6 49 5 21 17 7 0 12 0 36 of scarlet fever oc- curred. 23 6 49 5 22 18 7 1 0 1 24 24 6 49 5 23 19 7 1 50 2 15 Rain-/ all.-2.43 in., 25 6 48 5 24 20 7 2 40 3 5 in 11 days. 26 6 47 5 24 21 7 3 30 3 55 Births.- Males, 37; 27 6 46 5 25 22 7 4 22 4 46 females, 27; total, 64. 28 646 526 237 5 12 5 36 Deaths .- Males, 13; 29 6 45 5 27 24 7 6 0 6 22 females, 15 ; total, 28. 30 644 527 1 257 6 48 7 16 11 were children uu- 31 f 614 528 26 7 I 7 44 8 12 her 5 3 tam. 16 AUGUST, 31 DAYS.

TEMPERATURE (1863).

Mean maximum shade ...... 71.8 Mean temperature ...... 60.3 Greatest diurnal range (from 44 to 81.2) ... 37.2 NoTE.-Indications of spring are discoverable during this month. The frosts have usually ceased, although bright, starlit nights and dews continue.

OCCURRENCES, &c. a A

1 M - First Representative Assembly met in Sydney, 1843. 2 T 3 W 4 Th First book printed, 1457. 5 F 68 7 S [Denison overland from Adelaide, 1862. 8 M M`Binlay, the South Australian explorer, reached Port 9 T First land sale held in Brisbane, 1843. 10 W 11 Th Bank of Queensland opened at Brisbane, 1863. 12 F 13 S 14 S Queensland Acclimatization Society founded, 1862. 15 M Michaelmas Term begins. 16 T River Murray first navigated, 1843. 17 W 18 Th 19 F [Transportation to N. S. Wales ceased, 1840. 20 S Steam Dredge commenced work at the bar, 1862.- $1 S First Queensland State Trial (Beg. v. Pugh), for libel 22 M [on Legislative Council, 1861. 23 T [20th.- Separation demonstration at Rockhampton, 24 W 1863.] 25 Th 26 F 27 S Governor left Brisbane in I1.M.S.Pioneer to form 28 S [new settlement at Cape York, 1862. 29M 30 T Torres' Straits discovered, 1606. 31 ' W AUGUST, 31 DAYS. 17

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. M, a. D. H. NewMoon... 3 0 46 2a.m. Apogee ...... 5 6a.m. First Qr. ... 11 4 9 44a.m. Perigee ...... 18 8a.m. Full Moon... 17 11 43 50p.m. Last Quarter 24 4 16 26p.m.

' SUN Moon s High Water on Bar. REMABBS. Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M H. M . D. T. H. M. H. M. 1 644 528 277 836 9 0 SPRING tidesoccur 2 644 5 28 28 7 924 950 on the 6th or 7th, and on the 20th or 21st, 3 643 5 28 0 5 10 12 10 34 of this month: 4 6 43 5 29 1 5 11 0 11 24 5 6 42 5 29 2 5 11 50 0 12 6 642 530 35 032 054 7 641 530 45 116 140 8 641 531 55 2 0 222 NEXA, FOR AUG., 180. 9 640 531 65 246 3 4 The Weather, &c.- 10 640 532 75 326 350 Temperature again 11 6 39 5 32 8 5 4 12 4 34 above the average, but the weather was 12 6 38 5 33 9 5 4 56 5 20 for the greater part of 13 6 37 5 33 10 5 5 50 6 16 the month fine and 14 6 36 5 34 11 5 640 7 6 clear. Highest tem- perature in shade, 15 6 35 5 35 12 5 7 30 7 54 81.2. B.W. winds pre- 16 6 34 5 36 13 5 820 848 vailed, but were ge- 17 6 33 5 36 14 5 9 20 9 50 nerally moderate. 18 6 32 5 37 15 5 10 16 10 40 Evaporation , 4.25 in. 19 6 31 5 37 16 5 11 4 11 26 health.- As during 20 6 30 5 38 17 5 11 50 0 12 the previousmonth, 1 0 there was but little 21 6 28 5 38 18 5 0 36 sickness , although 22 6 27 5 39 19 5 1 24 1 48 some cases of influ- 23 6 26 5 39 20 5 2 16 240 enzaandscarlettever 24 6 25 540 21 5 3 6 3 28 occurred. 25 6 24 540 22 5 3 52 4 15 Rain-fall.-1. 81 in., 26 6 23 540 23 5 4 36 5 0 in 9 days. 27 6 22 5 41 24 5 5 24 548 Birth*.- Males, 32; 28 6 21 5 41 25 5 6 12 6 36 females, 33; total, 65. 29 6 20 5 41 26 5 7 4 7 30 30 619 542 275 8 0 828 .Deaths.-Males, 18; females, 14; total, 32. Al 6 18 5 42 28 5 9 4 9 36 0 1s SEPTEMBER, 30 DAYS.

TEMPEE.TURF (1863). Mean maximum shade ...... 76.6 Mean temperature ...... 63.9 Greatest diurnal range (from 47.3 to 83.2) 35.9 NOTE.-The brief winter ends on the 23rd. Weather still warmer than last month. Wind chiefly S.W. in the morning, but the N.E. breeze now sets in in the afternoon, followed by calm nights. m m OCCURRENCES, &C. A A

1 Th Dalby proclaimed a Municipality, 1863. 2 F - Moreton Bay Settlement founded by Mr. Oxley,1824. 3 S Michaelmas Term ends. 4 5 M Brisbane Assizes. 6 T Brisbane proclaimed a Municipality, 1859. 7 8 9 10 11 12 M Importation of sheep from other colonies prohibited 13 T [becauseof scab,1863. 14 W First Victorian railway opened, 1854. 15 16 17 S Warwick Mail established, 1862. 18 19 20 21 22 Th Queensland Parliament prorogued, 1863. 23 F Southern entrance to Moreton Bay buoyed, 1862. 24 25 S Ipswich Grammar School opened, 1863. 26 M First New South Wales railway opened, 1855. 27 T 28 W 29 Th Michaelmas Day. 30 a F I SEPTEMBER, 30 DAYS. 19

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. M. S. D. if. New Moon... 1 4 20 14p.m. Apogee ...... 1 8a.m. First Qr. ... 9 4 2 44p.m. Perigee ...... 15 6p.m. Full Moon... 16 9 21 26a.m. Apogee ...... 28 3p.m. Last Quarter 23 5 6 20a.m.

SUN Moon's High Water on Bar. REMARKS. Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

U.N. H. M. D. T. H. M. H. M. SPRING commences on the 23rd, on which 1 6 18 543 29 5 9 50 10 10 date the sun enters 2 6 17 544 0 8 10 34 10 56 the vernal equinox. 3 6 16 544 1 8 11 20 11 45 Spring tides occur on 4 6 14 5 45 the 3rd or 4th, and on 2 8 0 6 0 30 the 18th or 19th, of 5 6 13 5 45 38 054 116 thismonth. 6 611 546 48 140 2 0 7 6 10 546 58 244 MEMA . FOR SEPT., 1863. 222 The Weather, &c.- 8 6 8 547 68 3 6 328 Weather on most 9 6 7 547 78 350 412 days fine and clear. 10 6 6 5 48 88 430 454 The greatest heat in the shade was 83.2 11 6 5 5 48 98 520 545 deg., and in the sun, 12 6 4 5 48 10 8 6 12 640 100 3. Moderate B.W. 13 6 3 5 49 11 8 7 10 740 winds prevailed. Heavythunder-storm 14 6 2 5 49 12 8 8 6 8 34 on the morning of 15 6 1 5 49 13 8 9 0 9 30 the 3rd. Evaporation, 16 6 0 5 50 14 8 10 0 10 24 about 2 inches. [The observationsfor this 17 5 59 5 50 15 8 10 48 11 12 month were only 18 5 58 5 51 16 8 11 36 0 0 taken during the first 19 5 57 5 51 17 8 0 24 0 50 half, in consequence 20 5 56 140 of the removal of the 5 52 18 8 1 15 instruments.] 21 5 55 5 52 19 8 2 6 2 34 Health. - Several 22 5 54 5 53 20 8 2 56 3 15 cases of scarlet fever, 23 5 53 some of them severe, 5 53 21 8 3 34 3 56 were noticed, as also 24 5 52 5 54 22 8 4 20 4 45 fever of a remittent 25 5 51 5 54 23 8 5 8 5 32 character. Cases of 26 5 51 6 15 dipthena and sore 5 55 24 8 5 54 throatalso occurred. 27 5 49 5 56 25 8 6 36 7 0 Reran-fall.-1.07 in., 28 548 5 57 26 8 7 24 7 48 in 3 days. 29 546 5 57 27 8 8 16 840 Births.- Males, 32; females, 27; total, 59. 30 546 5 58 28 8 9 6 9 34 Deaths.-Males, 15; females, 9; total, 24. Cs, 20 OCTOBER, 31 DAYS.

TEMPER.ATuRi (1862).

Mean maximum shade .T ...... 81.2 Mean temperature ...... 68.3 Geatest diurnal range (from 52 to 88.5) ...... 36.5 Ton.-Hailstorms of great violence frequently occur during this month, with much thunder and lightning. Severe storms of this kind, doing much damage, occurred about the 20th, in the years 1858, '59, '60, and '61.

Occ anaNC82, &c. A AIT

1 9 Year 5625 of the Jewish era commences. 2 S North Australian established, 1855. 3 M Maryborough Assizes. 4 5 6 7 F First sale of Port Denison land (in Brisbane ), 1861. 8 8 Rockhampton made a port of entry, 1858. 9 S [to the Downs crossed Cunningham 's Gap, 1840. 10 M Rockhampton Assizes.-First supp lies fr om Brisbane 11 T First sale of Ipswich allotments (in Brisbane ), 1843. 12 W Ipswich , I)ra n, and Marybo ro ugh proclaimed as 13 Th places for holding Circuit Courts, 1859. 14 15 16 17 18 19 W First drays brought over Cunningham's Gap, 1840. 20 Th Terrific hail-storm in Brisbane, 1859. 21 22 8 Battle of Trafalgar , 1805.-Governor distributed Ex- 23 S [hibition medals, 1863. 24 25 26 27 28 29 S Opening of the Queensland Exhibition, 1861. 30 31 OCTOBER, 31 DAYS. 21

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. M. S. D. A. New Moon... 1 8 55 26a.m. Perigee ...... 14 4a.m. First Qr. ... 9 1 49 26a.m. Apogee ...... 26 4a.m. Full Moon .. 15 4 27 24p.m. Last Quarter 22 9 39 50p.m. New Moon'... 31 1 40 32a.m.

8 Ulf Moon's' High Water on Bar. REMARKS. q Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M. D. T. H. M. H. M. 1 5 45 5 58 0 1 10 24 SPRING tides Occur 10 0 on the 2nd or 3rd, on 2 544 558 11 1048 11 12 the 16th or 17th, and 3 543 558 21 11 34 11 56 on the 3ist of this 4 541 559 31 0 18 040 month. 6 540 5 59 4 1 1 0 1 22 6 5 38 5 59 5 1 1 45 2 6 7 536 6 0 61 2 28 2 50 MEMA. FOR OCT., 1862. 8 5 37 6 0 7 1 3 12 3 32 9 535 6 1 81 3 56 4 20 The Weather, &c.- Mean temperature of 10 5 34 6 1 9 1 4 45 5 15 month, 68 3 degrees. 11 5 32 6 1 10 1 5 40 6 8 The greatest diurnal 12 5 31 6 2 11 1 6 36 7 0 range was on the 31st, 6 2 12 1 viz., 36.5 degrees 13 5 30 7 30 7 56 (from 52 to 88.5) ; 14 5 29 6 3 13 1 822 848 mean diurnalrange, 15 5 28 6 3 14 1 9 20 9 50 25.9. Evaporation has been above the ave- 16 5 27 6 4 15 1 10 15 10 40 rage. N.E.winds have 17 5 26 6 5 16 1 11 4 11 30 prevailed. Frequent 18 5 25 6 5 17 1 11 54 020 lightning at night. 19 5 24 6 6 18 1 0 45 1 10 Health .- Cases of 20 5 23 6 6 19 1 1 36 2 0 colds with sore throat and tendency 21 522 6 7 201 2 24 2 48 to dlptheria ; of bron- 22 5 21 6 7 21 1 3 12 3 36 chitis and asthma, 23 520 6 8 22 1 4 0 4 22 and of sub-acute rheumatism, have 24 519 6 9 231 4 45 5 10 been noticed. 25 5 18 6 9 24 1 5 40 6 4 Rath-,fall.-'45 of 26 5 17 6 10 25 1 6 28 6 56 an inch - much below 27 5 16 6 10 26 1 7 20 7 45 the average. 28 5 15 6 11 27 1 '810 834 Births -Males, 27 ; 29 5 14 6 11 28 1 856 921 females, 28; total, 55. 30 5 14 6 12 29 1 9 42 10 0 Deaths .- Males, 8; 31 5 13 6 13 0 4 10 18 10 40 females, 6; total, 14. 22 NOVEMBER, 30 DAYS.

TEMPRRATUB.E (1862). • Mean maximum shade ...... 86.5 Mean temperature ...... 74.2 Greatest diurnal range (from 52.4 to 92.3)... 39.9 Nora.-The weather, this month, is generally gloomy and equally ; rain, thunder, and lightning frequent ; nights still occasionally cold. r A OCCURM Nc s, &C.

1 T 2 W 3 Th• 4 F 5 S 6 S 7 M Christmas Term begins. 8 T Rockhampton proclaimed a place for holding Circuit 9 W Prince of Wales born, 1841. [Courts, 1862. 10 Th Moreton Bay settlem't visited by Gov. Brisbane, 1824. 11 F [9th. - Com. by electric telegraph estab. between 12 S Brisbane , Sydney, Melbourne, & Adelaide, 1861] 13 S Colony of "North Australia" (Pt. Curtis) procl.,1846. 14 M First Bank opened in Moreton Bay, 1850. 15 T 16 W Commandant Logan murdered by the blacks, 1836. 17 Th First sale of Rockhampton land (in Sydney), 1858. 18 F Last convict ship (Eden) arrived in Sydney, 1840. 19 S 20 S 21 M Maryborough Chronicle established, 1860. 22 T 23 W Maize £7 a bushel on the Hawkesbury, 1806. 24 Th Toowoomba proclaimed a Municipality, 1860. 25 F 26 S Christmas Term ends. 27 S First Sunday in Advent. 28 M Brisbane Assizes. 29 T 30 W St. Andrew'. Day. NOVEMBER, 30 DAYS. 23

rHAsEs OF THE MOON.

D. H. M. 5. D. H. First Qr. ... 7 10 5 8a.m. Perigee ...... 11 4a.m. Full Moon... 14 3 45 32a.m. Apogee ...... 22 11p.m. Last Quarter 21 5 29 2p.m. NewMoon... 29 5 29 32p.m.

SUN Moon's High Water on Bar. REMARKS. Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M . D. T. H. M . H. M. SPRING tides occur 1 5 13 6 12 1 4 11 0 11 22 on the 14th or 15th, and on the 29th or 2 5 13 6 14 2 4 11 45 0 6 30th, of this month. 3 5 12 6 15 3 4 0 30 0 54 4 5 12 6 16 4 4 1 20 1 42 MEMA. FOE NOV., 1862. 5 5 11 6 17 5 4 2 4 2 26 The Weather, &c.- 6 5 11 6 18 6 4 2 50 3 12 Thermometer rose to 100.2° in the shade on 7 5 10 6 19 7 4 3 36 4 0 the 12th,and 126,8- 8 5 9 6 20 8 4 4 24 4 48 in the sun ; calm 9 5 9 6 20 9 4 5 12 5 36 weather , with thun- der & lightning. Eva- 10 5 8 6 21 10 4 6 0 6 22 11 5 8 6 22 11 4 6 45 7 12 average amour mg 12 5 7 6 23 12 4 7 40 8 10 to more than flinches. N.E. winds prevailed ; 13 5 7 623 13 4 8 36 9 4 frequentthunder and 14 5 6 6 24 14 4 9 34 10 6 lightning at ni ght. •15 5 6 6 25 15 4 10 30 10 56 Hea1th.- Numerous cases of gastric re- 16 5 5 6 25 16 4 11 24 11 50 mittent fever notice- 17 5 5 6 26 17 4 0 10 0 32 able, followed by de- 18 5 4 6 26 18 4 1 0 1 22 bility and wasting, and proving fatal to 19 5 4 6 27 19 4 1 4.8 2 12 children in many 20 5 3 6 27 20 4 240 3 0 cases. The sickness 21 5 3 6 28 21 4 3 22 3 50 was no doubt chiefly 22 6 29 22 4 4 12 4 32 attributable to the 5 2 great heat, and to the 23 5 2 6 29 23 4 5 0 5 24 carelessexposure of 24 5 1 6 30 24 4 5 48 6 12 children to it. 25 4 6 36 7 0 Xaln-,f all.-1 inch, 5 1 6 31 25 in 9 days. 26 5 1 6 32 26 4 7 24 7 50 Bertha.- Males, 20; 27 5 0 6 33 27 4 8 22 8 48 females, 28; total, 48. 40 Deaths.- Males,24; 28 5 0 6 34 28 4 9 12 9 were 21;children;total total 45. 29 5 0 6 35 29 4 f 10 0 10 22 30 were - 30 5 0 6 36 1 0 8 110 48 11 10 der 2 years. , 24 DECEMBER, 31 DAYS.

TEMPERATURE (1862).

Mean maximum shade ...... 89 Mean temperature ...... 77.5 Greatest diurnal range (from 56.3 to 86'4) ... 30.1 NoTE.-December is frequently cool until towards the close of the month, when summer really commences ; often fine, pleasant weather,'with starlit nights and heavy dews.

OCCURRENCES, &C.

Brisbane River first explored by Oxley, 1823. Leichhardt left the back country on his last expe- dition, 1846. Ipswich Assizes.

First sale of Moreton Bay lands in Sydney, 1842. Landsborough, the explorer, feted in Brisbane, 1862. [(first Governor) arrived in Brisbane, 1859. QUEENSLANn SEPARATION ]DAY!-Sir G. F. Bowen Llamas introduced into Moreton Bay, 1858. Cleveland township established, 1850. Artimesia (first govt. immigrant ship) arrived here Prince Albert died, 1861. [from England, 1848. Burke's exploring party left Cooper's Creek, 1860.- [Rockhampton prod. a Municipality, 1860. Flood at Ipswich, 1845.

Fitzroy River first navigated, 1855. First act of secession by Southern States, 1860 ,St. Thomas.

Ch istmas .Day.

Mackay River named the " Pioneer," 1862.

South Australia proclaimed a Colony, 1836. DECEMBER, 31 DAYS. 25

PHASES OF THE MOON.

D. H. H. S. D. H. First Qr. ... 6 5 46 2p.m. Perigee ...... 7 8a.m. Full Moon... 13 5 24 32p.m. Apogee ...... 20 7p.m. Last Quarter 21 3 15 2p.m. New Moon... 28 7 33 50a.m.

Suit Moon's High Water on Bar. REMABgs. q Rises Sets Age. Morn. Aftern.

H. M. H. M. D. T. H. M. H. M. 3uiiEE oommences on the 22nd, on which 1 5 1 6 37 1 8 11 32 11 56 date the Sun enters 2 5 1 6 38 28 020 045 the tropic of Capri- 3 5 1 638 38 1 6 128 corn. Spring tides occur on the 13th or 4 5 2 6 39 4 8 1 50 2 12 14th, and on the 28th 5 5 2 639 58 236 3 0 or29th, of the month. 6 5 2 640 68 324 348 MEMA. FOR DEC., 1862. 7 5 2 641 78 412 436 The Weather, &c.- 8 5 3 6 41 8 8 5 0 5 24 Temperature much 9 5 8 642 98 550 612 above the average, 6 42 the mean being 77 5. 10 5 8 10 8 6 36 7 0 The greatest heat was 11 5 3 643 11 8 7 30 7 56 on the 10th, when it 12 5 4 643 12 8 8 20 850 was 93.7 in the shade. 13 6 44 13 8 950 On. the 26th it was 5 4 9 22 119-6 in the sun. N.E. 14 5 4 6 44 14 8 10 16 10 40 winds prevailed. Fre- 15 5 4 6 45 15 8 11 4 11 26 quent thunder and 16 5 5 6 45 16 8 11 52 0 16 lightning. Evapora- tion unusually great, 17 5 6 6 46 17 8 040 1 4 nearly 9 inches. 18 5 6 646 18 8 1 28 1 52 Health - Much 19 5 7 6 47 19 8 2 15 2 35 sickness this month. and many deaths, 20 5 7 6 47 20 8 3 0 3 22 mostly among clot- 21 5 8 6 48 21 8 3 45 4 6 dren. Febrile debi- 22 5 8 6 49 22 8 4 28 4 50 lity, gastric remit- tent, and diarrhoea 23 5 9 6 50 23 8 5 12 6 32 were noticed, as also 24 5 9 6 50 24 8 5 56 620 inflammation of the 25 5 10 6 51 25 8 648 7 22 cellular tissue and abscess. 26 5 10 6 51 26 8 7 54 8 20 Raan fall.- 3 88 in., 27 5 11 6 52 27 8 8 50 9 16 in 10 days. 28 5 12 6 52 0 9 9 45 10 12 Bzrlha.-Manes, 33; females , 26 ; total, 59. 29 5 12 6 53 1 9 10 34 11 0 Deaths.-Males, 30 ; 30 5 13 6 54 2 9 11 22 11 48 females, 25 ; total, 55. 31 5 13 6 54 3 9 0 12 0 36 36 were childrenun- der 5 years. LAW CALENDAR AD ARRANGEMENTS FOR 1864.

From the G overnment Gazette.

COMMON LAW. 1. The Terms shall begin and end as mentioned in Table I. 2. The Circuit Courts shall be opened as mentioned in Table II. 3. The Brisbane Sittings shall commence on the first day, not beingSaturday or a diesnon , afterthe closeof each Term, ex- cepting Easter Term. 4. At all Sittings and Assizes , Crown business wi ll commence on the first day, and Civil business on the third day. 5. The Court wi ll not sit in Bane on any day in Term except the first four , unless adjourned to such day, or unless there be business on the papers , or unless on clear day's notice of an urgent motion be left at the Chambeers of each of the Judges, and at the office of the Registrar. 6. Cases shall be set down in the Cro wn paper , the new trial paper , and the special paper , four clear days before argument. 7. The Office will be closed on Thursdays and Fridays during June (the long vacation ) ; and from January 29th to February 2nd, both inclusive. EQUITY. The Chief Justice, if there be business on the Equity papers, wi ll sit in Equity on any day in Term on which the Court sha ll not sit in Banc; and, pro vided the Court in Banc shall rise at a convenient time, then on any day in Term after the Sitting in Bane is concluded ; and, unless absent on Circuit, on every Tuesday in vacations , the Long Vacation excepted.

INSOLVENCY. The days mentioned in Table III. shall be Insolvency days.

CHAMBERS. Chamber business wi ll be taken on Mondays , Wednesdays, and Fridays. LAW CALENDAR. 27

I.-TERMS.

BEGINS BNDS.

HILABY ...... Monday, February 8 .. Saturday,February 20. EASTER ...., Monday, March 7 ..... Tuesday,March 15. TRINITY ... ,. Monday, May 9 ...... Saturday,May 21. MICHAELMAS Monday, August 15 ... Saturday, September 3. CHRISTMAS ..1 Monday, November 7...Saturday, November26.

II.-ASSIZES.

PLACE. BEGIN.

Monday, January 4. Monday, May 2. IPSWICH Monday, July 4. Monday, December 5. Monday, Janua ry 11. TOOWOOMBA... Monday, July 11. Monday, April 4. MABYBOBOUGH. Monday, October 3. Monday, April 11. ROCKHAMPTON Monday, October 10.

III.-INSOLVENCY DAYS. JANuABY: Mondays, 4th, 11th, 18th, and 25th; Thursdays, 7th, 14th, 21st, and 28th. FEBRUARY.-Thursday, 4th; Monday, 15th. MARCH.-Thursdays, 3rd and 17th; Mondays, 14th and 21st. APRIL.-Thursday, 28th. MAY.-Thursday, 19th. JUNE.-None. JULY.-Monday, 25th; Thursday, 28th. AUGUST.-Mondays, 1st and 8th; Thursdays, 4th and 11th. SEPTEMBER.-Thursdays, 1st, 15th, and 22nd; Mondays, 19th and 26th. OcroBEB.-Thursday, 27th; Monday, 31st. NOVEMBER.-Thursday, 3rd; Monday, 21st. DBCEMBEa.-Thursday, 15th; Monday, 19th. GARDENING CALENDAR.

1V`ewlycompiled expressly for Pucn's ALMANAC, by Ms. WALTER HILL, Superintendent of the Botanical Gardens, Brisbane.

JANUARY.

Fruit and Kitchen Garden .- Watch the fluctuations of the Weather, and endeavour to do all sowing and planting whilst the gro und is in a mellow state . Sow turnips , carrots, celery, cauli - flower , Brussels sprouts, cabbage , spinach, French beans, peas, lettuce, radish , melons, and cucumbers . Broad beans may also be sown , but they cease to be profitable at this late season ; earth up, and top those advancing . Plant savoys, cabbages, cauliflowers , &c., &c. (lather herbs in flower for drying, and articles for pickling . Ground should be loosened among fr uit bearing trees , &c., &c. Examine vines and orange trees ; regu- late and re move all useless growth, and thin super fluous fr uit off the orange tre es, &c., &c.; gather during dry weather, any kind of grapes which may ripen this month. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- Continue to carefully regu- late the growth of the twis ers, but avoid tying them too close, and allow them to grow according to their natural habit as much as circumstances will admit . Weed and water well the flower beds of geraniums , verbenas , petunias , lobe lias, &c., &c. ; dig up and store bulbs as soon as the leaves are withered. Dahlias-examine the early ties that they do not pinch ; loosen them if they do, or the wind wi ll easily break them at that point. Field.-B re ak up land for wheat ; sow barley for green crop ; plant maize for a winter crop, in rows four feet apart, and plant in each row three feet distant. Dig out the early crop of pota- toes, for if left in the ground they wi ll ro t. Persevere in keeping down weeds in the cotton and sugar plantations. GARDENING CALENDAR. 29

FEBRUARY.

Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-During dry weather gather any kinds of fruit as they ripen ; oranges, peaches, &c., which were too tender to be budded during the preceding month, may now be subjected to that operation. Brocoli and a few of the prin- cipal table vegetables , such as cabbage , peas, turnips , carrots, onions, leeks, and salads, should be sown. Eschalots should now be taken up if the leaves appear to decay. Thin out to about six inches apart the spinach and turnips to double that distance which was sown the early part of last month. Plant out Brussels sprouts , and continue to gather articles for pickling ; remove all failing cro ps as soon as they cease to yield pro fit; cucumber and melon beds must be daily inspected. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- Now is the beat season for observing the effect of the arrangement of colors of dahlias, and if any alteration is deemed necessary, it should be carefully noted down, which will greatly facilitate its execution in the proper season for planting . Sow various kinds of annuals ; keep the shoots of the chrysanthemums and other flowers neatly tied up, and remove their flowering stems as soon as they cease to be interesting. The roots of tigrida, oxalis, &c., &c., may now be taken up , and after being dried, stored in proper bags till wanted. Field.-The different varieties of sorghum arriving at maturity should be cut, and the seed placed in an airy building. Green provender for the stable or stockyard during the winter months, is to be provided by sowing Cape barley and lucerne. Tares or vetches should be sown for the same purpose, and in order to support the weak stems of the vetches, they may be mixed with a bushel of rye seed to every two bushels of tares. The potato seed preparedlast month shouldnow be planted,

MARCH. Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-This is the period in which to lay the foundation of a sure supply of vegetables , onions, leeks, peas , turnips, carrots , parsnips , beetroot , cabbage, cauliflower, savoys , celery, &c., &c. The January sown cabbages wi ll now be ready for transplanting. It will be found a good plan in digging ground to leave it in sha llow ridges, eighteen inches or two feet apart, with some dung placed under the hollows in which the plant must be set ; a few may also be planted in rows one foot apart , and before they become large enough to crowd each other in winter , every intermediate one may be drawn for present use, leaving the others to come to maturity . Cauliflower, 30 GARDENIN G CALENDAR.

Brussels spro uts, celery , &c., &c., may also be planted . Ripening seeds to be daily gathered. Continue budding orange and other fruit trees during cloudy weather. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-Patches of some of the most showy annuals should now he sown in vacant places which usua lly exist in the edges of clumps and borders . T he following are some of the best:-Ageratum Mexicani, Browallia elate, Calceolaria scabiosafolia , Clarkia pulchella , Collinsia bicolor, Calliopsis marmorata , Gaillardia pitta, Gomphrena globosa, Lupinus Hartwegii , Phlox Drumondii , Reseda luteola , Zinnia elegans. Herbaceous perennials , such as phloxes , pceonies, &c., &c., may now be divided for increase . Roses may now be pruned and the suckers removed. In pruning cut back to a good eye two or three inches from the origin of the young wood ; robust growing kinds should not be pruned so severe as the weaker ones; strong shoots pegged down on the surface at nearly their full length ( of the Geant de Battailles ) for instance , wi ll throw numerous flowering shoots all the way up. Bulbs such as Amaryllis, Crinum, Lillixum, should now be planted. Field.-This is an exce llent time to plant a cro p of potatoes. Bow wheat , oats, lucerne, all kinds of grass seeds for pasture, or hay. Maize arriving at maturity should be gathered and placed in an airy and well ventilated building. Cut and house tobacco. Gather cotton as it comes to maturity.

APRIL. Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-New plantations of oranges, loquats, olive , bananas, and pine apples may now be made, in order that the roots may get hold of the fresh soil before winter. Make sowing of peas, broad beans, cabbages , and salading. Look well after thinning your crops of turnips, spinach, lettuce, before they become weakly and drawn through standing too closely together. Earth up celery during dry weather. Collect and store pumpkins. Stir the surface of the soil deeply among growing crops to admit air to the roots , and keep down weeds. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-Proceed with the propaga- tion of favorite sorts of roses, which may be wanted to increase, either by budding, cutting, or layers. Remove suckers from worked plants . Prune geraniums , &c., &c. The present month is a favorable time for transplanting large size evergreens , shrubs, trees, and herbaceous plants, so that the plants will have a chance of pushing a few roots to enable them to resist any cold dry winds during winter . Plants shifted this month will require but little attention in the way of watering in spring , compared with otherstransplanted late in winter. GARDENING CALENDAR. 81

Field .- Sow wheat , oats, barley, and maize, and the differe nt sorts of sorghum should be gathered as they ripen. Potatoes wi ll require to be earthed up and kept clean of weeds. This is generally a busy mouth for cotton gatherers ; great damage is frequently sustained by leaving the cotton too long on the plant before it is gathered. MAY.

Fruit and Kitchen Garden .- Look over bananas, pine apples, oranges, and other fr uit frequently , and gather it as it becomes ripe. Thin orange tre es. Plant orange , loquat, and , flat china peach tre es. Go over the stocks of trees which were budded in March, and let the bandages be loosened . Earth up celery, and attend to keeping a succession of peas, turnips , carrots, beet, parsnips , and a supply of salading . Transplant strawber ri es, cardoons , rhubarb, salsify , scorzonera , shirret, onions, &c., &c. The cutting and drying of herbs, as they are ready , should be attended to. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- Any of the shrubbery borders which may require a dressing of fresh soil and manure should be attended to. Tie up and stake chrysanthemums. Hyacinth and such like bulbs should be planted. Field.-Oats , wheat, barley , may still be sown, and the gather- ing of cotton must be attended to. The third cutting of tobacco is also an object of considerable importance to be done during this month. JUNE. Fruit and Kitchen Garden .- Proceed with the pruning of vines, and the flat china peach trees . Hoe between cabbage, caulifl ower , broco li , Brussels sprouts, &c., &c. This should be frequently done to the growing crops th ro ugh the winter. Transplant as in last month with strawberries , rhubarb, seakale, &c., &c. ; sow cabbage , onions, &c., &c. ; gather capsicums , chilis, and tomatoes as they ripen. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-As cold nights may now be expected , scarce tender plants, which it may be desirable to secure before they are injured , should be carefu lly covered when there is the least cause to app rehend danger ; root and prune geraniums ; plant and remove roses. This is also the proper season for transplanting red Pyrus japonica , Persian lilacs, mock orange, laurustinas , rhododendrons , azaleas, Guelder rose, cor- ohorusjaponica, and TYeiyela rosa. See to securing a good stock of cuttings of petunias , geraniums , &c. for spring use. 32 GARDENING CALENDAR.

Field .- Sweet potatoes , yams, arrowroot , ginger , &o., &c., may now be dug up and used. The potato land is now to be ploughed up, and, in warm situations , a few may be planted . Clover, lu- cerne, and all kinds of grass seeds for pasture may still be planted.

JULY. Fruit and K itchen Garden .- The general thinning and prun- ing of the peach, nectarine, apple, pear , fig, mulberry , orange, vines, and other trees should be finished. Grafting of the orange, lime, lemon, &c., &c. should now be proceeded with. Plant fruit trees, as peach, cherry, apricot, quince , apple, pear , almond, and orange . This month is also regarded as the best for making new plantations of vines. Sow cabbage, savoy, Coupe Tronchuda, (or sea-kale cabbage, ) French beans, parsnips , parsley, mustard, cress, and herbs of all sorts . Plant onions, broad beans, &c., &c, Manure deciduous fruit trees , &c., &e. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- Now is the period for layin g the foundation of a fine lawn, the pride of British gardening. Let all fresh turfing be complete, and take steps to fill up the beds in the flower garden as they are cleaned , for the purpose of con- tributing to the enjoyments of spring . Plant and remove shrubs, roses, &c., &c. Re -pot fuschias , begonias, achimenes , gloxines, &c., for early flowering. Field.-Prepare the ground for potatoes , tobacco, maize, &e. Wheat, barley, oats, may be sown in late districts . Winter should neverbe neglected.

AUGUST. Fruit and Kitchen Garden .- All operations connected with planting fruit trees , as apples , pears, quinces , almond, peach, cherry, apricot , orange, &c,, &c., should be finished. If left after this month they will require much attention in watering, especia lly if large plants are re moved. Grafting should be pro- ceeded with in the order in which the buds break . Sow cauli- flower , leeks, cabbage , spinach, chervil , cress, endive , cucumber, pumpkins , melons, &c,, &c. Clear and loosen soil among growing crops. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- Early overgrown herbaceous plants may now be divided . The exterior portion of the stools should be reserved , and the interior rejected . Continue planting amaryl lis, crinums , and other bulbs. Flowering shrubs, such as magnolias , arbutus, camelias , azaleas, &c., may be transplanted. Field.-Plant potatoes , rice, maize . Sow sorghum saccha- ratum in seed beds for planting out; transplant when six inches GARDENING CALENDAR. 33 high , in rows three feet apart ; let the plants be a foot fr om each other . Tobacco seed should also be sown this month in beds. SEPTEMBER. Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-Let sowings of cucumbers, melons, pumpkins, vegetable marrows, French beans, carrots, parsnips , beet, tomatoes , capsicums , &c., &c., be made. Trans- plant cabbage, savoys, couve tronchuda, &c., &c. Cut asparagus and rhubarb. See that recently transplanted trees are not suffering for want of water ; get all grafting completed, and give support to the early peach trees. Destroy caterpillars, and keep the land free from weeds among the vines. In warm situations loquats, strawberries, &c., ripen this month, and should be gathered. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-These will now be becoming a little cheerful, and the plants rapidly making up the time lost in winter. Beds of petunias and verbenas, &c., &c., should be pegged down so as not to be broken in stormy weather. Flowering shrubs may still be transplanted with care. Make layers of camelias, azaleas, magnolias, tea, coffee, &c. This is a good time to sow German stocks, asters, libeleas, &c. Amaryllis, gladeulus, &c., &c., begin to bloom this month ; protect them from boisterous weather. Plant dahlias in good rich soil. Field.-Sugar-cane, cotton, maize, yams, arrowroot, sweet potatoes, and artichokes may be sown and planted this month. Earth up the potatoes and maize which were planted last month. Make progress in hay making. OCTOBER. Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-Attend to the vines frequently for the purpose of stopping and shortening any gross shoots, and keeping the growth nicely regulated. Gather strawberries, mul- berries, Cape gooseberries, &c., &c. as they ripen. Sow melons, cucumbers, pumpkins, peas, French beans, onions, cabbage, and salading. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-Roses will be the great attraction, and these should be frequently looked over, removing decaying flowers ; if these are allowed to hang on the plant, they have a very unsightly appearance. Stake and plant out dahlias, and make sowings of showy annuals. Dig up and store in a dry place any bulbs, so soon as the leaves are Withered, to prevent them from rotting or unseasonable growth. Continue planting verbenas, geraniums, fuschias, &c., &c. Field.-The crops of potatoes, maize, &c., now begin in earnest to show promise of reuuaril for the cultivator's toil. This is the best month for planting sugar-cane, ginger, arrowroot, D 34 GARDENING CALENDAR. yams, turmeric , sweet potatoes , earth nuts , &c., &c. This is also the best month for sowing cotton seeds. These should be sown three in a hole ; let the holes be four feet apart on sterile soil, and six feet apart on fertile soil ; the seeds are better for being steeped in water a few hours previous to planting. Keep down weeds, and loosen surface of the soil among growing crops. NOVEMBER. Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-Loquats, pine apples, bananas, guavas, &c., &c., such as are ripe or ripening, should be gathered when fit. Vines-loosen surface soil, keep down weeds, replace stakes where required, and destroy caterpillars and other insects. The peach, nectarine, apricot, almond, apple, and pear trees should be relieved of their superabundant and unhealthy fruit ; care being taking in performing this not to destroy the trees by shaking them, and thus destroying the heaviest of the fruit by parting it from the trees before it is in proper condition. Sow Hibiscus rosella, melons , cucumbers , pumpkins , &c., &c. Trans- plant capsicums, lettuce, &c., &c. Flower Garden and Shrubberies.-Ply scythe, hoe, and rake di- ligently, and at all times out off all plants that have done flowering. Transplant annuals, choosing a showery day, and shade theun. Field.-Attend to the plantations of sugar-cane, arrowroot, sorghum, ginger, cotton, &c. Destroy weeds while young, and for this purpose use hand and horse hoes, as soon as the crops will admit of the operation. The crops of wheat will be ready for the sickle, and will require the farmer's careful attention to get the harvesting finished. Hay making should be finished this month. The cutting should be commenced when the grass is fully ripe ; remembering however, that seeds ripen much after being cut, and if care be not taken, the grains will fall out. DECEMBER. i Fruit and Kitchen Garden.-Grape and other fruit should be gathered as it becomes fit. Flower Garden and Shrubberies .- There is little to attend to in this department at the present time, except keeping every- thing and every place as neat and tidy as possible. Dig up and store bulbs as soon as the leaves are withered. Trim edgings and rake up all rubbish, and gather flower seeds as they ripen. Field.-Cotton plants &c. must be kept free from weeds, sur- face soil loosened, and the superfluous shoots thinned out. Tobacco crops are now ready for topping. All side shoots are to be pulled out, and the superfluous leaves stripped off, suffering only the larger and more fleshy to remain. Dig out the crop of potatoes if ripe, for if left in the ground they will rot. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS

For the Year ending September 30th, 1863 ; TAKEN IT THEBRISBANE OBSERVATORY,

BY TILE OBSEILVE11.

GEOGILA.xHICAL POSITION OF BItISBANE :-Latitude, 27° 5'; longitude, 153° ; height above Sea Level, 70 feet.

RAIN FALL-1862-63.

YEAR. MONTH. No. of inches. No . of Days' Fall.

1862 October ...... •45 5 days November ...... 1 9 „ December ...... 3.88 10 „ 1863 January ...... 6.48 19 February ...... 15.14 16 „ March ...... 14.36 23 „ „ April ...... 6.70 14 May ...... 2.75 13 „ July ...... 2.43 11 „ August ...... 1.81 9 *September ...... 1.07 3

Totals ...... 56.99 141 „

* First half of the month only. A* co Q OCTOBER. NOVEMBER . DECEMBER. 1862. Max. Min. Mean. Max. I Min. Mean . Max. Min. Mean,

{ 9 a.m..... I 76.3 62.6 70.7 83 65 76.4 87.2 71-2 80 Thermometer (shade) 3 P.M. . . 81.4 63.5 75.5 86.3 73 .5 81.4 89 72-5 84 9 p.m...... 68 68-4 62.7 74-8 62 69-5 77 65 73 Ditto (maximum shade) ...... 88.5 67.3 '81.2 100.2 78.8 86-5 93.7 83.2 89 Ditto (minimum shade) ...... 63.7 48.3 55.4 69'6 52.4 62 72.2 56.3 66.1 Ditto (minimum on grass) ..... 63 46 53.2 67-8 49.7 59.7 72 53 64.4 Ditto {max . sun-solar radiation) 113 73.3 101.8 126'8 92 107.2 119.6 951 110-4 barometer (No. of inches (9 a.m.. 30.289 29.698 30.090 30-218129-727 29-993 30.005 29-734 29.893 reduced to 32° T+ahren- 3 p.m 30.235 29.595 29.986 30.097 29'671 29.862 30.949 29.644 29.809 heit) ...... 9 P.M. 30.306 29.692 30.070 30.171 29.726 29.966 29.993 29.678129.873 Mean portion of sky ob- 9 a.m. •50 •50 ...... •54 scured (1 represents the 3 p.m. .., ... •50 ... -35 ... .., •41 whole sky) .. .. ,. 9 P.M. 31 ,.. ... •30 ...... •42 a •455, ...... '587 ...... 628 3 Mead pressure of vapour m: -460' ...... •566 ...... •658 in inches of mercury .. 9 c P m .455 .. •574 ...... •658 3 p ...... 606 646 ...... 614 Mean humidity (satura- 3 p.m..m. 521 529 ...... 565 1000) ...... , *... tion 9 P.M. 798 796 ...... 810 JANUARY. FEBRUARY. MARCH. 1863. Max. I Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean, Max. Min. Mean.

9 84.4 72 79 87'8 71.5 79.6 81 69.8 75'5 Thermometer (shade) 3 p.m...... " 87'8 73.2 82.4 95 768 84'7 87.6 66 80 9 p.m...... 79.6 70 74.5 82.4 62 74'3 78 67,2 71.9 Ditto (maximum shade) ...... 92 80.7 87.1 101.4 78'8 90 931 71 84'9 Ditto (minimum shade) ...... 77.2 66 69.7 77'2 62.1 70'2 73 2 60.4 67'4 Ditto (minimum on grass) . 77 63 68.7 76.3 61.7 70.1 73.5 69.4 67.1 Ditto (max. sun-solar radiation) 118'4 89'2 107.4 125.8 80 109'4 1114 72 100'4 Barometer (No. of inches 19 a.m. 30.016 29.520 29'820 30.063 29'684 29'824 30.192 29'511 29'948 reduced to 32° Fah en- 3 P.M. 29.990 29.478 29.790 30.004 29.526 29'741 301 27 29'252 29'869 heft) ...... 9 p.m. 30.065 29.58529'821730.057 29' 549 29'809 30.183 29.255 29.935 Mean portion of sky ob- 19 a.m. '68 •52 ...... 63 scured (1 represents the 3 p.m. '61 ...... 71 whole sky) ...... 9 P.M. .., ... 61 '62 ...... '67 a.m. ,,, ,,, .745 '762 ...... 712 Mean pressure of vapour S 9 730 .756 .,. ... 719 in inches of mercury 9 P.M. ,,. '720 '736 ...... '687 9 a.m. 753 754 ... 806 Mean humidity (satura- 3 p.m. 660 634 ... ,.. 703 tion 1000) ...... , ... P.M. 9 ...... 843 ... 868 ...... 878 CO 00 APRIL. MAY. JUNE. 1863. Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean.

9 a.m...... 80.8 62.5 70.1 72 49.8 62.5 70 51.4 53.3 Thermometer (shade) 3 p.m...... 82.8 69.3 70.1 81.3 61.2 73.4 73'6 60.2 67.6 9p.m ...... 73.5 60 66.4 67'2 45.5 61.9 68 50 58.4 Ditto (maximum shade) ...... 88.7 71.1 81 85 68.2 78.1 78 65 72 Ditto (minimum shade) ...... 69 55 61•4 63.2 39 55.4 63 41.5 52.5 Ditto (minimum on grass) . .... 68.5 54.8 61 61.7 38.2 54.1 62.2 39.3 50.4 Ditto (max. sun-solar radiation) 110.5 71.6 95.7 103 81.7 93.7 92 70.5 84.2 Barometer (No. of inches 9 a.m. 30.192 29.756 30.050 30.251 29.821 30.163 30.331 29.890 30.083 reduced to 32 Fahren- 3 p.m. 30.130 29.657 29.976 30.196 29'806 30 010 30.296 29.779 29.970 heit) ...... 9 p.m. 30.188 29.759 30.042 30.25, 29.821 30.074 30.354 29.835 30.061 Mean portion of sky ob- 9 a.m. ,.. ... •54 ...... •45 ...... •46 scured(1 represents the 3 p.m. ... ,.. •64 •56 •51 ...... 44 whole sky) ...... 9 p.m...... •51 ...... •36 a,m . •593 ... •481 412 Mean pressureof vapour 3 ... •584 ...... •519 •452 in inches of mercury... c 9 p.m. •573 ...... •500 417 9 a.m. 806 ...... 850 816 Moan humidity (satura- 9 pm. .. 649 ...... 618 672 tion 1000) c 884 ...... 903 853 JULY. AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. 1863. Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean.

9 a.m. , .... 65.2 49 54.8 67 49 57'5 68.4 58 62-7 Thermometer (shade) 3 p.m.. , 73.2 57.4 65.7 74.8 56.5 66.9 79 65.4 72.5 . 9 p.m...... 66.3 44'2 54.3 67 47.2 56-5 69 54.5 60.9 Ditto (maximum shade) ...... , .. 77.4 59-2 69.8 81.2 56.8 71.8 83.2 68.2 76-6 Ditto (minimum shade) ...... 57.3 37.1 46.9 60 37.7 48.9 61 42.5 51-3 Ditto (minimum on grass) 57.2 35.8 45.2 60 35 47 60.3 391 49'2 Ditto (max. sun-solar radiation) 91.7 66.4 82.9 102.1 58 87.4 100.3 70 92-7 Barometer (No. of inches (9 a.m. 30.333 29.715 30.137 30.273 29'845 30.056 30'436 29.868 30.094 reducedto 32° Fahren- 3 1,2. 30.264 29.672 30.049 30.196 29.773 29-973 30.348 29.792 30.020 heit) ...... 9 p.m. 30.309 29.768 30'105 30'272 29'801 30.027 30.409 29'852 30.080 '49 '42 Mean portion of sky ob- 9 am. '37 scured(1 represents the 3 p.m. .47 54 whole sky) ...... 9 p.m. '41 ...... '44 m... p .. -38 '346 ...... •347, '388 Mean pressure of vapour 3 '367 .., ... 370 ° .. '386 in inches of mercury.., pa.m: c 9 p.m. '363 ...... '376 .8 a,o 416 801 734 .,.y 681 humidity, (satura- `9 a.m. Mean . 580 ... 561 o ...%' .2 o 483 tion 1000) SC3 p'm ...... 9 p.m. 860 823 z...a° .d 777 40 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.

RAIN-FALL FOR 1860, 1861, AND 1862. RAIN -PALL AND NUMBER OF DAYS' RAIN IN EACH MONTH.

1860. 1861. 1862.

Inches. Days' Inches . i Days' Fau. Falls inches.

January...... 2.54 9 9-28 17 4-25 12 February ... 9.64 18 4.58 16 2.61 8 March ...... 6 58 18 8.86 18 6 87 15 April ...... 7.55 18 10-39 19 0-79 8 May ...... 0-12 4 2.87 9 2.21 9 June ...... 0-96 2 6.88 10 3.00 11 July ...... 0.49 7 1.90 7 0-51 2 August ..... 12-39 17 10-41 13 ... September... - 4-18 14 1.83 11 2.71 9 October ..... 3.35 12 2 71 6 0.45 5 November... 3.69 10 4.59 12 0.99 9 December ... 3.14 15 5.15 17 3.88 10

Total...... 54.63 144 69-44 155 2827 98

The mean temperature of the year 1860 was 68 deg. ; 1861, 68.1 deg. ; and of 1862, 68.6 deg. Temperature in 1860, highest in the shade on February 19th (100.5) ; in the sun on January 13th (125.8) ; lowest on June 11th (31 deg.) In 1861, highest in the shade on the 5th March (99.7) ; in the sun on the 4th March (123.3) ; lowest on August 1st (35). In 1862, highest in the shade on the 12th November (100.2), and in the sun on the same day (126-8) ; lowest on August 16th (29 deg.) NOTE.-The rain-fall for the twelve months ending September 30,1863, as shown by the table on page 35, was very considerable, but about half the quantity fell during the months of February and March. In each of these months the rivers and creeks were flooded in all parts of the colony, but more especially so in February, when the Brisbane rose 6 feet above high water mark, flooding all the waterside stores, &c., in the city ; and the Bremer at Ipswich was swollen 40 feet above the usual level at high tides. On referring to our Almanacs for past years, we find that, in the twelve months ending 30th September, 1860, the rain-fall amounted to 55.495 inches, in 131 days ; in the twelve months ending September 30th, 1861, to 67.17 inches, in 157 days ; and in the twelve months ending September 30th, 1862, to 35.40 inches, in 109 days. ROYAL FAMILY , & C. 41 THE ROYALFAMILY OF GREATBRITAIN. THE QUEEN (Alexandrina ) VICTORIA , Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland , only daughter of his late Royal Highness Edward, Duke of Kent, born May 24, 1819, succeeded to the throne on the decease of her uncle, King Wi lliam IV ., June 20, 1837. Proclaimed , June 21. Crowned Sovereign of these Realms , at Westminster , June 28, 1838. Married , Feb. 10, 1840, at the Chapel Royal , St. James's, to her cousin , Field Marshal His Royal Highness Francis Albert Augustus Charles Emanuel , Duke of Saxe , Prince of Saxe Coburg and Gotha, (b. Aug. 26,1819; d. Dec. 14, 1861,) K.T., G.C.B., &e. Issue - I. Victoria Adelaide Mary Louisa, Princess Royal, 6. Nov . 21, 1810; as. Jan. 25, 1858 , Frederick Wil liam, Crown Prince of Prussia , K.G. Issue - 1. Frederick William Victor Albert , b. Jan. 27 , 1859; 2. Victoria Elizabeth Augusta Charlotte , b. July 24,1860; 3. a son, b. August 14, 1862. II. Albert Edward , Prince of Wales, b. Nov. 9, 1841 ; M. March 10, 1863, the Princess Alexandra of Denmark . III. A lice Maud Mary, b. April 25, 1843; as. July 1st, 186 2, Prince Louis of Hesse. Issue - a son . IV. Alf re d Ernest Albert, b. August 6, 1844. V. Helena Augusta Victoria , b. May 25, 1846. VI. Louisa Carolina Alberta, b. March, 18, 1818 . VII. Arthur Patrick Wil liam Albert , b. May 1, 1850. VIII . Leopold George Duncan Albert , b. April 7, 1853. IX. Beatrice Mary Victoria Feodore, b. April 14, 1857.

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

exerutibe anb regista ibe.

EXECUTIVE. GOVERNOR- His Exce llency Sir George Ferguson Bowen, Knight Grand Cross of St. Michael and St. George, Captain- General and Governor-in-Chief of Queensland and its Depen- dencies, and Vice-Admiral of the same. Private Secretary and Aide-de -Camp - Captain Henry Dowdeswe ll Pitt, R.A. Clerkto Private Secretary A. V. Drury. 42 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

EscuvjvE CouNCm. President-His Excellency the Governor. Vice-President-The Hon. Robert George Wyndham Herbert, Colonial Secretary. The Hon Thomas De Lacy Moffatt, Colonial Treasurer. The Hon. Ratcliffe Pring, Attorney-General. Members The Hon. Arthur Macalister, Minister for Lands and Works, The Hon. John Bramston. Clerk of the Executive Council-Arthur Wilcox Manning, Esq.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. Presidents-The Hon. Maurice Charles O'Connell. Chairman of Committees-The Hon. D. F. Roberts. Clerk of the Council and of the Parliaments-Henry Johnson. Librarian-Rev. J. R. Moffatt. Clerk Assistant-R. E. G. Johnson. Usher of the Black Rod-Francis Robert Chester Master. Messenger -James Doyle.

LIST OF MEMBERS. Balfour, The Hon. John Bigge, The Hon. Francis Edward Bramston, The Hon. John Browne, The Hon. Eyles Irwin Caulfeild Compigne, The Hon. Alfred William Fitz, The Hon. Henry Bates Fullerton, The Hon. George Galloway, The Hon. John James Gore, The Hon. St. George Richard Harris, The Hon. George Hobbs, The Hon. William Hope, The Hon. Louis Laidley, The Hon. James Landsborough, The Hon. William McConnell, The Hon. John McDougall, The Hon. John Frederick North, The Hon. Francis O'Connell, The Hon. Maurice Charles, (President) Roberts, The Hon. Daniel Foley, (Chairman of Committees) Simpson, The Hon. Stephen GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 43

Smith, The Hon. Richard Joseph White , The Hon. Wil liam Ducket Wood, The Hon. Western.

LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. Speaker-The Hon. Gilbert Eliott. Chairman of Committees— Charles Coxen. Clerk of the Assembly - Lewis Adolphus Bernays. Clerk -Assistant - Henry Wyat Radford. Short-hand Writers and Clerks of Committees - Arthur E. Deighton , and Charles Haines Barlee. Sergeant -at-Arms-R. J. Coley. Messenger - S. Bateman. Library do.-James Timms.

Liar or Mr,mmERs. Name. Electorate. Be ll, Joshua Peter ...... West Moreton Blakeney, Charles Wil liam ...... North Brisbane Challinor , Henry ...... Ipsw ich Coxen, Charles ...... Northern Downs Cribb, Benjamin ...... West Moreton Cribb, Robert ...... East Moreton Douglas , John ...... Port Curtis Edmondstone , George ...... East Moreton Edwards, John ...... The Burnett E liott, the Hon. Gilbert ...... Wide Bay Groom, Wi lliam Henry .. .. Drayton and Toowoomba Herbert, the Hon. Robert George West Moreton Wyndham ...... Kennedy, Wi lliam Francis ...... Maranoa Lilley, Charles ...... Fortitude Valley Macalister , the Hon. Arthur ...... Ipswich Mackenzie , Robert Ramsay ...... The Burnett MacLean, John Donald ...... Eastern Downs Moffatt, the Hon. Thomas De Lacy Western Downs Pring, the Hon. Ratcliffe ...... Ipswich Pugh, Theophilus Parsons ...... North Brisbane Raff, George ...... N orth Brisbane Royds, Charles James ...... The Leichhardt Sandeman, Gordon ...... The Leichhardt Stephens, Thomas Blacket ...... South Brisbane Taylor , James ...... Western Downs Wienholt , Arnold ...... Warwick. 44 GOPERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

COLONIAL SECRETARY'S OFFICE. Ofjiee-Williams-street. Colonial Secretary-The Hon. R. G. W. Herbert. Principal Under Secretary-Arthur Wilcox Manning. Clerk in charge of Land Orders-Thomas Fitzarthur Smythe. Clerks-(1st class), Randall Eden Webster; (2nd class), Alfred Marsh Patrick.

REGISTRAR-GENERAL'S DEPARTMENT. Office-George-street. Registrar-General-Frederick Orme Darvall. Deputy Registrar-General-Rev. Robert Creyke. Messenger and Office Keeper-Thomas Dickins. Under this head are united four separate offices, viz.: First-Real Property Transfer Office. Master of Titles-John Bramston, B.C.L. Chief Clerk (1st class)-Seth Lothrop Peterson. Clerks (2nd class)-William Bell and Patrick A. Buckley. Draughtsman (2nd class) -Robert Creyke, junr. Clerk (3rd class) William C. Unsworth. Copying Clerk-Paid by piece-work. Second-Head Office for the Registration of Births, Marriages, and Deaths. The Deputy Registrar- rat has no assistance in this Office. Third-Ofce for the R istralion, Enrolment, and Issue of Deeds. Registration Clerk-William B. Stevens. *** Enrolment of Deeds paid by piece-work. Fourth-Office for the Compilation and Publication of Colonial Statistics. Temporary Assistant-Samuel Reynolds.

DISTBieT REGISTRAa$. Banana-S. H. Webb, C.P.S. Brisbane-Deputy Registrar-General. Broad Sound-James Gordon, C.P.S. Condamine-George Lukin, C.P.S. Dalby-F. W. Roche. Drayton-Wi lliam Murphy. GOVERNMENT DEPA11TMENTS. 45

E ast Isaacs and Princhester -Wi lliam Cave , C.P.S. Gayndal--M. Airey, C.P.S. -Robert Vincent, C.P.S. Ipswich-W. Hendren. Ke nnedy-W. C. J. Doutty, C.P.S. (Bowen). Leichhardt-A. E. Douglass, C.P.S. (Taroom). Maranoa-C. F. D. Parkinson, C.P.S. Maryborough-C. S. Hawthorne (Chief Constable). Mount Abundance-W. Moorhead, C.P.S. Nanango-C. F. Cumming, C.P.S. Peak Downs (North and South)-J. George Wheeler, C.P.S. Port Curtis-John Score Powe. Rockhampton-F. N. Beddek, C.P.S. Springsure-H. Ellis, C.P.S. Warwick-W. H. Brown.

NATIONAL BOARD OF EDUCATION. Members of Board - Hon . Arthur Macalister , Hon. Col. O'Connell, Hon . Gilbert Eliott , John Douglas , T. B. Stephens, and C. B. Lyons. General Inspector - Randal Macdonne ll . District Inspector - J. G. Anderson. Secretary - Robert Bourne. HEAD TBACIEBS. Brisbane - John Rendall , Margaret Berry. Fortitude Valley -Francis Keogh . South Brisbane - Thomas M`Intyre, Maria Greer. Ipswich - John Scott , Mary Walsh. Warrill Creek- James Brady. Dalby - George Wi lliams . Drayton-John McAllister . Warwick - R. MacDouga ll, Charlotte Brenning Gayndah - Hercules Smith . Maryborough-John Robertson. Gladstone - Robert Harvey . Rockhaniplon - Charles Johnson, Kate Tyrre ll.

IMMIGRATION OFFICE. Board of Immigration-Arthur Clark Kemball, Arthur W. Manning, William Henry Geary, and William Hobbs. Immigration Agent-Arthur Clark Kemball. Matron-Sophia Murphy. Health Officer-Dr. Hobbs. Clerk-H. Stevens. Agent for the Colony in England-Henry Jordan. Maryborough.-Matron-Mary M. Symes. Rockhampton. - Wardsman - George Bennett. Matron- Mrs. Bennett. 46 GOVERN M ENT DEPARTMENTS.

ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH DEPARTMENT. Central Office-William-street. Acting General Superintendent of Telegraphs - W. J. Cracknell. Central Once, Brisbane .- First Clerk and Assistant-Walter Burkitt. Second Clerk and Assistant -H. O. Bourne. Book- keeper-Arthur Burkitt. Ipswich.-Station Master-A. F . Matveief [. Line Inspector -C. M. Winniett. Laidley. -S tation Master-W . Bauer. Toowoomba.-Station Master - O. G. Langley . Line Inspector -J. Cramp. Drayton.-Junior Clerk in charge. Warwick .- Station Master - Thomas Towe ll. Line Inspector -H. de J. Hall. Dalby.-Station Master (not appointed). Lytton.-Offi cer of Customs in charge - Alexander Macdonald. Tenterfield (N.S. W)-Clerk -B. Hanna.

POLICE. Commissioner --( Not yet appointed). Secretary to the Department-John McDonnell. Clerk-J. A. Boyce (3rd class). Banana.-C.P .S.-S. H. Webb. District Constable - J. Bal- frey. 2 constables. Brisbane - Police Magistrate -( To be appointed ). C.P. S.- Wil liam Henry Day . Chief Constable-J. A. Lewis. 29 con- stables. Catlandoon .- C.P.S.-Robert Vin cent. Chief Constable-M. Fogarty. 3 constables. Condamine.-C. P. S. -George Lukin. Chief Constable-J. Devine. 3 constables. Dalby. - Police Magistrate - Duncan M`Diarmid Sinclair. C.P.S.-F. S. Bowerman. Chief Constable - J. Skelton. 3 constables. Drayton and Toowoomba . - Po lice Magistrate - Frederick Rawlins. C.P.S.-Charles Carrington . Chief Constable-W. Murphy. 7 constables. Gayndak .- Po lice Magistrate - W. A. H. Hirst . C.P.S.-M. Airey. Chief Constable - T. Clohesy . 3 constables. Gladstone .- C.P.S.-L . B. Young. Chief Constable - D. Gerahty. 3 constables. Ipswick .- Police Magistrate - Colonel Gray . C.P.S.-G. W. Dodwe ll. Chief Constable - Edward Quinn. 19 constables. GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 47

Inglewood.-District Constable-G. J. Rooke. 1 constable: Leyburn.-Chief Constable-W. Harris. 2 constables. Maryboreugh.-Police Magistrate- Hugh Hamon Massie. C.P.S.-W. Barnes. Chief Constable-C. S. Hawthorne. 7 constables. Nanango. C.P.S.-C. F. Cumming. District Constable-W. Williams. 2 constables. Peak Downs.-Po lice Magistrate-T. J. Griffin. C. P. S.- J. G. Wheeler. Chief Constable-W. Manson. 3 constables. Pioneer River.-2 constables. Port Denison.-Police Magistrate-(To be appointed). C.P.S. -W. C. J. Doutty. Chief Constable-J. O'Connor. 2 con- stables. Princhester.-C.P.S.-W. Cave. 3 constables. Roma.-C. P.S.- W. Moorhead. Chief Constable - W. Apjohn. 2 constables. Rockhampton.-Police Magistrate-John Jardine. C.P.S.- F. N. Beddek. Chief Constable-J. Foran. 10 constables. Springsure.-C.P.S.-H. Ellis. 3 constables. Surat.-C.P.S.-C. F. D. Parkinson. Chief Constable-W. C. Rogers. 2 constables. Taroom.-C.P.S.-A. E. Douglass. Chief Constable-John Conroy. 3 constables. Warwick.-Police Magistrate-A. E. Halloran. C.P.S.-J. Oaenham. Chief Constable-W. G. Watts. 5 constables. Waverley (Broad Sound).-C.P.S.-J. Gordon. District Constable-O. Laing. 2 constables. Westwood. 2 constables. Yaamba.-2 constables.

NATIVE POLICE. FIRST DivisioN.-Port Curtis and Leichhardt.- Lieutenant Commanding-G. P. M. Murray. Second Lieutenants-R. C. G. Johnson, W. H. Bayley, B. S. Owen, W. F. Price, W. P. Bayley, A. S. Morisset, H. Brown, and T. B. Nutting. Ser. geant-major, 6 camp sergeants, and 72 troopers. SECOND DivisioN.-Nogoa.-Lieutenant Commanding-R. R. Morisset. Second Lieutenant-A. Beevor. 1 camp sergeant, and 18 troopers. THIRD DIVISION. Maranoa.-Lieutenant Commanding-F. W. Carr. 2 Second Lieutenants. 2 camp sergeants, and 36 troopers. Founvu DIvISION.-Moreton Bay.-Second Lieutenant Com. manding-Frederick Wheeler. 1 camp sergeant, and 8 troopers. 48 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

Firm DIvIsION.-The Kennedy.-Lieutenant Commanding -J. Marlow. Second Lieutenant-T. S. Williams. 3 camp sergeants, and 20 troopers. SixTn DIVISION.- Wide Bay.-Second Lieutenant Command. ing-R . Freudenthal. 9 troopers.

FRONTIER PATROL. Maranoa.-Offi cer Commanding - W. S. E. M . Charters, and 3 white troopers.

WATER POLICE. Water Police Magistrate-W. Thornton. Inspector-John McDonald. A coxswain and four men, stationed in temporary quarters on Fisherman's Island, in Moreton Bay. , [A hulk, with accommo- dation both for the police and refractory seamen, will probably be moored in the Bay during this year.]

GOLD COMMISSIONERS. Calliope Diggings (Port Curtis).-L. B. Young (Acting). Peak Downs.-T. J. Graafin. Sub-Commissioner-J. G. Wheeler.

COLONIAL STORE. Clerk in charge-Henry Richards. Storeman-D. Roughan.

GAOL. Gaoler-Samuel Sneyd. Matron-Mrs. Sneyd. Visiting Justice-Henry R. Buttanshaw. Visiting Surgeon-Kearsey Carman. Chaplains-Rev. J. R. Moffatt ; and Rev. M. P. Renehan, R.C. Clerk-John Cooling. Principal Turnkey-William Gillan. Ordinary Turnkeys-Edsard Armstrong, Patrick Bradley, Robert Loague, John Hurford, Michael Connor, Charles Bragg, James Tredennick, Henry Cox, Richard Whitehead, and George Tai lor. Female Turnkey-Susan Carrig. Executioner-Join Hutton. GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 49

LUNATIC ASYLUM. (Under the control of the Sheriff.) Superintendent - Samuel Sneyd. Matron - Margaret Sneyd. Medical Officer- Kearsey Cannan. Warders-George Robinson , John Phi llips, Joseph Free, John Bowman. Female Warder-Ellen Sneyd. Night Nurse - Jane Johnson.

MEDICAL BOARD. President-Kearney Cannan. Members-Drs. Cannan, Hobbs, Bell, Challinor, Cumming, and Callaghan. Secretary-A. C. Kemball.

COTTON INSPECTORS. Brisbane -Walter Bill. Ipswich-A. M. Hutchinson. Margborough-R. B. Sheridan. Gladstone-W. F. Hilliard. Rockhampton-W. J. Brown.

SCAB INSPECTORS. Port of Brisbane-James King (Chief Inspector). Port of Maryborough-George Curtis. Port of Gladstone-R. Hetherington. Port of Rockhampton-Leonard Young. (Chief Inspector-John Broadbent. Marwick -James Morgan. R jGoondhvindi-Gcorge Thomas Myles. Moonie Junction-Wil liam J. Watts. Narran-(Vacant).

PUBLIC VACCINATORS. Brisbane - Kearsey Cannan. 2bowoomba - John E . Stacey. Warwick-Samuel W. Aldred. Rockhampton-William Callaghan.

HEALTH OFFICER-Dr . Hobbs. METEOROLOGICALORsERvER-A. Barton. SELECTOR OF AGRICULTURAL REsERvEs-Walter Hill. GOVERNMENT PRINTER-W. C. Belbridge. F 50 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. itxlYZ:ZxxorzAf skive.

SUPREME COURT. Chief Justice-The Iron. James Cockle. Puisne Judge-The Hon. Alfred James Peter Lutwyche. Registrar-John Abraham. Chief Justice's Associate-James Stockwell. Mr. Justice Lutwyche's Associate-William Kelson Wright. Curator of Intestate Estates-William Pickering. Clerk to Registrar-Gilbert Wright. Chief Justice's Tipstaff-John Searle. Mr. Justice Lutwyche's Tipstaff, and Court-keeper - R. Thorrold.

VICE-ADMIRALTY COURT. Judge- His Honor James Cockle, the Chief Justice of Queensland. Registrar-James Stockwell. Marshall-William Kelson Wright.

INSOLVENT COURT. Chief Commissioner-His Honor A. J. P. Lutwyche, Puisne Judge. Official Assignee-William Pickering.

CROWN LAW OFFICERS. Attorney-General-The Hon. Ratcliffe Pring. Clerk-John Wiseman Wilkie. Crown Solicitor-Robert Little. Clerk-Edwin Norris, Messenger-Thomas O'Keefe.

SHERIFF'S OFFICE. Sheriff-William Anthony Brown. Under-Sheriff-William Theophilus Blakeney. Messenger-John G: Staumore. Bailiffs-Jeremiah Daly, Brisbane ; Charles Davis, Ipswich ; William Malony, Toowoomba; David Armstrong, Maryborough; Thomas William Foley, Rockhampton; Henry Sheehy, Condor mine; Joseph Watt, Warwick. GOVE1tNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 51

CORONERS. Brisbane -R earsey Cannan, M.D. Ipswich - Thomas Rowlands. Darling Downs - Otto Sachse, M.D. Warwick - Samuel Wil li am Aldred. Gayndah - W. H. Stevenson, M.D. Rockhampton - Wil liam Callaghan.

MARRIAGE OF MINORS. The following Magistrates are appointed to give consent to the Marriageof Minors withintheir several districts :- Brisbane .- W. Tho rn ton, W. A. Brown, and W. Pickering. Ipswich.-Pollet Cardew. Darling Downs .- W. Armstrong and J. C. White. Warwick.-J. W. Buckland. Maryborough .- R. B. Sheridan and Edmund B. Uhr. Gayndah .- W. H. A. Hirst and Gilbert W. Eliott. Nanango.-Charles R. Haly. Leichhardt .-- John Scott. Surat .- P. Macarthur. Rockhampton .- John A. La rn ach.

OolznxaJ E a x a's Lat grim n#.

THE TREASURY. Office-Corner George and Queen Streets. Treasurer - The Hon. Thomas De Lacy Moffatt. Under Secretary - William Leworthy Good Drew. Chief Clerk - Edward Boyd Cullen. Revenue Clerk-Lewis G. Rogers. Record Clerk- Henry Bulgin. Land Revenue Clerk-Richard J. Coley,jun. Pay Clerk - Charles S. Russell.

CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT. Collector of Customs - William Tho rn ton , (who acts also as Water Po lice Magistrate and Chief Inspector of Disti lleries). Brisbane -( Port of Moreton Bay). Chief Clerk - Daniel Rountree Somerset. E. i? GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

Chief Landing Waiter and Inspector of Bonded Stores- William Haynes. Second Clerk-Frederick Taylor. Third Clerk-T. Vokes Dudgeon. Fourth Clerk-Wm. J. Conolly. Junior Clerk-Henry Somerset. Second Landing Waiter-William G. Chancellor. Third Landing Waiter-David Elliott. First Locker-J. C. W. Bowman. Second Locker - James Bartley. Messenger and Keeper of the Powder Magazine - Peter Hartley. Office-keeper - Mrs. Hartley. Lytton. Tide Surveyor- AlexanderMacdonald. Coxswain - Michael Goodwyn, and 5 boatmen. Moreton Island. Coastwaiters - John McDonald (Inspector of Water Po lice) R. H. Shell, David Dring , and R . Cooper (pilots). Ipswich. Sub-Collector - A. M. Hutchinson. Second Officer- Thomas M. King. Messenger - T. Burrell. Port of Hervey's Bag. Sub-Co llector - R. B. Sheridan (acts also as Harbor Master). Second Officer - R. Uniacke (acts also as Shipping Master). Coxswain-John Goodwin , and 4 boatmen. Port Curtis. Sub-Co llector - W. E. Hilliard (acts also as Harbor Master and Water Po lice Magistrate). Coxswain - J. Campbell , and 3 boatmen. Port of Rockhampton. Sub-Collector - W. J. Brown (acts also as Water Po lice Magistrate). Second Officer-F . Sandrock (acts also as Shipping Master).- Third Officer-( Not yet appointed). Locker and Warehouseman - R. K. Gilchrist. Coxswain - J. Brennan , and 3 boatmen. Keppel Bay. Coastwaiter -I. Warner. Broad Sound. Sub-Collector-James Gordon. GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

Pioneer River. Sub-Collector-John T. Baker. Port Denison. Sub-Collector-Frederick Kilter. Second Officer-W. C. J. Doutty. Messenger-James Morrill.

MARINE BOARD OF QUEENSLAND. Members-Henry Richards (Chairman) ; the Portmaster, Alexander Rail, Robert Douglas, and Richard James Coley. Secretary-R. L. Drew. Engineer Surveyor-John Murray. Shipwright Surveyor-David Muir.

HARBORS, LIGHTHOUSES,. AND PILOT DEPARTMENT. Office-Near the A.S.N. Company's Wharf. Fortmaster and Marine Surveyor-G. P. Heath, Lieut. R.N. Moreton Bay. Harbor Master W. H. Geary, R.N. Shipping Master-R. L. Drew, Assistant Harbor Master and Pilot-Henry Wyborn. Sea Pilots-R. H. Sholl, David Dring, and Richard Cooper. Assistant Pilot-William Woods. River Pilot- - Assistant River Pilot-Philip Bowles. Superintendent of Lighthouse-James Brayden. Master of Lightship "Rose"-Thomas Rooksby. Maryborough and Hervey's Bay. Harbor Master-R. B. Sheridan. Sea Pilot-Henry Croaker. Assistant Pilot-Joseph Montgomery. Port Curtis. Harbor Master-W. E. Hilliard. Acting Pilot-George Seeds. Rockhampton and Keppel Bay. Harbor Master-M. S. Rundle. Sea Pdot-Isaac J. Warner. River Pilot-Charles Haynes. Assistant Pilots-(Tvto to be appointed). 54 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

Broad Sound. Harbor Master - James Gordon. Acting Pilot - Alexander D. Smith. PioneerRiver. Harbor Master-J . T. Baker. Acting Pilot-Martin Hanson. Port Denison. Harbor Master -R. E. Pym. Acting Pilot-Robert Findlater.

POSTAL DEPARTMENT. * General Post Ofice- Queen-street. Postmaster -General - Thomas L. Murray Prior. Postmaster - E. Barney. Clerk (1st class)- A. Nightingale. Clerks (2nd class)- E. B. L. Ilitchins, F. E. Salisbui&, J. E. 0. Daly, and F. Hinton ; (3rd class)- M. G. B. Mathews. Extra Clerks - R. J. Scott and J. Parsons. Sorters-D . A. Day and J. Kelly. Letter Carriers - Jos. Davis , W. McCu llough , R. Bower, J. O'Keefe, and Thos. Wray. Messenger and Sorter - S. Carter. Extra Letter Carrier- B. Gi llespie. *Ipswich. Postmaster - R. Gill. Letter Carriers- John Evans and Jos. Cramb, *Rockhampton. Postmaster -- John Smith. Letter Carrier- J. J. Regan.

COUNTRY POST OFFICER. Post Ofltces. Postmasters. Allora ...... Jas. Gwynne Banana ... .. R. Fitzpatrick Bungeworgcerai .. . S. Spencer Cleveland T. Winship Condamine S. S. Norris *Dalby F. W. Roche Draalton J. C. Miller Fort Cooper ... .. Wm. Boveti GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. 55

Post Offices. Postmastere. * Gayndah ...... J. Connolly Gladstone ...... R. Hetherington Goondiwindi ... John Hensler Laidley ... . Mrs. E. C. Bauer Leyburn .. ,. P. Liddy Marlborough D. R. Squibb *Maryborouglc J, H. Robertson Moggill Jas. Shield Nanango ... C. F. Cumming Nulalbin ...... G. N. Living Oxley ...... J. McDonald Port Denison ...... - Reid Pioneer River (McKay)... - Anderson Spring-re H. Ellis, C.P.S. Surat ... C. F. D. Parkinson Tdroom ...... M. Zerbe Copper Mines ...... - Rylands *Toowoomba E. W. Robinson Warwick ...... W. H. Brown Westwood ...... P. Hardy Woogaroo...... Mrs. H. Holmes Waverley (Broad Sound) Jas. Gordon. Noi u. - Nulalbin will be removed to Knebworth - (Mr. Auerbach). Money Order Offices.

ptpnrfm.ent .of f nn nub to hs,

LANDS AND WORKS. Once-George-street. Secretary for Lands and Works-The Hon. Arthur Macalister. Under Secretary-A. O. Herbert. Clerks-Hugh Stowell (3rd class) ; W. M. Boyce (4th class) R. R. Davidson (5th class) Messenger -T. Poole. Office-keeper-Helen Poole.

* New Classification Jfi GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

SURVEYOR-GENERAL'S DEPARTMENT. Once-William-street. Surveyor-General-Augustus Charles Gregory. Deputy Surveyor-General and District Surveyor of Southern District-M. E. L. Burrowes. District Surveyor (Rockhampton)-A. F. Wood. Surveyors (1st class)-Henry'Haege (Darling Downs) ; H. C. Rawnsley (Moreton) ; F. E. Roberts (Moreton) ; C. F. Gregory (Leichhardt) ; W. M. Davidson (Maryborough). Marine Surveyor-G. P. Heath, R.N. Surveyors (2nd class) - C. Stuart (Bowen) ; A. McDowall (Maranon) ; T. H. Fitzgerald, (Mackay). Licensed Surveyors-James Warner, F. H. Warner, W. Han- nan, W. Carr Boyd, and W. C. Wakeling, Brisbane ; A. P. Linde, Ipswich ; G. L. Pratten, E. W. Pechey, and T. H. Bin- stead , -Darling Downs ; T. H. Permien, F. Byerly, and G. A. Den Taaffe, Rockhampton; J. Richardson and C. Colquhoun, Maryborough; F. Clarke, F. R. D'Arcy, J. Buchannan, L. F. Landsberg, and J. Postlethwaite (No District). Commissioners of Crown Lands - M. E. L. Burrowes , District of Moreton; A. F. Wood, Settled District of Port Curtis. DRAFTIN G BRANCH. Chief Draftsman - E. J. Bennett. Draftsmen - W. Scarr, T. S. Bailey, P. Drummond, and J. O. Bourne. Lithographic Printer-H . G. Eaton. CLERICALBRarrca. Chief Clerk-G. Huntley. Clerk (3rd class )- T. W. Poulden. Supernumerary-C. F. Gorton. Office-keeper-C. Murphy. Rockhampton .- Clerk and Draftsman - V. Williams. Maryboroug4 .- „ „ W. A. Holme.

CROWN LANDS OFFICE. Owe-Queen- street. Chief Commissioner-E. W. Lamb. Commissioners (Unsettled Districts )- F. Raw lins, Darling Downs ; P. Macarthur , East Maranon ; F. T. Gregory, West Maranoa ; H. H. Massie, Wide Bay and Burnett; W. H. Wiseman, Leichhardt ; H. E. King, Mitchell ; R. Scott and W. A. Tully, Kennedy. GOVERNMENT DEPIRTMENTS. 57

LAND BOARD. Members-The Colonial Treasurer , the Surveyor -General, Chief Commissioner of Crown Lands , and Principal Under Secretary.

ROADS DEPARTMENT-SOUTHERN DISTRICT. Office- George-street. Engineer of Roads-Robert Austin. Chief Clerk - Henri Willson Haseler. Accountant - Allan R . Wettenhall. Chief Draftsman-Henry Willson. Clerks of Works-D. F.Longland , Brisbane ; Howard Holmes, Ipswich; T. Holme , Maryborough.

NORTHERN DISTRICT. Engineer of Roads - Henry T. Plews. Chief Draftsman - R. H. Roehricht. Clerk (2nd class)- A. P. Gossett. Clerks of Works-T. B. Yates and A. $. Wood.

COLONIAL ARCHITECT. Office- Queen-street. Colonial Architect - Charles Tiffin. Chief Clerk-Edward Deighton. Clerk of Works - Francis Drummond Grevi ll e Stanley. Second ditto .-( Vacant at present). Temporary Clerk of Works ( .Rockhampton) - Wi lliam Mac, queen. Extra Clerk .- Eustace Henry Harries.

BOTANIC GARDENS. (Open daily , fr om 6 a.m. to 6 p.m.) Director and Superintendent - Walter Hi ll.

THE DREDGE "LYTTON." Superior Officer-Minister for Lands and Works. Superintending Engineer-Thomas Francis. Tug-master - A. Cameron. 58 COMMISSION OF THE PEACE. iibitor- cixeziit's ep x rnenL

AUDIT OFFICE. Ofiee- George-street. Auditor- General -Henry Buckley, Accountant-Francis Orr Bryant. Clerks (1st class)-Gustavus Cesar Forstmann and Robert Harris Mill s.

COMMISSION OF THE PEACE.

ABBoTr, Henry Palmer, Brisbane Adams, George, Gwambegwine Aldred, Samuel William, Warwick Alexander, Robert, Gayndah A lport, Henry Curzon, Mitchell District Anderson, Peter Dalgarius, Gigoomgan, Wide Bey Anslow, William Warner, Broad Sound Antill, John, Picton, Kennedy District Archer, Colin, Gracemere, Rockhampton Atkins, James B., Moonie River Atkinson, William, Peak Downs, Leichhardt Austin, Robert, Brisbane Barker , Bryce Thomson, Nanango Barker , William, Brisbane Barker , David, Nanango Barton, A. P., Moolboolaman, Wide Bay Bassett, William Frederick, Bowen, Kennedy Bassett, William, Maranon Beardmore, George 0., Wide Bay Bait, William, Drayton Bell, Thomas, Ipswich Bell, Joshua Peter, Jimbour, Dalby Bennett, Robert, Maranoa Bernavs, Lewis Adolphus, Brisbane Biddulph, J. L., Commissioner of Crown Lands, Albert District, New South Wales Bigge, The Honorable Francis Edward. Mount Brisbane, Ipswich Birkbeck, Samuel B., Glenmore, Rockhampton COMMISSION OF TILE PEACE. 59

Black, John :Melton, Fanning River, Kennedy Black, John Richard, Dunmore, Dalby Blakeney, Charles, Coonambula, Wide Bay Bligh, John O'Connell, Native Police, Rockhampton Blomfield, Edwin Cordeaux, Port Curtis Blomfield, Richard Henry, Pike's Creek, Warwick Bode, Frederick Joseph, Strathden, Kennedy Burton, Frederick, Banana, Rockhampton Bonar, John, Barmandoo, Gladstone Broadbent, John, Rawbell, Gayndah Brock, Osmond do Prior, Wetheron, Gayndah Broughton, Alfred Delves, Rockhampton Brown, Alfred Henry, Gladstone Brown, William Anthony, Sheriff, Brisbane Brown, Samuel, Moonie River Brown, Arthur, Wide Bay Brown, John Evans, Ma ranoa Brown, William John, Rockhampton Buchanan, A. B., Cairdbaigin, Leichhardt Buchanan, Alexander, Rockhampton Buchanan , D., Chinchilla, Dalby Buchanan, Nathaniel, Mitchell District Buckland, James Warwick, Warwick Buckley, Henry, Auditor- General, Brisbane Burne, Henry, Peak Downs Burnett, Thomas, Mount Cecil. Kennedy Byerley, Frederick, Saltwater, Kennedy

Callaghan, William, Rockhampton Cameron, Archibald, Coonambula, Wide Bay Campbell, Edwin John, Redbank, Ipswich Cardell, Henry, Maranoa Cardew, Pollett, Euroombah, Dawson Carr, Frederick Wm., Lieutenant Native Police, Maranon Caswell, Henry D., Gayndah Challinor, Henry, Ipswich Charters, William Skelton Ewbank Melbourne, Commandant Mounted Police, Maranoa Clapperton, George, Tarong, Nanango Clarke, Charles, Warwick Clarke, Charles James, Port Curtis Clarke, John Ker, Leichhardt District Clarke, Duncan, Leichhardt District Clayton, Octavius Plater, Boomba, Maranoa Cobham, Richard, Peak Downs GO COMMISSION OF THE PEACE.

Cockburn, Henry Montague , Ipswich Collins, James Carden, Coochm, Ipswich Compigne, The Honorable Alfred William, Nindooinbah, Albert River Conolly, Francis Glynn, Gayndali Connor, Daniel, Collaroy, Rockton Corfield, Henry Cox, Staunton Harcourt, Wide Bay Cox, Charles Clarendon, Windah, Leichhardt Cozen, Charles, Brisbane Cozen, Henry William, Condamine Crawford, Robert, Cousuelo, Leichhardt Cribb, Robert, Brisbane Cribb, Benjamin, Ipswich Cudmore, Daniel, Argyle, Kennedy Cunningham, Michael William, Molonglong, Kennedy Cunningham, Edward, Molonglong, Kennedy Dalrymple, George Elphinstone, Kennedy Dangar, Thomas Gordon, Maranoa Darby, Arthur Swift, Warkon, Maranoa Darvall, Frederick Orme, Brisbane Daveney, Charles Beevor, Warwick Davidson William Montgomerie, Maryborough Davidson, Gilbert, Canning Downs, Warwick Davidson, Walter, Canning Downs, Warwick Davis, Sydney Beevan, Peak Downs Davis, Samuel , Brisbane Day, Edward Denny, Police Magistrate, Maitland, New South Wales Deedes, Ju lius, Maranoa De Satgd, Oscar, Gordon Downs, Marlborough Deuchar, John, Glengallan, Warwick Dillon, John Moore, Moorsland, Kennedy Dorsey , Wi lliam Mae Taggart, Ipswich Douglas, Robert, Brisbane Douglas, John, Rockhampton Dowling, Vincent, Mitchell District Dowzer, James, Maryborough Drew, W. L. G., Brisbane Drury, Edward Robert, Brisbane Dutton, Charles Boydell, Gingindah, Leichhardt Easton, Frederick Charles, Tarawinaba , Callandoon Easton, Henry Edward, Billa Billa, Callandoon Edmondstone, George, Brisbane Edwards, John, Ban Ban, Gayndah COMMISSION OF THE PEACE. 61

Edwards, Charles, Fort Bourke, New South Wales Eliott, The Honorable Gilbert, Speaker of Legislative Assembly Eliott, Gilbert William, Gayndah Elliott, Thomas, Tilpal, Rockton Ellis, Henry, Deepwater, Maranoa Faircloth, George, Ipswich Fattorini, Charles Lamonnerie Dit, Ipswich Feez, Albrecht, Rockhampton Ferguson, Archibald, Walloon Ferrett, John, Wallan, Condamine Fitz, The Honorable Henry Bates, Pilton, Drayton Fitzsimmons, Charles, Rockhampton Fleming, Joseph, Ipswich Flood, Edward, Maranoa Flood, Edward, jun., Maranoa Forbes, George Edward, Colinton, Ipswich Forbes, Frederick Augustus, Ipswich Forsyth, John, Gladstone Frazer, John, Kooingal, Leichhardt Gaden, William Henry, Canoona Galloway, The Honorable John James, Brisbane Geary, William Henry, Brisbane Geary, Edward Montague George, Isaac Arrot, Ipswich Gibson, James, Chinchilla, Condamine Gillespie, Thomas, Warwick Glen, John, Nulalbin Golden, George Lewis, Juandah, Dawson Gore, The Honorable St. George Richard, Warwick Gorry, Christopher, Ipswich Graham, Dugald, Wigton Graham, Charles Stewart, Tambourine, Logan River Grant, Alexander Ogilvie, Dalgangall, Gayndah Gray, George Johnstone, Leichhardt Gray, Charles George, Police Magistrate, Ipswich Green, Charles Henry, Mondure, Nanango Green, William, Mondure, Nanango Gregory, Augustus Charles, Surveyor-General, Brisbane Gregory, Henry Churchman, Palm-tree Creek, Taroom Gregory, Charles Frederick, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Leichhardt Gregory, Francis Thomas. Commissioner of Crown Lands, Maranoa Gregor, Edctard, Goondiwindi 62 COMMISSION OF TILE PEACE.

Gregsou. Jesse, Rainsworth, Leichhardt Griffin, Thomas J., Gold Commissioner, Peak Downs Haege, Henry, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Darling Downs Halloran, Arthur Edward, Police Magistrate, Warwick IIaly, Charles Robert, Taabinga, Gayndah Hammond, Henry, Fort Bourke, New South Wales Hammer, Thomas, Talgai, Warwick Hardie, John, Fassifern, Ipswich Harris, The Honorable George, Brisbane Harriott, Thomas Waire, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Warrego, New South Wales Hay, James Leith, Kennedy Hay, Houston Stewart Dalrymple, Macintyre Brook Heath, George Poynter, Brisbane Henderson, Andrew Inglis, Jimboomba, Logan River Hendren, William, Ipswich Henning, Edward Biddulph, Rockhampton Henry, Ernest, Mount McConnell, Kennedy Herbert, The Honorable Robert George Wyndham, Brisbane Herbert, Arthur Orpen, Brisbane Hill, Thomas, Euranbah, Narran River Hillling, Emilius, Havilah, Kennedy Hilliard, William Edward, Gladstone Hirst, W. H. A., Police Magistrate, Gayndah Hobbs, The Honorable William, Brisbane Holt, William Harvey, Kolonga, Gayndah Hood, James Low, Peak Downs Hooke, James, Rochdale, Dawson Hope, The Honorable Louis, Kilcoy, Ipswich Howell, William Hilton, Goulburn, New South Wales Hughes, Robert Maurice, Fort Bourke Hunter, William, Maranoa Hunter, Robert Miller, Rockhampton Hutchinson, Frederick R., Widgee Widgee, Maryborough Isaac, Frederick Neville, Gowric, Darling Downs Jamison, Robert Thomas, Callandoon Jardine, John, Police Magistrate, Rockhampton Joiner, Philip, Cape River, Kennedy Jones, Thomas, Barambali, Nanango Jones, Thomas Heys, Ipswich Jones, David Mander, Boonara, Gayndah Jopp, Alexander, Hawkswood, Gayndah Kelman, William, Ghinghinda, Leichhardt Kelman, John, Melton Downs, Leichhardt COMMISSION OF THE PEACE. (33

Kellett, Robert , Kennedy District Kemball, A rthur Clark , Brisbane Kennedy, W illiam Francis , Tieryboo , Condamine Kent, Wi lliam , just., Rosalie Plains, Dalby Ker, Claudius Augustus , Leichhardt King , Henry Edward , Commissioner of Crown Lands , Mitchell District King, Charles Macarthur , Ipswich Lack, Edward , jun., Wigton , Gayndah Lamb, Edward Wi lliam, Ipswich Lamotto, Frederick Charles, Tenningering, Gayndah Landsborough , James , Gladstone Landsborough , The Honorable William , Rockhampton Larnach, John Alexander , Rockhampton Lawless, Clement, Boombijan, Gayndah Lawless, Paul, Boombijan , Gayndah Lawson, Robert, Gayndah Lester, Leonard Edward, Marilla Creek, Surat Lethbridge , Christopher , Condamine Living, John, Port Curtis Livingstone , John, Gayndah Loader, Wil li am, Parcel, Moonie River Long, William, Bungaban , Dawson Low, Jacob , Callandoon Lyons , Charles Bernard, Brisbane Macalister , The Honorable Arthur, Brisbane Macarthur , Patrick, Maranoa Macdonald , Campbe ll Livingstone , Logan River Macintosh , Peter , Rio, Leichhardt District Macdonald , Peter Fitzallan , Yaamba MacCartney , John Arthur , Glenmo re , Rockhampton Mackay, Colin Campbell, Rockhampton Mackenzie , Robert Ramsay , Brisbane McConne ll, The Honorable John, Cressbrook , Ipswich McConnell , David, Cressbrook , Ipswich McDonald , John Graham , Dalrymple , Kennedy Manning , Arthur Wilcox, Brisbane Mansfield , Percival Douglas , Rockhampton Mant, George , Gigoomgan, Wide Bay Marsh, Charles Wi ll iam, Maryland Marshall , Richard Purvis , Callandoon Marsha ll, Lampson , Callandoon Massie, Robert George , Toolburra , Warwick Massie , Hugh f l amon, Po lice Magistrate , Maryborough 61 COMMISSION OF THE PEACE.

Master , Francis Robert Chester , Brisbane Mayne, John Colburn, Weranga, Dalby McArthur, John, Glenelg, Warwick McCarthy, J. E. D. Moonie River McDonald, John Macpherson, Cgllandoon McDouga ll , The:Honorable John Frederick , Brisbane McKay, Hugh, Surat McLean, John Donald, Westbrook , Drayton McLerie, John, Inspector-General of Police, New South Wales Miles, Wi lliam , Dulacea , Condami Miller, Robert, Kinnoull, Leichhardt District Mills, Michael, Cleveland, Kennedy District Moffatt, Honorable Thomas de Lacy , Brisbane Moffatt, Samuel , Maranoa r Moreton, The Honorable Basil Berkley, Wetheron, Gayndah Moreton, The Honorable Seymour , Wetheron, Gayndah Moreton, Frederick, Kalide, Port Curtis Morey, Edward , Maranoa Moriarty, Abram Orpen, Sydney Morisset , Edric Norfolk Vaux, New South Wales Morisset , Rudolph, Lieutenant Native Police Mort, Henry, Sydney, New South Wales Morton, Frederick, Gladstone Monro, A. P. Hale, Headington, Leichhardt Murray, George P. M., Lieutenant Native Police Murphy, John, Ipswich Malne, Graham , Eatanswi ll, Clarence River , New South Wales

Nicol , Henry Hedger , Ballandine , Warwick Norman , William Henry , Melbourne , Victoria North, The Honorable Francis, Ipswich North, Joseph, Ipswich North, William, Ipswich Norton, Albert , Gladstone

O'Connell , The Honorable Maurice Charles , President of the Legislative Council Okeden , David Parry , Burrandowan , Gayndah Owen, Alfred Charles, Yandilla, Drayton Palmer, Arthur Hunter, Bungil, Maranoa Palmer, Henry, Maryborough Palmer , Richard Edward , Gladstone Palmer, John, Rockhampton Panton, John, Ipswich Patton , Robert. Albmia Downs , Leichhardt COMMISSION OF THE PEA TV,

Petrie, John, Brisbane 4 `• j Peyton, Nicholson, Mundubbera, Gayndah Pickering, William, Brisbane OpC`y Pigott, Peter, Gayndah Pitt, Henry Dowdeswe ll, Captain Royal Artillery, N j Plews, Henry Taylor, Rockhampton Powell, Frederick John, Lieutenant Native Police Price, Edmund H., Narang Creek Prior, Thomas Lodge Murray, $ risbane Roe, Arthur J., Tieryboo, Condamine Rag, George , Brisbane Raff, Alexander, Brisbane Ramsay, John Bonar Peter, Rockhampton Ranken, John, Ipswich Ranken, George, jun., Rockhampton Rawlins, Frederick, Police Magistrate, Drayton Rawnsley, Henry C., Brisbane Rawson, William, Rosewood, Ipswich Reid, James Blanc, Maryborough Reid, James, Camboon, Leichhardt Richards, Henry, Brisbane Richards, William, Soringsure, Leichhardt Riley, Alexander Raby, Tenterfield, New South Wales Robinson, Hugh, Rockhampton Roche, Frederick William, Dalby Rogers, William, Chinchilla Rolleston, Christopher, Sydney, New South Wales Roope, William, Cullenlaringo, Leichhardt Ross, James, Haldon, Toowoomba Rowlands, Thomas, Ipswich Royds, Charles James, Juandah, Dawson Royds, Edmund Molyneux, Juandah, Dawson Rule, John, Mitchell District Rundle, William, S., Rockhampton Russell, Henry Stuart, Sydney, New South Wales Rutherford, John, Fort Bourke Sachse, Otto, Toowoomba Sandeman, Gordon, Bu4randowan, Gayndah Sandeman, Alfred, Felton, Drayton Scott, Richard, Port Denison Scott, John, Palm-tree Creek, Leichhardt Scott, David Charles Frederick, Police Magistrate, Sydney, New South Wales Scott, James Hall. Warwick F W COMMISSION OF TIIE PESCE.

Sharpe, Edward, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Albert District, New South Wales Sheaffe, William Lempriere Frederick, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Kennedy Sellheim, Philip Alexander, Strathmore, Kennedy Serocold, George Pearce,Kennedy Sheridan, Richard Bingham, Maryborough Sheridan, Brinsley George, Lotus Creek, Leiclthardt Sinclair, Duncan Macdiarmid, Police Magistrate, Dalby Slack , John Richard, Coolaharbor, Maranoa Smith, The Honorable Richard Joseph, Ipswich Smith, Shepherd, Brisbane Stacey, John Edward, Toowoomba Stenhouse, William, Allandale, Kennedy Stephens, Thomas Blacket, Brisbane Stevenson , William Hercules, Gayndah Stewart, William R., Peak Downs, Rockhampton St. George, Howard , Rockhampton St. Jean, Ernest de, Gowrie, Drayton Strathdee, Robert, Gayndah Taylor, James, Toowoomba Thomas, Alfred Cayley, Dykehead, Gayndah Thompson, William, Orion Downs, Leichhardt Thompson, William, Nundubbermere, Warwick Thompson, Archibald McMurdo, Taroom Thorn, George, Ipswich Thornton, William, Brisbane Tom, Hen y, Ulebah, Maranoa Tom, Charles, Gayndah Travis, Robert, Maryborough Tully, William Alcock, Commissioner of Crown Lands, Kennedy Turner, William, Helidon, Ipswich Turner, John Sargent, Brisbane Tymons, James Blood, Gayndah Ular, Edmund Blucher, Wide Bay Viguoles, Francis Durell, Western Creek, Drayton Vickery, Thomas W., Canoona, Rockhampton Warry, Thomas Symes, Brisbane Watts, John, Eton Vale, Drayton Webb, George Dudley, Brisbane Wheeler, John George, Sub Gold Commissioner, Peak Downs Whish, Claudius B., Cabulture River Whitchurch, John Samuel, Felton, Drayton MUNICIPAL COUNCILS. 67

White, The Honorable William Duckett, Beaudesert, Logau Rirer White, James Charles, Maryborough White, Robert Hoddle Driberg, Toowoomba Wienholt, Arnold, Maryvale, Warwick Wienholt, Edward, Rosalie Plains, Dalby Wi lls, Thomas W., Cullinlaringo, Leichhardt Wilson, John Kerr, Maranoa Wilson, George Henry, Ipswich Wilson, Robert Kerr, Maranoa Wiseman, William Henry Wood, Arthur Francis, Rockhampton Wood, Edward, Lake Victoria, Leichhardt Woore, John P., Commissioner of Crown Lauds, Warrego District, New South Wales Yaldwyn, The Honorable William Henry, Taroom Yaldwyn, John, Humboldt Creek, Leichhardt

MISCELLANEOUS. luxtiripat (90uxriJs.

NOTE.-Those Aldermen to whose names an aste ri sk (*) is prefixed retire in February , 1s64 , but are eligible for re-election.

BRISBANE. (Incorporated September, 1859.) MAYoR-*George Edmondstone, M.L.A. Aldermen-*J. Jeays, *J. Jones, J. Petrie, T. B. Stephens, P. Mayne, R. S. Warry, W. Pettigrew, and J. Teevan. Auditors-R. F. Phelan and Theodore Unmack. Town Clerk-Thomas Dowse. Rate Collector-F. Hingston. Clerk of Works-William Ambrose. City Solicitor-James F. Garrick.

IPSWICH. (Incorporated March, 1860.) Mayor-Francis North, M.L.C. Aldermen-Samuel Shenton, John Pettigrew, Charles F. Chubb, *John Clune, *Michael O'Malley, and *Thomas Given. F* 6 8 MUNICIPAL COUNCILS.

Audit ,)rs- John Blaine and John Cameron. Town Clerk- Patrick P. Anderson. Town Surveyor - Charles Balding.

TOOWOOMBA. (Incorporated November , 1860.) Mayor-Abraham Hamilton Thompson. Ahlermen - *Patrick Ryan , * John Paterson , * Wil li am Henry Byers, Arthur Lloyd, W. H. Groom , M.L.A., Isaac Cooper, Henry Flori, and D. W. Campbell. Auditors - Charles Jones and E. W. Robinson. Town Clerk - Robert Dexter. Inspector of Works-James Young. Solicitor to Corporation - G. Hamilton.

ROCKHAMPTON. (Incorpated December , 1860.) Mayor - Richard M'Kel ligett. Aldermen - George Hart, E. S. Rutherford , A. Feez, *John Palmer, and * A. Grant. Auditors - J. A. Larnach and A . Buchanan. Town Clerk- Wil liam Davis. Town Surveyor - Thomas Bursta ll .

MARYBOROUGH. (Incorporated March, 1861.) Mayor - ''Andrew Wedderburn Melvi ll e. Aldermen - John Purser , *Thomas Hanlon , Robert Case, Wil liam Southerden , and Edward Booker. Town Clerk- Robert Graham, jun. Town Surveyor - Donald Matheson. Rate Collector - Wi lliam Dawson.

WARWICK. (Incorporated May, 1861.) Mayor - Thomas M'Evoy. Aldermen - F. Hudson, S. Mayer, S. W . Aldred, * W. Craig, T. Craig, H. O'Neil, *P. McNamara, and *W. Marsha ll. Auditors - J. L. Ross and J. Morgan. Tonn Clerk- George Kennedy. Town Overseer - G M`Kinla'i. Town Stockman - H. Mit chell. LEGAL PROFESSIO N. 69

DRAYTON. (Incorporated July, 1862) Mayor-William Handcock. Alderineu- Samuel Mann , Thomas Allan, William James Peck, *John P. Purcell, and *Peter Farquharson. Auditors-William Gurney and William Gibson. Town Clerk- James O'Grady.

GLADSTONE. (IncorporatedFebruary, 1863.) Mayor-Richard Hetherington. Aldermen- William Pershouse, William Prizeman, Joseph Saaby, *Joseph Wilson, and *Henry Friend. Auditors-(Names not sent). Town Clerk and Town Surveyor-John C. Watson.

DALBY. (Incorporated August, 1863.) Mayor-F. W. Roche. Aldermen-Alfred Peter Gayler, Robert Ross, Richard Sex- ton, jun., *Richard Ramsay, and *Josiah Milstead.t Auditors-C. D. Eastaughffe and J. Williams.

BOWEN (PouT DExzsoie). (Incorporated August, 1863.) Mayor-Francis Clark. Aldermen-Bugden, Anderson, Seaward, Bell, and Brodziak.

• rtgai Vr.oftssxont.

BARRISTERS. Ratcliffe Pring, Attorney-General. Charles W. Blakeney John Hubert Plunkett John Bramston Charles Lilley R. G. W. Herbert William H. A. Hirst John Gore Jones Marshall Burdekin William Cary J. Mackenzie Shaw.

t This gentleman resigned immediately after his election, and his suc- cessor was not chosen when this page went to press. 70 LEGAL PROFESSION.

PRACTISING ATTORNEYS. Brisbane - Robert Little , Daniel Foley Roberts, Edwin J. Caulfeild Browne , James Frederick Garrick, R. C. J. Cooke, W. K. Macnish , R. K. Macnish , Arthur Macalister , and Edward Doyle. Ipswich-Charles Frederick Chubb, John Malbon Thompson, Ambrose Sullivan, and H. Batho. Toowoomba - John Ocock and Gustavus Hamilton. Warwick-John Oxenham. Mamyborough-Wi lliam Barnes and T. Neilson. Rockhampfon-W. C. Bellas, Henry Boyle, Charles Sydney Dick, and J. Bourke.

COMMISSIONERS FOR AFFIDAVITS.

List of the Commissioners for taking Affidavits, 4'c., in the Supreme Courtof Queensland.

IN THE COLONY. Banana-Stafford H. Webb, C.P.S. Bowen (Port Denison)-W. C. J. Doutty. Brisbane -John Abraham, W. T. Blakeney, William Anthony Brown, Robert Creyke, Frederick Orme Darvall, Jeremiah Daly (to take affidavits within five miles of Brisbane), Robert Little, Edwin Norris, William Pickering, William Belson Wright, and Gilbert Wright. Callandoon - A. Lumsdaine, C.P.S. Condamine - George Lukin , C.P.S. Dalby-Frank S. Bowerman , C.P.S. Drayton-Frederick Raw lins. Gagndah-Matthew Airev, C.P.S. Gladstone-Lindsay B. Young, C.P.S. Goondiwindi- Robert Vincent, C.P.S. Ipswich-Charles Frederick Chubb, G. W. Dodwell, C.P.S., Colonel Gray, A. Macalister, J. Panton, and A. Sullivan. Maryborough-Wil liam Barn es, Hugh Hamon Massie, and Charles Carrington. Peak Downs-T. J. Griffin and J. G. Wheeler. Princhester W. Cave, C.P.S. Rockhampton - F. N. Beddek , C.P.S., W . J. Brown, C. S. Dick, and J. Jardine. Roma-W. Moorhead, C.P.S. Springsure-Henry Ellis, C.P.S. Rurvt-C. F. D. Parkinson, C.P.S. Taroon:-A. E. Douglas, C.P.S. MEDICAL ACT OF 18611. i1

Tonwoomba-R. Dexter, G. Hamilton, J. Ocock, Frederick Rawlins, and R. H. D. White. Warwick-H. Evans, A. E. Halloran, and J. Oxenham. OUT OF THE COLONY. GREAT BEITAIN.-London-W. Chubb, 14, South Square, Gray's Inn ; J. W. Hawkins, Boswell Court, Lincoln's Inn Fields ; and W. M. Roscoe, 14, Ring-street, Finsbury Square. NEW SOUTH WALES.-Goulburn-W. H. Hovell. Maitland -A. Carter and H. O'Meagher. Sydney-J. Dunsmure, T. IF. Garrick, W. IIellyer, C. Mackenzie , A. P. Machechnie, G. Milford, J. Stafford, F. H. Stephen, M. C. Stephen, R. Teale, G. Uhr, F. E. Jaques, and W. Pennington. VICTORIA.-Geelong-W. Hellins. Melbourne-C. C. Ban- craft, R. C. Gressen, J. Hicks, J. Oldham, E. Sandford, R. H. Smith, and T. B. Watson.

COMMISSIONERS FOR THE SUPREME COURT OF NEW SOUTA WALES RESIDING IN QUEENSLAND.-Brisbane-J. Abraham, W. A. Brown, W. T. Blakeney, W. K. Wright. Darby-F. S. Bowerman. Gayndah -M. Airey. Gladstone-John S. Powe, L.B. Young. Ipswich---A. Macalister, J. Parton, C. F. Chubb. Maryborough-E. B. Uhr. Moreton Bay (except Brisbane)- J. Daly. Bockhamapton -W. J. B ro wn. Tbowoomba -J. Ocock. COMMISSIONERS OF THE SUPREME COURT OF VICTORIA RE- SIDING IN BRISBANE.-W. A. Brown and W. N. Poole. COMMISSIONER OF THE SUPREME COURT OF TASMANIA RE- SIDING IN QUEENSLAND--J. Abraham.

tica I Art of1861.

LIST OF MEDICAL 1 RACTITIONERS, AND CHEMISTS AND DRUGGISTS , QUALIFIED UNDER THE MEDICAL ACT OF 1861.

[The names given in the subjoined lists are copied from the Govern- ment Ga-ette of 10th of October last . The re sidences are not published with the names , and the information respecting them has to be gained in the best manner possible.]

SURGEONS, R.C. William Armstrong, Warwick ; Samuel William Aldred, ditto ; Hugh Bell, M.D., Brisbane ; Henry 0. Barnett ; Frederick George Brock, Rockhampton; Johi Stephen Burke; Simon Bellinfante, Pioneer River ; Kearney Canaan, Brisbane ; Fred- erick Cumming,M.D., ditto; Henry Challinor, Ipswich ; William 72 MINISTERS OF RELIGION.

Callaghan, Rockhampton ; Spiridion Candiottis, ditto ; William Mactaggart Dorsey, M.D., Ipswich ; Kevin Izod Doherty, ditto ; Frederick B. Dixon, Darling Downs ; William F. Ewington, Brisbane ; George Fullerton, M.D., ditto ; Braithwaite Benjamin Ford ; Ronald Gunn, Brisbane ; Heinrich Geiger ; William Hobbs, Brisbane ; Robert Hancock, ditto ; Frederick Homan, Dalby ; William Albert Huntley, Warwick ; Francis X. Heeney, Brisbane ; Wm. Godfrey Howitt ; Robert Carl Koch ; Jonathan Labatt, M.D., Brisbane ; Michael Joseph Lyons, Gladstone ; Joseph R. Lansdown, Brisbane Hospital ; Charles Ignatius Moran, Tiereyboo, Darling Downs ; John Joseph Mullen, For- titude Valley ; Frederick Margetts, Warwick ; Hugh M'Neeley, M.D., Rockhampton ; Charles H. McPherson ; Thomas John O'Grady; Edward Fielding Palmer, Maryborough; George W. Paynter, Rockhampton ; Archibald Clinton Robertson, ditto ; Thomas Rowlands, Ipswich ; Otto Sachse, M.D., Toowoomba ; Jacob Meade Swift ; John Edward Stacey, Toowoomba ; Walter Stephen Smith, Port Denison ; William Hercules Stevenson, Gayndah ; John Spencer ; Guido Then, Rockhampton ; Thomas B. Temple ; James B. Tymons, Dalbyy ; Joseph H. Ward, For- titude Valley ; William J. Ward, Maryborough ; John Neil Waugh.

CHEMISTS AND DRUGGISTS. Richard Mark Ba rn es, Warwick ; James Berkley, Brisbane ; William J. Costin, ditto ; Michael C. Coffey, ditto ; Lawrence Cotham, ditto ; Thomas C. Drew, ditto ; Gustavus Ernst ; James Fitzgibbons ; John B. Hoare, Brisbane ; James Jones ; Charles Jennings, R.M.; Henry Kilner, Ipswich ; Mark H. Long ; E. J. Lock Pring, Brisbane ; John E. Rutherford, Rockhampton ; Elias S. Rutherford, ditto ; Hamilton R. Ruth- erford, Maryborough ; Braithwaite C. Rowlands, Brisbane ; George S. Smith ; William Stafford ; Benjamin B. Smith ; William Steele ; James S. Scott, South Brisbane ; Horatio T. N. Tozer ; Edward Taylor, Ipswich ; Joseph Wonderley, Too- woomba ; Thomas S. Warry, Brisbane ; Charles S. Warry, ditto ; Moses Ward, Fortitude Valley.

finishrs Df'Eeligion,

Cauacx OF ENGLAND.-Brisbane-Rev. John Bliss, M.A. (Oxon.) ; Rev. Robert Qreyke, B.A. (Cantab.) ; Rev. John Tomlinson, M.A. (Oxon.) ; Right Rev. Edward Wyndham Tufiiell, D.D. (Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford), Bishop of MINISTERS OF RELIGION. 73 the diocese of Brisbane. Kangaroo Point (Brisbane).-Rev. James R. Moffatt, M.A. (Dublin). Fortitude Valley (Brisbane) -Rev. John Moseley. Ipswich-Rev. Philip Richard Spry Bailey ; Rev. Lacy Renry Rumsey, M.A. (Oxon.) Toowoomba- Rev. Vincent Frederick Ransome. H arwick-Rev. Benjamin Glennie, B.A. (Cantab.) ; Rev. James Matthews. Dalby-Rev. Edmund George Moberley. Cambooya-Rev. Richard Thack. eray, B.A. (Cantab.) Dawson River District-Rev. W. H. Dunning. Maryborough-Rev. Henry John Poole,M.A. (Oxon.) Rockhampton-Rev. -Black; Rev. Thomas Jones. Travelling Chaplain-Rev. Frederick John Grosvenor, B.A. (Cantab.) No district named -Rev. John Brackenridge, M.A., (Cantab.) ; Rev. John Sutton, M.A. (Oxon.) ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH. - Brisbane - Right Rev. Dr. Quinn, Bishop of the Diocese; Rev. Michael P. Renehan; Rev. Thomas Keating. Ipsxvich-Rev. Henry Brien ; Rev. Terence Quinn. Maryborough-Rev. Paul Tissot. Ciayndah- Rev. E. O'Donohue. Toowoomba -Rev. Wm. E. Larkin ; Rev. Eugene McCarthy. Condamine-Rev. Fulgentius Hodebourge. Dalby-Rev. William Bowe. Warwick-Rev. John Cani, D.D., D.H.P. Rockhampton-Rev. Charles Murley, Rev. J. Moynehan, Rev. P. Power. PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.-Brisbane -Rev. James Love, Rev. Matthew MeGavin, Rev. Thomas Mowbray, Rev. Charles Ogg. South Brisbane-Rev. John Wilson. Ipswich-Rev. Samuel Wilson. Warwick-Rev. Thomas Kingsford. Dalby-Rev. Walter L. Nelson (Tartha), Rev. D. M. Sinclair. Mary borough -Rev. G. M. Reed. Rockhampton-Rev. Samuel Kelly. INDEPENDENT CHURCH. Brisbane - Rev. Edward Griffith. Ipswich---Rev. J. W. C. Drane. Toowoomba -Rev. John Thomas Waraker. Rockhampton-Rev. Samuel Savage. WESLEYAN CHURCH.Brisbane-Rev. Joseph H. Fletcher, Rev. Nathaniel Turner. Ipswich-Rev. Theophilus Beazley. Toowoomba-Rev. Jabez B. Watkin. BAPTIST CHURCH.-Brisbane-Rev. B. G. Wilson, B.M. Ipswich-Rev. Robert Morton. Warwick-Rev. John Thomas Bytheway. Gayndah-Rev. R. R. Wilson. Maryborough- Rev. W. T. Godson. LUTHERAN CHURCH.-Brisbane-Rev. C. F. A.F. Schirmeister, Rev. John Gottfried Hausmann. Not stationed -Rev. Charles Augustus Auger. PRIMITIVE METHODIST CHUROH.-Brisbane - An officiating minister. Rockhampton-Rev. Wm. Colley. UNITED METHODIST FREE CHURCH.- Brisbane - Rev. J. Townend. 711 BANKING ESTABLISHMENTS. ii nhing establisl meri±s.

BRISBANE. Bank of New South Wales (corner of George and Queen streets).-Manager, Shepherd Smith. Discount, daily. Union Bank of Australia (Queen-street). - Manager, J. Sargent Turner. Discount days-Monday and Thursday. Australian Joint Stock Bank (Queen-street).-Manager-H. P. Abbott. Discount days-Tuesday and Friday. Bank of Australasia (corner of Wharf and Queen-streets).- Manager, Edward R. Drury. Discount days-Monday and Thursday. Commercial Banking Company of Sydney (near corner of Queen and Edward streets).- Manager, R. W. M'Kellar. Discount, daily. Bank of Queensland (Limited), (corner of Queen and George streets). GeneralManager, Alexander Anderson; Sub-Manager, -Henry S. Bridgeman. Discount, daily. 3foreton Bay Savings' Bank (Queen-street, next Post Office). -President, His Excellency Sir George F. Bowen. Vice-Presi- dent, The Hon. R. G. W. Herbert. Trustees-R. R. Mackenzie; M.L.A.; J. F. M'Dougall, M.L.C. ; Robert Little, G. Rag, M.L.A., D. F. Roberts, M.L.C. ; R. Douglas, and William Pickering. Managing Trustee, Richard Fitzgerald Phelan. Open to receive deposits on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, from 10 o'clock, a.m., till 3 o'clock, p.m. ; and on Saturday, from 10 o'clock, a.m., till 1 o'clock, p.m.; and at evening, from 6 till 8 o'clock. Open for making payments to depositors on Tuesday and Friday, from 12 o'clock till 3 o'clock. [The Bank will be closed for the first week in January of each year.]

IPSWICH. Bank of Australasia.- Manager, J. A. Kingsmill. Discount days-Monday and Thursday. Bank of New South Wales.-Manager, J. A. George. Dis- count days-Monday and Thursday. Australian Joint Stock Bank. - Manager, W. J. Taylor. Discount days-Tuesday and Friday. Ipswich Savings' Bank.-President, His Excellency Sir George F. Bowen. Vice-President, The Hon. R. G. W. Herbert. Trustees-Lieut.-Col. Charles Geo. Gray, P.M.; The Hon. R. BANKING ESTAELISHMMENTS. 75

J. Smith, M.L.C.; John Murphy, J.P.; Christopher Gorr} , J.P.; J. P. Bell, M.L.A.; Win. T3endren, J.P.; and P. O'Sul- livan. Accountant, John Blaine. Open to receive deposits, and to make payments to depositors, on Wednesdays, from 1 to 2 o'clock, p.m., and on Saturdays, from 4 to 5 o'clock, p.m. [The Bank will be closed for the first and second week in January of each year.]

TOOWOOMBA. Bank of New South NTales.-Manager, Robert H. D. White. Toowoomba Savings Bank.-President, James Taylor, M.L.A. Vice-President-J. E. Stacy, J.P. Trustees-W. H. Groom, M.L.A.; Martin Boalton, Henry Haege, C.C.L.; A. H. Thomp- son, and T. G. Robinson. Accountant-Rev. V. F. Ransome. Open to receive deposits, and to make payments to depositors, on Saturdays, from 6 to 9 o'clock, p.m. [ The Bank will be closed for the first and second weeks in January of each year.]

WARWICK. Australian Joint Stock Bank.-Manager , J. de B. Carr.

MARYBOROUGH. Commercial Banking Company of Sydney.- Manager, T.H. Paige.

ROCKHAMPTON, Australian Joint Stock Bank .- Manager , James A. Larnach. Bank of New South Wales .- Manager, A. Buchanan. Union Bank of Australia .- Manager-J . T. Sale.

BOWEN (PORT DRNISON). Australian Joint Stock Bank. - Manager, J. W. Greaves.

BANK HOLIDAYS. January 1, New Year's Day ; March 17, St. Patrick's Day ; March 25, Good Friday ; March 28, Easter Monday ; April 23, St. George 's Day ; May 16, Whit Monday ; May 24, Queen's Birthday ; November 9, Prince of Wales' Birthday ; November 30, St. Andrew 's Day ; December 10. Separation Day; Decem. her 25 , Christmas Day ; December 26, Boxing Day. Ili PUBLIC SOCIETIES, &C. ublir 5 66e#is, ter.

QUEENSLAND ACCLIMATIZATION SOCIETY. Patron-His Excellency Sir George F. Bowen, G.C.M.G. President-The Hon. M. C. O'Connell, M.L.C. Vice-President-Charles Coxen, M.L.A. Council-H. P. Abbott, Lewis A. Bernays, Hon. J. Bramston, M.L.C.; gearsey Cannan, M.D.; F. O. Darvall, Robert Douglas, Hon. Gilbert Eliott, M.L.A.; Hon. R. G. W. Herbert, M.L.A. ; Hon. W. Hobbs, M.L.C.; Walter Hill ; Rev. J. R. Moffatt, M.A.; T. L. M. Prior, H. C. Rawnsley, T. B. Stephens, M.L.A. Committee of Management-H. P. Abbott, Lewis A. Bernays, Hon. J. Bramston , Kearsey Cannan, F. O. Darvall, Robert Douglas, Walter Hill, H. C. Rawnsley, T. B. Stephens. Honorary Secretary-Lewis A. Bernays. Honorary Treasurer-F. O. Darvall. Society's Temporary Offices-Legislative Chambers, Queen- street. Society's Depot-York's Hollow.

QUEENSLAND HORTICULTURAL AND AGRICUL. TURAL SOCIETY. President-His Excellency Sir George F. Bowen, G.C.M.G. Vice-Presidents-Hon. R. G. W. Herbert ; R. R. Mackenzie, M.L.A. Honorary Treasurer -Alexander Raff. Honorary Secretary-A. J. Hockings. [The Society is supposed to be managed by a Committee of Twelve, with power to add to their number.] Half-yearly Exhibitions are held in the Botanical Gardens, Brisbane , in the months of January and July.

ROYAL AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND. President-Hon. Ratcliffe Pring. Vice-President-J. C. White. Committee of Management--1. Taylor, F. N. Isaac, John Watts, A. Wienholt, C. H. Green, J. Deuchar, J. P. Bell, Capt. Vignolles, and W. Kent, jun. Treasurer-R. H. D. White (Manager Bank N. S. Wales). Secretary-Thomas Alford. [This Society holds an annual exhibition at Toowoomba in July.] PUBLIC SOCIETIES, &C. 77

QUEENSLAND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Patron-His Excellency Sir G. F. Bowen, G.C.M.G. President-His Honor Chief Justice Cockle. Vice-President - Charles Coxen , M.L.A. Council - Rev. J . Bliss, M.A.; Rev. Robert Creyke, B.A.; H. C. Rawnsley , and Sylvester Diggles. Treasurer - Alexander Rag . Secretary - Rev. J. Bliss. [Ordinary meetings of the Society are held on the first Tues- day in every month.]

THE CENTRAL AND NORTHERN QUEENSLAND ASSOCIATION. (For "promoting the political and general interests of Northern Queensland.") President - Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart. Vice-Presidents-C. Fitzsimmons, John Douglas, M.L.A., and G. E. Dalrymple. Treasurer-John A. Larnach. Secretary-G. B. Shaw. Committee of Management - R. M'Be lligett , A. Fyffe, G. E. Dalrymple, P. D. Mansfield, T. W. Vicary, Hugh Robison, H. St. George, P. Macintosh, John Headrick, E. Livermore, R. M. Hunter, A. Feez, W. H. Buzacott, Wm. Rea, A. L. Bourcicault. Archibald Archer, W. O. Hodgkinson, Sydney Davis, T. W. Palmer, G. Ranken, C. Pybus, A. Mackenzie, Richardson, W. Bassett, A . Bertram, Arch . Ferguson , John Fraser , Hutchinson, R. M`Lennan, Atherton, and G. B. Shaw. Offices at Rockhampton.

CLUBS, &c. THE QUEENSLAND CLUB, Mary - street, Brisbane. THE NORTH AUSTRALIAN CLUB, Gordon-street, Ipswich. THE LEICHHARDT CLUB, Derby-street, Rockhampton. THE FARancES' CLUB (a semi-agricultural society), Gayndah.

SPORTING ASSOCIATIONS, &c. THE NORTH AUSTRALIAN JOCKEY CLUB , Ipswich. THE QIIEENSLAND JOCKEY CLUB , Gayndah. THE QUEENSLAND TURF CLUB , Brisbane. THE FITZROY JOCKEY CLUB , Rockhampton. THE QUEEN'S BOAT CLUB, Brisbane. THE FITZROY BOAT CLUB, Ro khalnpton. 78 LITERARY INSTITUTIONS, &C.

THE QUEENSLAND CRICKET CLIm, Brisbane. THE VICTORIAN CRICKET CLUB, Brisbane. THE NORTH AUSTRALIAN CRICKET CLUB, Ipswich. THE FITZROY CRICKET CLUB, Rockhampton.

'rxterar 3nstxtuti . rns, &c.

NORTH BRISBANE SCHOOL OF ARTS. President, F. 0. Darvall. Vice-President, William Brookes. Treasurer, John Sargent Turner. Committee-W. C. Belblidge, S. Diggles, E. Gregory, Rev. E. Griffith, W. Hemmant, E. Macdounell, A. M`Lean, Wm. Perry, John Petrie, W. Taylor, J. S..Gray, and W. F. C. Wilson. Secretary, John Elliott, [This institution numbers 350 members, and has a library of 2500 volumes. Annual subscription, 20s.]

SOUTH BRISBANE MECHANICS' INSTITUTE. President, A. J. Hockings. Vice-President, T. B. Stephens. Committee-Samuel Stevens, Chas. Eaborn, Jno. Fraser, Samuel Bateman, Wm. Bonn, David Bell, Geo. Staumore, Wm. Baynes, and Thomas Grenier. Secretary, Geo. Thrower. [This institution numbers 150 members, and has a library of 700 volumes. Annual subscription, 10s.]

IPSWICH MECHANICS' SCHOOL OF ARTS. President , J. M. Thompson. Vice-President, Rev. Lacy H. Rumsey. Treasurer , George Thorn, sen. Committee - J. Elaine, Balding, C. F . Chubb, A. Gaskarth, C. Gorry, T. Given, Hodg- son, Imrio, J. Murphy, Mackintosh , O'Doherty, and Shenton. Secretary , W. H. S. Hindmarsh. [This institution numbers 203 members , and has a library of 2000 volumes. Annual subscription, 21s.]

TOOWOOMBA SCHOOL OF ARTS. President, John Watts. Vice-President, Rev. J. T. Waraker. Treasurer, R. H. D. White. Committee-W. H. Groom, M.L.A., J. E. Stacey, Henry Lindenberg, J. N. Fisher, and W. Frazer. Secretary,J. R. Sabine. [This institution numbers 40 members, and has a library of 400 volumes (chiefly the munificent gift of Mr. John Watts, of Eton Vale). Annual subscription, 20s.] NEWSPAPERS. 7'J

MARYBOROUGH SCHOOL OF ARTS. President, R. B. Sheridan. Committee of Management- - Davidson, W. Barnes, James Dowzer, W. S. Roberts, A. W. Melville, H. Holme, and Sheridan. Secretary, R. K. Davis. [This institution numbers 49 members, and has a library of 311 volumes. Annual subscription, 20s.]

ROCKHAMPTON SCHOOL OF ARTS. This institution can scarcely be said to have an actual exist- cuce, as there is no building for the purpose, no library, and very few members. The annual subscription is 20s.

[GAYNDAH also has a School of Arts, but the particulars did not reach us in time for insertion in this page.

QUEENSLAND LITERARY SOCIETY. President, Theophilus P. Pugh. Vice-President, Charles Lilley. Secretary, R. P. Whitworth. Treasurer, R. C. Watson. Committee-W. K. Wright, C. J. Trundle, and G. D. Lang. [This Society numbers upwards of 30 members , and holds its meetings in the City Council Chambers. The subscription is 20s. per annum.]

Noru.-There is a we ll-conducted Elocution Class in con- nection with the Ipswich School of Arts, and an Amateur Dramatic Society at Gayndah.

BRISBANE.-The Courier (established in June, 1846), is pub- lished daily. Office-George-street.-The Queensland Guardian (established in March, 1860), is published daily. Office- Queen-street.-The North Australian (established in Ipswich in October, 1855, and removed to Brisbane in September, 1863), is published every Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday morning. Ofhce-Elizabeth-street.-The Weekly Guardian (estab lished May, 1863), is published every Saturday morning.-The Weekly Herald (established in May, 1863), is published every Saturday morning. Office-Pugh's Printing Office, Queen-street.-The Queensland Gorernnteet Gazette is issued from the Government Printing Office, in William-street, every Saturday morning. - SO MASONIC AND OTHER LODGES.

IPswicu.-The Queensland Times (established as the Ipswich Herald in July, 1859), is published every Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday morning. Office-Ellenborough-street. ToowooMBA.-The Darling Downs Gazette (established in June, 1858), is published every Thursday morning ; as is also The Toowoomba Chronicle (which was established in July, 1861). W &awica.-The Warwick Mail (established in September, 1862), is published every Monday morning. GAVNDAR.-The Burnett Argus (established in April, 1861), is published every Monday morning. MARYBOROUGH.-The Maryborough Chronicle (established in November, 1860), is published every Thursday morning. ROCRHAMPTON.-The Rockhampton Bulletin (established in July, 1861), is published every Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday morning. Office-Denham-street.-The Northern Argus (es- tablished-in January, 1863), is published every Wednesday and Saturday morning. Office-Denham-street. *** From announcements made, we gather that newspapers will, ere' long, be established in Dalby, and at Bowen (Port Denison). • ,tl zsonic nib 0t1i f 0ges.

PROVINCIAL GRAND LODGE OF QUEENSLAND. Right Wor. Brother A. C. Gregory, Provincial Grand Master; Brother W. M. Boyce, Deputy Provincial Grand Master; W. J. Munce, Provincial Grand Senior Warden ; J. Malbon Thomp- son, Provincial Grand Junior Warden ; The Rev. J. R. Moffatt, Provincial Grand Chaplain ; A. W. Manning, Provincial Grand Treasurer ; J. M. Llewellyn, Officiating Provincial Grand Re- gistrar ; W. Borlase Stevens, Provincial Grand Secretary ; J. Petrie, Provincial Grand Senior Deacon ; K. Carman, Provincial Grand Junior Deacon ; T. J. Griffin, Provincial Grand Sword- bearer ; W. Murray, Provincial Grand Pursuivant ; R. S. Warry, J. McDonnell, J. Furnival, J. Cowlishaw, H. St. George, A. Gaskarth, Provincial Grand Stewards ; J. Stuckey, Provincial Grand Tyler.-[All Masters, Past Masters, and Wardens of every private Lodge.]

NORTH AUSTRALIAN LODGE (BRISBANE). No. 796. Brother J. F. Garrick. W. M. ; Brother John Petrie, P. M. ; Brother Win. Murray, S.W.; Brother I. de Caesarowicz, J.W.; MASONIC AND OTHEB . LODGES. 81

Brother Richard S. Warry, Treasurer ; Brother G. C. Horstmann, Secretary ; Brother James Teevan, S.D.; Brother Louis Le Gould, J. D. ; Brother H. M. Reeves , I. G. ; Brother Jacob Stuckey, Acting Tyler. PRINCE OF WALES LODGE (B RISBANE). No. 908 (LATE 1210). Brother A. W. Manning, W.M. ; Brother W. J. Munce, P. M.; Brother K. Cannan, S. W. ; Brother A. O. Herbert, J. W.; Brother J. McDonnell, Treasurer ; Brother W. Borlase Stevens, Secretary ; Brother R. Porter, S.D.; Brother T. J. Griffin, J.D.; Brother J. Cowlishaw, I. G.; Brother J. Stuckey, Tyler.

LEICHHARDT MASONIC LODGE (ROC%HAMPToN). No. 932, E. C. Brother W. J. Brown, W. M.; Bro. J. Bennett, S. W. ; Bro. A. F. Wood, J. W. ; Bro. F. Kilner, Secretary and Treasurer ; Bro. J. A. Watt, S. D. ; Bro. J. E. Rutherford, J. D. ; Bro. James Hunter, S. G. ; Bro. C. Wildridge, O. G. BRISBANE DISTRICT LODGE. (In connection with the Manchester Unity Independent Order of Oddfellows.) W. E. Wright, P.G.M. ; G. Launder, D. P. G. M. ; Thomas Porter,C.S.

LOYAL QUEEN OF ENGLAND LODGE (BnisnANE). No. 1 of the Brisbane District. George Kitt, G.M.; James Johnson, N.G.; W. Edds, V.G. ; J. S. Gray, Secretary. Trustees-George Launder, H. Ash, and W. Edds. [This Lodge (the mother lodge of the district) numbers 140 members, and holds its meetings at the North Australian Hotel, Adelaide-street, every alternate Monday.]

LOYAL ROSE OF QUEENSLAND LODGE (IPswicn). No. 2 of the Brisbane District. John Robinson, N.G.; Robert Wilkinson, V.G. ; James F. Callcott, Secretary. [This Lodge numbers 40 members, and holds its meetings at the Royal Hotel. A piece of land has been purchased by the Lodge in Brisbane-street, on which they intend to erect an Oddfellows' Hall.] Cl 82 MASONIC AND OTHER LODGES.

LOYAL PIONEER LODGE (RocKnAMrTON). No. 3 of the Brisbane District. Henry J. Hall, N.G.; John E. Meyer, V.G. ; Fred. Eagleton, Secretary. Trustees-A. Feez, E. Henriques, and R. Nuscombe. [This Lodge was opened on the 21st of May, 1863, and, on the 31st of October, it numbered 82 subscribing, and 6 honorary, members, and had an accumulated fund of £150 . Its meetings are held in the Freemasons ' Hall, East-street.]

LOYAL HOPE OF THE VALLEY LODGE (FORTITUDE VALLEY). No. 4 of the Brisbane District. W. E. Wright , P.G.M. (Acting G.M.) ; John Goldsmid, N.G.; James Buckland, V. G.; James,Rhodes , Secretary. - [This Lodge numbers about 30 members , and holds its meet- ings at the Castle Inn, Ann-street , every alternate Thursday.]

LOYAL PRINCE OF WALES LODGE (BRISBANs). No. 5 of the Brisbane District. George Launder , G.M.; Charles Boulton, N.G.; Thomas Knox, V. G.; J. B. Jenner , Secretary. [This Lodge numbers about 20 members , and holds its meetings at the North Australian Hotel, Adelaide-st re et, every alternate Wednesday.]

COURT FORTITUDE (BRIsBANE ). No. 2701. [ANCIENT ORDER OF FORBSTEBS.] John D. Heal, C.R.; John Miller, S.C.R. ; Alfred Grant, Secretary ; Thomas H. Harrison, Treasurer ; Henry Gatfield, S.W.; Thomas Jones, J.W. ; William S. Gatfield, S.B.; George Madgwick, J.B. [This Court numbers 53 members , and holds its meetings at the Castle Hotel, Fortitude Valley, every alternate Monday, at 7.30 p.m.]

COURT ROSE OF DENMARK (WARwICx). No. 3121. S. W. Aldred, C.R. ; James Martin, S.C.R.; John Liddell Ross, Secretary ; David Bugden, Treasurer. [This Court has only been recently formed.] CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS. 83 64a iJe 3nsfifufians.

BRISBANE HOSPITAL AND BENEVOLENT ASYLUM. Patron-His Excellency the Governor. President-The Hon. R. G. W. Herbert. Treasurer--Shepherd Smith. Auditors- F. O. Bryant, E. Griffiths, jun. Committee-Henry Buckley, Robert Davidson, D. F. Roberts, J. Sargent Turner, Rev. J. Bliss, Rev. E. Griffith, Rev. J. H. Fletcher, Rev. R. Creyke, C. B. Lyons, E. B. Southerden, T. S. Warry, and H. P. Abbott. House Surgeon-J. Ruscombe Lansdown. Visiting Surgeons (gratuitous services )- Kearsey Carman and Hugh Be ll. Sec re - tary-P. L. Burke. [The Committee of this institution meet every Thursday, at 4 p.m. The total number of patients received at, and dis- charged from, the Hospital during the first ten months of the year was as follows:-Admitted-pay, 101; pauper, 201. Dis. charged pay, 86; pauper, 175. Died-pay, 9; pauper, 21. Number remaining October 31st, 75. During the same period 1278 pauperswere relieved in money (exclusiveof severalpoor women with families, who were assisted to reach their husbands), the sum thus disbursed amounting in the aggregate to £320.]

IPSWICII HOSPITAL. President-Lieut.-Col. Charles George Gray. Treasurer- George Faircloth. Honorary Secretary-Rev. Lacy H. Ramsey. Resident Dispenser- --- Heeney. Matron - Miss Raymond. Visiting Surgeons (gratuitous services)-K. I. O'Doherty, T. Rowlands, and H. Challinor. [From the 1st of January to the 31st October, 1862, there were admitted 180 patients, of whom 15 were inmates of the Benevolent Ward, and there were, in addition, a large number of o ut-patients assisted.]

TOOWOOMBA HOSPITAL AND BENEVOLENT ASYLUM. President-W. Kent. Committee-W. H. Groom, M.L.A. ; A. H. Thompson, W. Handcock, Rev. - Larkin, Rev. J. T. Waraker, D. W. Campbell, H. Haege, and F. Raulins. Trea- surer, R. H. D. White. Secretary, Rev. J. T. Waraker. Medical Officer, Otto Sachse, M.D. 4 8 1, BUILDING AND INVESTMENT SOCIETIES.

[A new building is in course of erection for this institution (which is intended to supply the requirements of both the Toowoomba and Drayton districts ), at a cost of £ 1700. The average number of patients admitted is 20 per month.] •

PORT CURTIS AND LEICHHARDT DISTRICTS HOSPITAL. President -A. F. Wood. Vice- President - J. Jardine , P.M. Se- cretary and Treasurer - F. N. Beddek . Committee - G. Ranken, W. Archer , R. M'Kelligett , J. Palmer, J. Bird, P. G. Sheridan, T. W. Vicary, E. Livermore , J. Headrick, E. Henriques, W. F. Bassett, Thos . Burnet, J. A. Larnach , Alexr. Buchanan, A. Grant, Hugh Robison, Howard St . George, Joseph B. Skardon, A. Feez, F. R. Hutchinson , R. M. Hunter , M. S. Rundle, W. J. Brown, J. Landsborough , E. B. Henning , J. L. Haynes, P. D. Mansfield , D. T. Mul ligan , G. B. Shaw, J. T. Sale, and P. Macintosh . Surgeon, William Callaghan. [In 1862, the number of patients admitted into this institu- tion was 116, and the income (inclusive of the Government subsidy ) was £755.]

NoTE.-Particulars respecting the Warwick , Maryborough, and Gayndah Hospitals did not reach us in time for insertion here.

NuiNjyffit ynbestment$'Orietzes.

BRISBANE. BuuLDrnG SOCIETY, No . 3.-Trustees - T. B. Stephens, R. Cribb, and James Swan . Directors - J. Markwell, G. M'Adam, J. Jeays, P. Mayne, W. Mason, J. Petrie, and E. B. Southerden, Auditors - G. D. Webb and W. J. Costin . Secretary-Al fr ed Slaughter , sen. [This Society consists of 152 members , holding among them 478 shares of £50 each , and the monthly income from instalments is £547. The Society has now been in existence four years and nine months , and will shortly be wound up.] BuiLDraG SOCIETY, No. 4.-Trustees - T. B. Stephens, James Swan , and W. J. Munce. Directors - E. B. Southerden, J. Markwell , W. Pettigrew , D. M'Naught, H. Buckley, R. S. Warry, W C Belbridge , and J. McDonnell . Auditors - J. Stephens, C.J. Trundle , and A. Nightingale . Secretary - Al fr ed Slaughter, sen. [This Society consists of upwards of 300 members , holding BUILDING AND INVESTILENT SOCIETIES. 85 amongst them 1051 shares of £ 50 each, 578 of which had been purchased up to October last. The Society had been in exist- ence three years in December , and the monthly income at that date was about £970 . It is expected that this Society will ter- minate at the end of next year.] QUEENSLAND BUILDING SoerETY. - Trustees - J. Petrie, R. S. Warry , and G. Edmondstone . Directors-Henry Buckley, J. F. Garrick , T. B. Stephens , W. C. Belbridge , E. B. Southerden, and John Markwell . Auditors - C. J. Trundle and E . Griffiths, jun. Secretary - Alfred Slaughter , sen. [This Society com- menced its operations in January , 1863, and is the largest over formed in Brisbane . It consists of upwards of 830 members, holding amongst them 3136 shares of £ 50 each. Up to October last, 716 shares had been sold at an average of more than 18 per cent., and the monthly income amounted to £2112 odd.]

NOTE.-To show the extent of the operations carried on by these Societies in Brisbane . we may state that, up to October last, the three Brisbane Societies had advanced the after-men- tioned amounts , viz. :- £ s. d. Building Society, No . 3 ...... 20,225 0 0 „ „ No. 4 ...... 28,900 0 0 Queensland Building Society ...... 41,050 0 0

Total ...... £ 90,175 0 0

IPSWICH. IPSWICH MUTUAL BENEFIT INVESTMENT AND BUILDING SOCIETY,No . 2.-Trustees - Benjamin Cribb, Henry Kilmer, and Thomas Given . Directors - John Pettigrew , Samuel Shenton, David Hughes , C. C. Cameron , Francis Curnom, J. M'Intosh, B. Davison , and G. M. Challinor . Secretary , J. Blaine. IPSWICH MUTUAL INVESTMENT AND BUILDING SOCIETY, No. 3.-Trustees -Benjamin Cribb, John Pettigrew, and Thomas Given . Directors - J. M'Intosh, Charles Balding, Jno. McDo- nald, Benjamin Cribb, jun ., Henry Imrie, Robert Aland, David Hughes, and Edward Taylor . Secretary - J. Blaine. [This Society commenced in September , 1863, and numbered at that time 300 members , holding 814 shares.]

TOOWOOMBA. ToOWOOMBABUILDING SOCIETY.- Trustees - J. E. Stacy, James Taylor, Charles Jones, and W. H. Groom. Directors-T. G. 86 BUILDING AND INVESTMENT SOCIETIES.

Robinson, Martin Boulton, J. B. Robinson, Henry Lindenberg, Henry Haege, Robert Dexter, A. H. Thompson, and James Farquharson. Treasurer-R. H. D. White. Secretary-Edward Lord. Solicitor-G. Hamilton. [There are about 200 shares held in thisSociety, and the averagerate of per tentageob- tained was 191 throughout the past year.]

MARYBOROUGH.

WIDE BAY BENEFIT INVESTMENT AND BUILDING SOCIETY.- Trustees -E. B. Uhr, A. W. Melville, and R. B. Sheridan. Directors-Thomas Travis, W. M. Davidson, E. Booker, J. Purser, and W. Southerden. Secretary-Robert Graham, jun. [This Society, which has been in existence a little over two years, numbers 66 members, holding 197 shares. Ninety-eight (98) shares have been sold at an average of 15 per cent.] THE CENTR AL QUEENSLAND BUILDING SOCIETY.- Trustees - H. H. Massie , J. H. Ward, and John Eaton. Directors-W. S. Roberts , W. Gladwell, Robert Travis, A. W. Melville, Chas. Faulkner, and R. B. Sheridan. Auditors-T. H. Paige and T. Travis. Secretary-Mr. Robert Graham. [This Society num- bered, early in November last, 175 members, holding 4952 shares, 30 of which had been sold at an average of 151 per cent.]

ROCKHAMPTON.

THE ROCBHAMPTON INVESTMENT AND BUILDING SOCIETY.- (Established in August, 1862.)-Trustees-J. A. Larnach, W. J.Brown, and Albrecht Feez. Directors-Alexander Grant, John E. Rutherford, George A. Buzacott, E. P. Livermore, D. T. Mulligan, George Hart, T. W. Palmer, and E. S. Marks. Secretary-W. S. Anderson. [This Society has been in exist- ence about 17 months, and is working Very successfully. For the first year shares sold at an average of 19 per cent., but have lately averaged over 22 per cent.]

THE RocKHAMPTON PROVIDENT INVESTMENT AND BUILDING SOCIETY.-Trustees-A. F. Wood, A. Grant, and R. M. Hunter. Directors-H. T. Plews, P. D. Mansfield, W. J. Brown, E. P. Livermore, W. H. Buzacott, and Samuel Richardson. Auditors -A. Buchanan and D. T. Mulligan. Secretary-W. Davis. [This Society was established in October last, and then consisted of 90 members, holding 450 shares, but it is expected that from 700 to 800 shares will be taken up in this Society.] PUBLIC COMPANIES, &C. 87 ublxr Campania, qtr.

QUEENSLAND STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY. Capital-£60,000, in 6,000 Shares of £10 each. Offices at gaff's Wharf. Directors.-Brisbane Local Board-George Raff, M.L.A., (Chairman), John Petrie, H. Buckley, T. B. Stephens, and W. J. Mnnce.. Sydney Local Board-E. Flood (Chairman), P. N. Russell, and J. B. Rundle. Bankers-Union Bank of Australia. Solicitor-D. F. Roberts, M.L.C. Secretary-John Stephens. [This Company has one boat-the Queensland-running between Brisbane, Maryhorough, Gladstone, and Rockhampton, carrying H.M.'s mails. Two new sea-going steamers, and two smaller boats for river traffic, are now building in Glasgow, under the superintendence of Captain Patallo, the Company's engineer, and are expected to arrive in the colony early in 1S645 when operations will be commenced on the Sydney line.]

QUEENSLAND INSURANCE COMPANY AND PROVIDENT INSTITUTE. Capital-£120,000. Principal Once, George-street, Brisbane. Directors-George Board (Chairman), John Bramston (De- puty Chairman), George Edmondstone, M.L.A., J. F. Garrick, Albert J. Hockings, and Robert Bourne. Counsel-Hon. Rat- cliffe Pring. Solicitor-D. F. Roberts, M.L.C. Bankers- Australian Joint Stock Bank and Union Bank of Australia. Auditors-W. L. G. Drew and Robert Davidson. Secretary- Charles Joseph Trundle. Surveyor-J. Cowlishaw. Ipswich Branch.-Directors-R. Gill, Thomas Given, and J. Johnstone. Secretary-J.Blaine.

CABULTURE COTTON COMPANY. Capital-£10,000. Directors-George Raff, M.L.A. (Chairman), R. Douglas, Shepherd Smith, and W. Hobbs, M.L.C. Bankers-Bank of Now South Wales. Honorary Secretary-Shepherd Smith. Agricultural Manager-J. W. H. Gordon.

ENGLISH COTTON COMPANY. Directory in England . Manager-E . H. Price. 8 8 MILITARY AND VOLUNTEER FORCE.

IPSWICH COTTON COMPANY. Capital-£15,000, with power to increase to £25,000, if required. Trustees -John Forrett, W. Kent, jun. Directors-John Penton (Chairman), Joshua P. Bell, M.L.A., C. L. D. Fattorini, John Hardie, and R. J. Smith, M. L.C. Managing Director- R. J. Smith. Secretary-H. M. Cockburn. Sydney Agents- G. A. Lloyd and Co. London Agents-Lloyd, Cattell, and Co. Bankers-Bank of New South Wales.

VICTORIAN COTTON AND SUGAR COMPANY. Capital-£12,000. Directors- George Board (Chairman), - Bauer , Richard Board, and Thomas Ham. Resident Director on Plantation- - Bauer. Agents in Brisbane-George Board and Son. Agents in London-Richardson Brothers and Co.

WIDE BAY AND MARYBOROUGH COTTON-GROWING ASSOCIATION. Capital-£3000. Directors-John Purser, Richard Milner, Robert Case, Charles Faulkner, William Southerden, and George H. Nightingale. Secretary and Solicitor - William Barnes. Manager - M. Cocking. Nov.-"EThe Lancashire Cotton Co-operative Company" and "The Manchester Co-operative Cotton Company"'have also commenced operations-the one on the Pimpimah River, and the other at Maryborough ; but we have not been favored with any particulars respecting them.

ififa 2 anb 1ialunfetr f ara..

MILITARY. DETACRTRENT of XII Regiment, commanded by Lieut. D. T. Seymour, and numbering 1 sergeant , 2 corporals , 1 drummer, and 31 rank and file. VOLUNTEERS. Lieutenant-Colonel Commanding - The Hon. Maurice C. O'Connell, M.L.C. Brigade Major-Captain H. D. Pitt, R.A. LICENSED SURVEYORS.-CONSULS. 89

RIFLE BRIGADE (INFANTRY).-The Brisbane contingent con- sists of a company, commanded by Captain E. R. Drury, and numbering 3 lieutenants, 3 sergeants, 3 corporals, 70 rank and file, and a band numbering 17 members.-The Ipswich contin- gent consists of a company, commanded by Captain J. Murphy, and numbering 2 lieutenants, 3 sergeants , 3 corporals, and 50 rank and file, with a drum and fife band. VOLUNTEER ARTILLERY (BRISBANE ).-This corps, the officers of which have not yet been appointed, numbers 42 members. A battery, consisting of six light field-pieces, has lately arrived for the use of the corps. MOUNTED RIFLES (IPswICH).-This-tbe only cavalry corps in the colony-is commanded by Captain R. J. Smith, and numbers 1 lieutenant, 1 sergeant, and 12 privates. ROCKEAMPTON VOLUNTEER RIFLES.-This corps is com- manded by Captain E. S. Rutherford, and has a fair number of members.

LIST OF SURVEYORS LICENSED UNDER THE REAL PROPERTY ACT OF 1861. Brisban e-James Warner, F.B. D'Arcy, Joseph Postlethwaite, Louis Le Gould, L. F. Landsberg, Martin Lavelle, E. F. Mil- lington, Henry Walter Lewis, George L. Morton, T. E. Wener, Willoughby Hannam, J. H. Braddock, J. C. Oldham, Edgar Huxtable, Nicholas Sinnott, David Joseph Byrne, and W. C. B. W ilson. Ipswich-A. P. Lindo, W. C. Wakeling, and J. C. Thompson. Rockhampton -Thomas H. Permien, Frederick J. Byerley, F. J. Newbery, G. A. Den Taaffe, Hugh Swan, John Hayes, and Edwin John Smith. Toawoomba -W. H. B. Binsted and E . W. Pechey. Maryborough-Cecil Colquhoun, James Buchanan, and A. A. Hall. Cleveland-Wil liam Fryar. Bowen (Port Denison)-Francis Clark.

CONSULS. Italy and Belgium-George Harris, M.L.C. Hamburg-George Appel. Spain-Charles Bernard Lyons. Netherlands-John Christian Heussler. 90 ELECTRIC TELEGRAPII.

LLOYD'S AGENT-R. J. Coley. COLONIAL AGENTS FOR QuEENSLAND IN LONDON-F . Man- glet and Co., Old Broad-street. BOARD FoR EXAMINING SToRES-Henry Buckley (Chairman), William Anthony Brown, and Arthur Wilcox Manning. egxs#ro#xonof NzrfI,s, alarrxages, and

EVERY BIRTR must be registered within sixty days, and every death within thirtydays, next thereafterrespectively, and neglect of this regulation renders the parties liable to a fine not exceeding £10. In every case of Burial the Minister or officiating person ought to receive from the undertaker, or person having charge of the funeral, a certificate from the District Registrar, certifying the registration of the death-unless in the case of an inquest, when a cert ificate from the Coroner or Magistrate holding the inquest will be sufficient ; and if any dead body shall be buried without such certificate, the person who may bury the same, or perform any funeral or religious service for the biuial, or who shall in any way dispose of the body, shall forthwith give notice of the facts to the District Registrar. Every Minister who has celebrated a Marriage shall, within one month thereafter, transmit the original certi ficate to the Registrar of the District ; and every Minister who shall fail to transmit the certificate to the District Registrar shall be liable to a fine of not less than £10, and not exceeding £50.

ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH, QUEENSLAND.

REGULATIONS. 1. All Messages will be held strictly confidential. 2. Messages must be written with ink in a legible manner, properly dated, and have a full and distinct address. The sig- nature of the Sender will also be required in authentication of each Message. No charge will be made for date, address, or signature. ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH. 91

3. All ordinary Messages to be paid for before transmission, except in cases of unusual emergency or replies to interrogatory Messages bearing the words " Reply paid for." Press Reports to be paid for at Receiving Station on delivery. 4. Cipher may be used in the transmission of Messages, at 50 per cent. above the ordinary rates ; but Cipher words must not consist of more than two syllables. 5. To insure greater accuracy, it is requested that all numbers may be expressed in words at full length, and repeated in figures. Charge will be made for the words only, although the figures also will be transmitted. 6. Messages will be transmitted in the order of their recep- tion,with the following exceptions,in which casesprecedence will be given, viz.:-Messages on the Service of the State, Sickness, Death, or Sudden Emergency. 7. When an immediate answer is required, the words "Reply paid for, Answer immediately," should be appended to the Message. Messengers delivering will, in such cases, be instructed to wait Five Minutes for reply. 8. Every precaution will be taken to insure the accuracy of all Messages transmitted,whether importantor otherwise.If desired, Messages of consequence can be repeated from Stations at which received to Stations from which originally sent, on payment of an additional half-rate ; but no responsibility will be undertaken,nor any claimfor compensation entertained for any errors in transmission or delay in delivery of Messages, whether repeated or unrepeated, nor for non- transmission or non-delivery of Messages arising from any cause whatsoever. 9. Messages will be delivered free within one mile of the Station to which transmitted. Charges for porterage, horse, or boat hire will be made beyond such distance, payable by the persons to whom Messages are addressed. 10. Originals of Messages transmitted, and duplicates of Messages received, after being kept for Two Years, will be burned in presenceof the Officersin chargeof Stations. 11. In the event of any interruptionin the working of the Electric Telegraph, by which Messages maybe unusually delayed, it will be optional with the Senders to withdraw such Message before transmission, and receive back amounts paid.

NoTe.- Messages transmitted by Telegraph will be forwarded, when desired, by Post to any address throughout the Colonies, or abroad, on pre-payment of postage in addition to the ordinary charge for transmission. The Offices are open for business (Sundays excepted), from 9 A.M. to 6 P.M ., daily. SCALE OF CHARGES.

BBIsBANB . LYTTON. IPSWICH. LAIDLEY. TOOWOOMBA, DALBY, DRAYTON. WARWICK.

4 STATIONS. "o ro W Wa Wo a' Wo Wo Wo Wo r

H W H W H W H W H W E W H W F W s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. BRISBANE,,.,.. 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 6 0 2 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3

LYTTON ...... 2 0 0 2 20 02 26 02 30 03 30 03 30 03 30' 03

IPSWICH ... .. 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 6 0 2 2 6 0 2 2 6 0 2 3 0. 0 3

LAIDLEY ...... 2 6 0 2 2 6 0 2 2 0 0 2 .. .. 1 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 6 0 2

ToowooMBA 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 2 6 0 2 2 0 0 2 ...... 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 2

DALBY ...... 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 2 6 0 2 2 0 0 2 ...... 2 6 0 2 3 0 0 3

DRAYTON 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 3 2 6 0 2 2 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 ...... 2 0 1 0.2

WARWICK ... 30 03 30 03 30 03 26 02 20 02 20 0 2 20 02 JI . ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH. 9 3

INTERCOLONIAL TELEGRAPH. Telegraphic communication is now established between Queensland and the undermentioned stations in the Colonies of New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. The rates of charge appended will be made until further notice.

Tenterfield, Glen Innes. Armidale, Tamworth, Grafton, Mur- rurundi, Muswellbrook, Singleton, West Maitland, Morpeth, Wollombi, Newcastle, Windsor, Sydney--6s. for ten words, 4d. each additional word. Exceptions to the above Charge.-From Toowoomba, Drayton, and Warwick to Tenterfield and Glen Innes, 4s. for ten words, and 3d. each additional word. Penrith, Hartley, Bathurst, Orange, Sofala, Mudgee, Parra- matta, Liverpool, Campbelltown, Berrima, Gonlburn, Yass, Gundagai, Young, Wollongong, Forbes, Windeyer-7s. for ten words, and 4d. each additional word. Kiama, Albury, Braidwood, Kiandra, Tumut, Deniliquin, Wagga Wagga, Urana-8s. for ten words, and 4d. each addi- tional word. VICTORIA. Melbourne, Sandridge, Snapper Point, Cape Shanck, Wil- liamstown, Geelong, Queensclif, Point Lansdale, Cape Otway, Ballaarat, Creswick, Raglan, Ararat, Stawell, Streatham, Hex- ham, Camperdown, Colac, Warrnambool, Belfast (Port Fairy), Portland, Hamilton, Kilmore, Heatheote, Longwood, Benalla, Wangaratta, Beechworth, Yackandandah, Chiltern, Rutherglen, Wahgunyah, Belvoir, Gisborne, Woodend, Kyneton, Taradale, Castlemaine, Sandhurst, Echuca, Clines, Talbot, Avoca, Mary- borough, Dunolly, Tarnagulla, Inglewood, Maldon, Daylesford, Smythesdale, Buninyong, Meredith, Werribee-9s. for ten words, and 6d. for each additional word.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Penola, Mount Gambier, Robe Town, Goolwa, Port Elliott, Willunga, Holdfast Bay, Glenelg, Bowden, alberton, Le Fevre's Peninsula, Mount Barker, Nairne, Strathalbyn, Dry Creek, Salisbury, Gawler Town, Kapuntla, Clare, Koringa, BurraBurra, Port Adelaide, Adelaide-12a. for ten words, and 8d. for every additional word. N.B.- Messages sent by Electric Telegraph can be posted to any address, colonial or foreign, on pre-payment of postage in addition to the ordinary charge for transmission. 94 SIGNAL STATION. SIGNAL STATION.

SHIPPING ARRIVALS IN MORETON BAY.

CODE OF SIGNALS To be envployed at the Observatory Station on Windmill Hill. Red Ball and Triangle, ipoveable at pleasure, to be used at North Arm of Mast. Black Ball and Triangle, at South Arm. Three Pendants (1st-white, with red ball; 2nd-blue, with white ball; 3rd-red, with white ball), Union Jack, and Red Ensign, to be occasionally used at both Arms. North Arm to be devoted to Steamers only. South Arm for Sailing Vessels only.

ARRIVAL OF STEAMERS. Steamer fr om Sydney in Bay-Red Ball at North Arm, half- mast high. Northern Ports : Steamer in Bay-Red Triangle at North Arm, half-mast high. Steamer fr om other Colonies in Bay - Red Ba ll over Triangle at North Arm , half-mast high. When at Bar, or when arrived at the usual anchorage, the above Signals will be placed at top of Mast. When a Steamer has crossed the Bar and entered the River, a white flag will be placed below the usual signal. The signal thus altered will be kept hoisted ti ll arrival of Steamer at the wharf. When two or more Steamers have crossed the Bar and entered the River, a white flag will be placed below the dis- tinctive signals of each, hoisted together. Steamer , name unknown , or Stranger , in Bay-Red Ball at top, Triangle half-mast high. Steamer, name unknown, or Stranger, at Bar-Triangle at top, Ba ll mast-high. SIGNAL STATION. 95

Steamer with English Mail on board-Red Ensign below usual signal. War Steamer-Union Jack below usual signal.

ARRIVAL OF SAILING VESSELS. Schooner or Cutter in Bay-Black Ball at South Arm, half- mast high. Brig in Bay-Black Triangle at South Arm, half-mast high. Ship or Barque in Bay-Black Ball over Triangle at South Arm, half-mast high. When at Bar, or when arrived at the usual anchorage, the above Signals will be placed at top of Mast. Sailing Vessel at distance, class unknown, in Bay-Black Ball at top, Triangle at half-mast. Sailing Vessel with Immigrants on board-Red Ensign below usual signal. War Vessel-Union Jack below usual signal. Vessels from British Ports-1st Pendant below usual signal. Vessels from Foreign Porte-2nd Pendant below usual signal. Coasters and Vessels from other Colonies-the usual signal only, without Pendant. Steamers or Vessels returned to Port-3rd Pendant below usual signal. 1st and 2nd Pendants hoisted together for five minutes, to annul any previous signal made in error. When one arrival only, Signals to remain hoisted two hours. When two or more arrivals, 3rd Pendant to be displayed alone for five minutes, succeeded by distinguishing signals, each for fifteen minutes.

When the arrival of the ENGLISH MAIL at any of the adjoin- ing Colonies is reported by telegraph, the Red Ensign will be hoisted at the mast head on the Observatory, and remain flying for three hours. TIME BALL. -A Time Ball will be hoisted at 5 minutes to 1 o'clock, and dropped at 1 p.m. mean time, daily (Sundays excepted). If, in consequence of accident, the Time Ball cannot be dropped, or if at any time dropped in error, a White Flag will be hoisted for 5 minutes at top of mast. 96 PORTS AND HARBORS. PORTS AND HARBORS.-SAILING DIRECTIONS.

THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE IN USE AT THE PORTS OF THE COLONY OF QUEENSLAND. PILOT-Union Jack at the fore. PILOT BOAT- White flag, P.B. in red. Cusroxs-Union Jack at the peak. WATER POLICE (Day Signal )- Ensign at the main. WATER POLICE (Night Signal )- Gun to be fired , and a Bright Light hoisted at the peak and the mizen. STEAMBOAT- Rendezvous Flag at the peak or wizen. GUNPOWDER ON BOARD-Union Jack at the main. Hk.ALTH OrncER-Blue Flag at the main. MEDICAL AssISTANCE -- No. 5 at the peak. MAILS ON BoARD-White flag at the fore, to be kept flying until the mails are delivered. ENGLISH MAILS-Ensign at the fore. EXEMPTION (Day Signal )- White Flag at the main. EXEMPTIoN (Night Signal )- Two Bri ght Lights hoisted vertical at a distance of two feet between each lantern , in some conspicuous part of the vessel. GOVERNMENT IMMIGRANTS ON BOARD-Ensign at the wizen. QUARANTINE - YellOW Flag at the main.

[The Publisher desires to acknowledge his indebtedness to Lieutenant HEATH, RN ., Portma8ter , for the compilation of the aubjoaned " Sarong Directions."] MORETON BAY.

NORTHERN ENTRANCE. CAPE MORETON is the north-eastern point of Moreton Island, and is visible from a ship's deck eight leagues. When first seen from the southward it appears to be detached, as the land between it anti the higher points of the island is very low. The outlying dangers are as follow :- Smith's Rock.-This danger, though of small extent, has not more than seven feet water over it at low water. Its position is nearly midway upon a lute drawn between the outer extreme of " Cape Moreton" and " Flinders' Rocks," and bears from the Lighthouse N. by E.4 E. (easterly), distant two miles. A ship can keep seaward of it by night so long as the light is not brought southward of S.S.W. W., or, by day, she will be, at the least , one-third of a mile outside of it so long as " Mount Tempest" (bearing S.S.W.) is open of Cape Moreton ; while, if bound into the bay, a safe passage between it and the SAILING DIRECTIONS. 97

Cape will be ensured by not opening the " Ridge-tree Hills" northward of " North Point," with which they close, but are seen over , on the bearing of S.W. ; W. A black' nun buoy is placed B.S.W. 2 cables' distance from the rock. In thick weather a stranger , in navigating himself into the pilot ground of Moreton Bay, should, according to the wind, hug the foot of the Cape, which is bold on the south hand, or borrow upon the breakers of Flinders ' Rocks on his nort h hand, rather than make free with the midway line of approach. Flinders' Rocks.-These are about one-third of a mile in extent, and are dry at half-tide ; they lie N.N.E., distant three miles from the northern projection of the Cape. The sea always breaks upon these rocks. Hectehison Shoal has not more than 22 feet water on it; it is dange ro us to vessels with a heavy draught of water, and should be avoided by Coasters on account of its broken water when the It knot E.S.E. current sets against a strong easterly wind. This nucleus of a danger is situated two miles N. I W. from F linders ' Rocks, Cape Moreton Lighthouse bearing N. J R., distant five and a-half miles , and the Southern Glasshouse W. by S. The Lighthouse in line with the centre of Flinders' Rocks, and bearing S. W., leads half-mile ouTsmx this shoal ; or, to ensure being I4siDE,the Lighthouse should not be brought southward of S. by E.; while, to pass northward of it, the Glasshouses should not bear westward of W.S.W.; but fisher- men can find it, for a take of "schuapper," by bringing Mount Tempest over the Yellow Sand Slip at North Point bearing S. i W., and the Glasshouses bearing W. by S. By night vessels are to the westward of the shoal while the Kerosine Light at the Yellow Patch is in sight. Vessels coming from the southward, requiring Pilots, should, after passing Cape Moreton, haul up round the North Point of Moreton Island, and keep a good look-out for the Pilot Vessel or Boat, as the case may be-the arrival of any vessel off the Port, requiring a Pilot, being signalled from the Lighthouse to the Pilot Station. Should the wind be to the southward of E.S.E., or the westward of N.N.W., vessels may anchor under Moreton Island in safety (with the Yellow Patch bearing about S.E.), from one to one and a-half miles from the beach. N.B.-Strangers making the Port of Moreton Bay would do well to pay attention to any signals made from the Lighthouse for their guidance. H 98 PORTS AND HARBORS:

Directions for Ship Channel.-Vessels intending to enter Moreton Bay by the Ship Channel should, after passing about one mile north of Cape Moreton, steer W.; N. until the Black Perch Buoy off the outermost extreme of the East Banks is past on the port hand, or until the N.W. extreme of Comboyuro Point bears S. by E. Mount Tempest (the highest land on the island) will then bear S.S.E., and the Lighthouse E. by S.; S. The depth of water will be seven and a-half fathoms at low water, and the Buoy A will bear S.W. about a mile and a quarter dis- tant. The Glass Houses will be seen in clear weather, with the highest (Burwa) bearing W. # S. After passing the Perch Buoy a vessel may haul up W. by S., or, should the buoy not be seen, a vessel may steer from the position given by the foregoing bearings a S.W. by W. course for about two miles, which will take a ship close to the northward of Buoy B, chequered black and white, Mount Tempest bearing &E. JS., and the Lighthouse E. 4 S. A ship will then be to the westward of the East Banks, and may steer for Moreton Island (bearing in mind that the tides set directly across the channel), by keeping the Buoy B and Mount Tempest a quarter of a point open on the port bow, and passing the Red Buoy on the N.E. extreme of the West Banks on the starboard,and the Black Buoy on the south ex- treme of Hixson's Bank on the port hand-the former Buoy bearing about S.E.I S. one and a third miles from Buoy B. The breadth of the channel between the East and West Banks is about half -a-mile, and the banks are generally plainly discern- ible from an elevated position. T"edes.-In the channel between the East and West Banks the first of the ebb sets strong to the N.E. over the Banks ; after half tide it takes a more northerly direction, and later, it sets about N. and N.N.W. When the Tide is flood and the wind easterly, vessels on rounding B Buoy should anchor until slack water, as it is useless to attempt the S.Easterly reach while the Tide is setting dead to leeward over the West Banks. ' Good anchorage in Yule's Roads will be found on the 6 Fathom Bank abreast the Pilot Station when the Ship Patch is just open to the westward of Cowan Cowan Point. N.B.-Strangers are advised not to attempt this channel without a pilot, the Middle Channel offering many advantages to vessels drawing less than 12 feet water. Mariners are warned against the possibility of the buoys, in exposed situations, being temporarily absent after heavy weather, and the probability of their being for a time replaced by buoys of a description differing from those previously notified. BAILING DIRECTIONS. 99

Directions for Middle Channel.-Vessels , after ro unding the north point of Moreton Island, which is deep to within about a cable's length, may haul up and steer W.S.W. until the Light- house comes on with a white beacon to the N.E. of the small Ye llow Sand Patch. K eep these marks on until the Ship Patch is open of Cowan Cowan Point . When Comboyuro Point bears W.S.W. a vessel wi ll be near a Black Buoy placed on the eastern edge of the Banks, which buoy she will pass on the port hand, and before the Ship Patch opens of Cowan Cowan Point a second Black Buoy wi ll be passed , which is placed on the N.W. spit of the Bank . After hauling up keep the Ship Patch open of Cowan Cowan Point, and proceed towards Yule's Roads. With even a fair wind , vessels drawing 13 feet water should not attempt this channel without a pilot. Directions for Entering at Night.-Two Kerosine Lights are now exhibited on the north end of Moreton island, for the purpose of assisting vessels to pass through the Middle Channel into Moreton Bay at night. One light is placed a little to the north -eastward of the Small Ye llow Patch , 'and shows a fixed white light from about N. J E. to W. by S. This light in a line with the Lighthouse leads in through the Middle Channel, in, not less than sixteen feet water, at low water spring tides,-th `e line of lights passing at two cables' length , northward of the Inner Middle Channel Buoy. Vessels coming from the northward wi ll be to the westward of Hutchison's Shoal and Flinders ' Rocks while this light is kept open. Vessels from the southward will open the light shortly after rounding the north point of Moreton Island. The light is visible at a distance of at least seven or eight miles. The second light is placed on Comboyuro Point, showing a faint red to seaward , i.e., from about N. by E. J E. eastward. Vessels wi ll be clear of the east banks while the red light is kept open. It is obscured between N. by E. J E. and N.N.W., where it again shows out as a bright white fixed light, and remains visible fr om thence to the W.S.W. of Comboyuro Point. The following directions are to be observed by vessels entering at night :- Steer with the light on Small Ye llow Patch on with Light- house, until the bright white light on Comboyuro Point opens out (the red light on Comboyuro Point having been shut out just before entering the Middle Channel ). Then haul up and steer south, until the Ye llow Patch Light is shut out, when haul up S. by E. J E. for Yule 's Roads. When the Ye llow Patch Light is shut out, a vessel is just s* 100 PORTS AND IIARBORS:

abreast the spit of the bank between Freeman 's and the Middle Channel. Due allowance must of course be made, after hauling up to the southward , for the proportionate speed of the vessel, and the rate of the tide, which rims N.N .E. and S.S.W . from two to three knots. Directions for Freeman 's Channel. - No vessels should make- use of this channel, except constant traders to the port, as the Banks are continua lly undergoing changes in their formation, and the position of the channel is always altering. It is high water, full and change , at Comboyuro Point at 9h. 30m ., and the rise is from three to seven feet. String south- easterly winds cause the gre atest rise, but, during the prevalence of westerly winds in winter , the ri se is sometimes scarcely perceptible . The general set of the flood in the bay is to the south , and the ebb to the north , though in many places the direction of the stream is altered by the shoals. Directions from Comboyuro Point to the Bar.-From Com- boyuro to Cowan Cowan Point the shore is tolerably bold of approach ; vessels should , however, keep the Ship Patch open to the westward of Cowan Cowan Point. Anchorage may be obtained , as before stated, on the 6 Fathom Bank abreast of the Pilot Station , or off the position marked on the charts as the watering place, in from 12 to 14 fathoms, half-a-mile from the shore , whe re wood and water can be ot- tained. Vesselsof lightdraught of water can anchor on the edge of the Bank in about two and a-half fathoms The shore between Cowan Cowan and the Ship Patch is fr onted by a narrow bank, upon which there is not more than five feet at low water. The south part is about a mile off shore, but the anchorage inside is not accessible for large vessels. When Cowan Cowan Point bears about N.N.E. a direct course can be steered S.S.W. for the River Bar, passing a Red Buoy on the S.W . spit on the starboard , and a Black Buoy on the Middle Bank on the port hand. Anchorage off the Bar will be found by the lead according to draught of water. For vessels of heavy draught the trees on Mud Island sbould be brought to bear about E. by S. 2 S.: Lightship about S. by W. Directions for Crossing Brisbane Bar.-To cross the Brisbane Bar, keep Mount Gravatt on with a small dip in the near bushes to the westward of the entrance of the river until Mount Cotton is seen to the westward of the Inner East Beacon, when a vessel should haul up for Mount Cotton , keeping that hill between the West and Inner Fast Beacon , which marks will clear the banks on either side. SAILING DIRECTIONS. 101

At night keep the light on the West Beacon open to the west- ward of the red light on the East Beacon (this light should not be opened more than one-fourth of the distance between the E. Beacon light and the Lightship), and pass the East Beacon at half a cable's length.

SOUTH ENTRANCE TO MORETON BAY. Two red beacons-visible from the Flat Rock-are now placed on the South extreme of Moreton Island, to enable vessels entering Rous's or the Amity Point Channel to pass between the outer banks and over the Bar in the deepest water, viz., seventeen feet at low water spring tides. This Channel is chiefly available for Coasting Steamers dining daylight, when there is not a heavy swell setting in on, the coast. It is not recommended for the use of Sailing Vessels, except in fine weather, and with a commanding breeze, that will allow them to lay four points to windward of their course. The coast current runs at from two to three knots to the southward, close to the outer edge of the Bar, and at a lesser speed over the outer portion of the banks, so that, during northerly winds, vessels should be careful not to allow them- selves to get to the southward of the line of Beacons until well inside the North Break. The tides set fair through this Channel, at a rate varying from three to four and a-half knots, until they come within the influence of the coast current. The sea always breaks on the north bank, but the space over which the sea breaks on the south bank varies with the amount of swell on the coast. Seven red and six black buoys and beacons mark the Channel for crossing the Bay towards Mud Island, between the inner banks. 'There is not less than two fathoms at low water spring tides in this channel, except at a point of junction with the Cleveland Ship Channel, where the depth of water is never less than nine feet at low water, spring tides. Directions-Vessels from the southward intending to enter Moreton Bay by the South or Amity Point entrance, or Row's Channel, must, after passing either inside or outside of the Flat Rock, keep the northernmost Sand Patch on Moreton Island on the port bow, until the two Red Beacons on the south extreme of Moreton Island (the innermost of which is the higher of the two, and is surmounted by a Red Ball) are in a line: keep these beacons in line until inside the north break, when haul up to 102 PORTS AND HARBORS: the southward gradually, keeping at about a cable's length from the edge of the North Bank, which is steep to and always shows ; when near the detached sandbank haul up for the N.W. extreme of Stradbroke Island, and round the Red Buoy off the shoal extending to the S.W. of the detached sandbank, after passing which keep away West, and pass at two cables' length from the S.W. extreme of Moreton Island, which is steep to; leave the first Black Buoy on the port hand at a distance of about half a cable, and haul up W. by S. for the S.E. end of the high land on St. Helena. After passing the second Black Buoy and two Red Beacons on the starboard hand, haul up S.S.W. for a Black Beacon about two miles distant, keeping it on with the eastern extremity of Mount Cotton, passing the third Red Beacon placed on the edge of a sandspit on the starboard hand, and continuing the same course until abreast the second Red Buoy, when keep away W. by S. 4 S., and pass the fourth Red Beacon ; from thence keep away for and pass on the port hand the third Black Beacon at a distance not exceeding half a cable, and steer out W. by N. T N. in mid-channel between the inner Black and Red Buoys. When these buoys are passed a vessel is in the Ship Channel to Cleveland, across which a course must be steered for the centre of the opening between Mud and St . Helena Islands ; a mid-channel course must be kept between these islands, and a vessel may from thence steer foi the anchorage off the Bar. A Red Buoy is placed off the S.W. extreme of the shoal off Mud Island. Vessels outward -bound through the South Entrance should, after passing Mud Island , steer for the north extreme of high land on Stradbroke Island, until a small smooth -topped cone near the north end of Stradbroke Island bears E. by S. 4 S., when they should haul up and steer for it, passing the inner Red and Black Buoys, and passing the inner Black Beacon as previously directed. Plans of the South Entrance can be obtained at the Port Office.

THE LIGHT SHIP AT THE BRISBANE BAR. Tidal Signals in use on board the Light Ship , showing the height of water on the Bar:- DAY SIGNALS. Ba ll at mast head ...... 8 feet. Ball half mast ...... 84 „ Two balls at mast head ...... 9 11 SAILING DIRECTIONS. 103

Two balls half mast ...... Ball with white flag under at mast head ... Ball with white flag under at half mast Two balls with white flag under at mast head Two balls with white flag under, half mast ... Nianm Sieew s. Green light ...... 8 feet. Red light ...... 8} „ White light ...... White with red under ...... Red with white under ...... White with green under ...... Green with white under ...... Green with red under ...... --0 WIDE BAY.

GREAT SANDY ISLAND STRAIT, AND THE MARY RIVER. DIaECTIoNS. A vassal having made Double Island Point-a bold bluff head- land, safe to approach - to the third of a mile, look out for a rock awash (which always shews,) lying due north, about a mile from the Point. The rock is safe to approach on all sides to two cables' lengths, and there is a good passage between it and the Point. Having passed outside the ro ck at a convenient distance, steer N .W. by N. ; after running on this course 4 or 5 miles the entrance will be seen opening out to the southward of the termi- nation of the high land of Prazer's Island . Do not app ro ach the land nearer than 5 miles , as the shoal water forming the Bar extends out nearly that distance ; it is steep to, and shows itself by the discoloration of the water in fine weather, and by the break if there is any swell on. Stand to the northward until the hollow in the centre of Baupal Mountain , a very conspicuous mark on the mainland, is shut in behind the high land on Ilrazer's Island, the North Head bearing about S.W. by W. 4 W. Keep these marks on until across the Bar, when haul up for the entrance. Should Baupal Mountain be obscured by thick weather or other causes, bring the North,Heads and the point of land which forms the South Heads on with each other (the sandy beechesand not the bushes touchingeach other),and cross the Bar with these marks on. A vessel will not have less 104 PORTS AND HARBORS than 3 fathoms upon the Bar if following these directions. The Spit running out in an E.N.E. direction from the South Head nearly always breaks, and will easily be seen ; borrow a little on the south side as you approach the entrance, to avoid a spit running out a third of a mile from the North Read. This is the best entrance for a stranger, as there is less chance of mistaking the marks, as the Baupal mountain is the only high land visible in that direction. It shews itself immediately after passing the high land of Double Island Point, and is about twenty miles from the coast. In westerly winds or smooth water there is a Channel further to the westward, with 2} or 3E fathoms in it (according to tide). To enter by this channel, after passing Double Island Point, half a mile distant, and inside of the detached rock steer N.W. by N.; when the entrance is beginning to show, a sand patch will be seen at the south end of a range of low sand hills or cliffs, which terminate at their northerly extreme in a low sandy point ; bring this patch on with an abrupt elbow or fall in the high backland of Frazer's Island (as in the sketch) ; keep these marks on ; the ship's head will be about N.W. } N., and Double Island Point NIMBLY right astern ; you will shoal suddenly upon the Bar to 2l or 31 fathoms (according to tide) ; when on the shoalest part Baupal Mountain will be just opening out to the northward of the South Head ; keep the marks on ; you will carry 3 to 3g fathoms, three quarters of a mile after which the water will deepen to 5 fathoms, when you may haul round the Spit and steer for the entrance. In strong S.E. or easterly winds the sea breaks heavily upon the Bar, rendering it unsafe to cross, and this is particularly the case in summer months, when the sun is to the southward of the Equator, more especially in the months of February, March, and April, when the wind is almost always blowing from the S.E. and eastward . A vessel would have notice of the state of the Bar by the swell on the coast- before reaching Moreton Island, where she might shelter, or might, if she thought it desirable, run round the north entrance by Breaksea Spit ; but supposing the SWELLis not great , the Bar is quite safe to enter though breaking across ; the break is always much less towards high water. In leaving Wide Bay do not attempt to PROCEED To SEA if there isany breakacross the bar, as it is attendedwith great risk and danger, fronrthe short abrupt sea which comes in, in the shape of rollers, with gre at velocity. After entering the heads the channel is clear from side to side ; steer along the Frazer's Island shore at the distance of one or SAILING DIRECTIONS. 105 two cables' length, until abreast of the first high land ; then steer N.W. I W. ; the Fairway Buoy will soon be seen-steer for it, and pass close on either side of it ; when abreast of the buoy haul up north, or steer for the highest part of the ridge of high land on Frazer's Island ; the lower beacon (red) will be seen it little on the starboard bow ; when abreast of this beacon- which leave a cables"length on the starboard hand (as all buoys and beacons painted red)-the channel is shown by three beacons placed on the edge of the bank on the other side of the channel, which is steep to, as is the bank on the port side the channel. After passing the three black beacons in succession (which are to be left on the port hand, as all buoys and beacons painted black), you will be a third of a mile from the beacon (red) on the sand spit running out from the south part of Stewart's Island ; haul round this within a ship's length, and follow the sand spit and Stewart's Island shore, a short cable's length distant; the two beacons (red) on Stewart's Island Flat pass within a short ship's length. This Flat is the shoalest part of the Bay, and may be crossed by a vessel drawing 9 feet when the banks are beginning to cover, the channel then crosses to the other shore, and two beacons (red) indicate the bank which bounds the N.E. side of the channel ; after passing the neat beacon (black)a point w ill be seen on the starboard bow with a patch of 'sandy beach ; there is a Flat between this beach and the Round Bush with about 5 feet at low water ; the channel runs directly in a line with the Round Bush and sandy beach, and is marked with a buoy (black) and beacon (black), which are left a small cable's length on the port hand. Nearly opposite the black beacon, and right in mid-channel, is a small patch of rocky ground, about 4 feet at low water ; there is a buoy on this patch (green),'which leave a ship's length on the port hand. From the Round Bush- the Channel leads in an easterly direction, and passes directly under the white cliffs and high land of Frazer's Island ; the banks on the starboard hand are steep to, and sbew-unless at high tide-plainly ; with the assistance of the beacon and buoys the Channel will be easily followed. From the white cliffs the Channel follows the Frazer's Island shore, which soon becomes low and fr ont@d with man- groves to a low point , from which the coast trends in a north- easterly direction to the white cliffs fronting the river mouth ; from this point the Fairway Buoy will be seen ; as you approach the buoy-which leave on the port hand-the heads of the River Mary open out to the W.S.W. The Channel runs directly in a line with the heads of the river and the white cliffs opposite, and you will carry from 3 to 5 and 106 PORTS AND IHARI3ORS:

6 fathoms as you near the river heads ; pass at the distance of half a cable 's length from the North Head, and steer for a small sandy island about a third of a mile within the North Head- taking care not to close the river heads - ro und the buoy oppo- site the sandy island , and steer for the first clump of high trees on the opposite shore. Off the small island which lies to the port side of the Chaianel there is a patch bf rocky ground ; it bears about W. by S. fr om the island , and is distant about two cables' length ; there is a buoy on this patch, which is left on the starboard hand. The Channel is then shown by a white mark on the opposite shore, which leads ro und the Horseshoe Flat ; there are also other beacons and buoys which point out the banks ; from this mark you again cro ss to the other white mark placed on the S.E. bank of the river ; steer along this bank a ship 's length distant until you approach the Beaver Rock, upon which there is a beacon ; then edge down to within two ships' lengths of Crab Island until a little - say a good cable's length - past the Beaver Rock Beacon , when again dose the port shore , and follow the white mark half -a-mile from Rocky Point, when you diverge a little towards the middle of the river. Pass Rocky Point within a short ship 's length, and keep that distance fr om the starboard shore all ro und the B ro thers. There is not more than six feet at low water (over a flat) ro und the B rothers , and it re quires half -tide to enable a vessel drawing nine feet to get over ; when at the farther end of the Bro thers close the port bank of the river , and follow it into the Long Reach, where there is a flat with about six feet at low water ; the Channel over this flat leads about one -third fro m the port shore. From the Brothers to Marybo ro ugh the river is nearly fr ee from obstructions , and as the rise and fall of tide is considerable - fr om seven to ten feet - it is easily navigated. It is high water on the Bar at full and change at 81. 30m„ and about 9h. 30m. at the ri ver heads. The flood tide thro ugh Hervey 's Bay meets the flood through the southern entrance about the Round Bush . The springs run fr om three to four knots, and are very irregular. A stranger , after entering the Heads, should procure the assistance of one of the Natives fr om Frazer's Island , some of whom are very inte lligent , and have a good knowledge of the river ; they wi ll readily come on board , and will be found very useful. If care is taken to proceed when the banks are uncovered, or not later than three -quarters flood , the Harbor is easily navigated , as the Channels are all buoyed and marked off. It is to be observed that all buoys and marks painted red are to be left on the starboard hand in entering and going up Wide 8AILTNG DIRECTIONS. 107

Bay and Mary River, and all buoys and beacons painted black are to be left on the port hand. Nearly all the banks are steep to, and have deep water within half a ship's length of them. 25th May, 1859. F. C. KNIGHT.

Tmn$s.-It is high water, full and change, on Wide Bay Bar at 9h.; rise at springs from six to eight feet.

MEMORANDUM RELATIVE TO TH E ADVERTISING or SHIPS LAID ON FOR MARYBOROUen FROM PORTS BEYOND THE SEAS. Port Office, Brisbane, 4th October, 1862. In consequence of the erroneous impression likely to be con- veyed to Masters and Owners of Vessels, from the name of Wide Bay being constantly associated with that of Maryborough, the latter port will in future be styled " Maryborough, Hervey's Bay," and not Maryborough, Wide Bay. The necessity for this is apparent- 1. Because vessels from beyond the seas, bound to Mary. borough, instead of entering Wide Bay, pass ninety miles to the northward of it, and round Breakses Spit. 2. Wide Bay is described in the Admiralty Australian Directory as affording no shelter during gales from sea- ward ; Wide Bay Harbor, as only accessible by crossing a dangerous bar, with from two to three fathoms water upon it, and the Channel from thence towards Mary- borough, between Great Sandy Island and the main land, as being hardly navigable for boats. 3. In Hervey's Bay a stranger will always find good an- chorage, under the north-west side of Great Sandy Island, until within five miles of Sandy Point. G. P. HEATH, Lieut. R.N., Portmaster.

INNE R ROUTE PROM SANDY CAPE TO CAPE GLOUCESTER.

THE Inner Route is the passage between the Great Barrier reefs and the east coast of Australia from Sandy Cape to Cape York, a distance of about 1050 miles. There are two entrances into it from the south-eastward, one being the Curtis, and the other the Capricorn Channel. 108 PORTS AND HARBORS:

CURTIS CHANNEL is entered between Breaksea Spit and Lady Elliot Isle, where it is 28 miles broad; the centre of the entrance, in which is about 18 fathoms water, being from 8 to 10 miles within the 100-fathoms edge of the bank of soundings. The channel passes between the Bunker and Capricorn Groups and the main land from Bustard Bay to Cape Capricorn, then to the north-westward, along the coast by Capes Manifold and Townshend, and afterwards between 2nd and 3rd Northumber land Isles, and to the westward of the Percy Isles. The sound- ings are regular, and there no not ap to be any other dangers than those already described ; but, being more circuitous than the Capricorn Channel, the latter should be selected by vessels proceeding direct to Torres Strait by the Inner route. CAPRICORN CHANNEL is the broadest, shortest, and most safe entrance into the Inner route from the southward. It passes between the Capricorn group and the main land about Port Bowen to the westward, and Swain Reefs to the eastward, and then to the eastward of the Percy Isles ; its average breadth being about 60 miles. Soundings.-The depth gradually decreases from 80 fathoms in mid-channel, between the Capricorn Group and south extreme of Swain Reefs, to 30 fathoms abreast of Port Bowen. The bed of the channel is a continuation of the bank of soundings extending from Breaksea Spit to the Bunker and Capricorn Groups ; the 100-fathoms edge of which, in mid-channel, being nearly in line between the Bunker Group and the south extreme of Swain Reefs. The soundings are regular right across, from Swain Reefs to the Capricorn Group, and to the main land, varying from 60 to 25 fathoms. The nature of the bottom sometimes differs, but in general it is either a very fine sand or a soft olive-colored clay and mud, with occasional patches of black shelly, or coral sand. Should the depth of water decrease to less than 40 or 35 fathoms in the vicinity of the Capricorn Group, it is necessary to keep a sharp look-out for the islands and reefs. Great caution is also requisite in approaching the south extreme of Swain Reefs, as there are 50 and 60 fathoms water close to it. Caution .-It may not here be amiss to remark that, although the lead should never be neglected in these seas, it must not be too implicitly trusted, as most of the reefs and coral patches (with which the northern part of the Inner route especially abounds ) spring up so abruptly from the bottom that the lead frequently gives no warning of their vicinity before a vessel approaches too near to avoid them. A keen look-out from the mast-head , cool judgment, and ready action may, therefore, be SAILING DIRECTIONS. 109 urgedas a general rifle to ensure successful navigation amongst the reefs. To these hints it will be only necessary to add that a vessel should never be steered in the glare of the sun, except over such ground as may be safely navigated in the darkest night, as the glare makes it impossible to see the different colors of the water inidcating dangers to be avoided. Tides.-The strength of the flood sets in about W. by N., and the ebb out in the contrary direction, from It to 2 knots ; but, from the prevalent south-easterly winds, it is to be pre- sumed that a greater degree of north-westerly set will occasionally be experienced. From PERCY ISLES to CAPE GLOUCESTER.-There are two channels from the Percy Isles to Cape Gloucester,; one to the eastward, and the other to the westward of the Northumberland and Cumberland Islands ; but the distance by the Eastern and Western channels being nearly the same, either may be adopted. The Inner channel runs between the islands and the main land, which afford numerous and good guiding marks ; whereas the Eastern or outer channel, though wide, passes at a greater distance from the islands on the western side, and is chiefly bounded to the eastward by dangerous and imperfectly known reefs, instead of islands and the main land. The EASTERN or OUTER CHANNEL is bounded to the east- ward by Bell Cay, the inner limits of the barrier thence to the sand-banks westward of islets K 4a. and K 4., a dry sand-bank seen by Captain Flinders nearly N. by E. 12 miles from L 2., and the irregular edge of the reefs to the north-eastward of the northernmost Cumberland Island. It is bounded to the westward by 1st Northumberland Isle, the Percy Isles, K 1., K., K 2,, and L 2., and the chain of islets, rocks, and reefs fronting the northern cluster of the Cumber- land Islands. A dangerous shoal, not laid down in the charts, is said to exist three miles E.S.E. of the S.E. extreme of the N.E. Percy Island ; but it lies out of the track of vessels running through the Outer or Eastern passage. The greatest breadth of the Eastern channel is about 30 miles, between Bell Cay and 1st Northumberland Isle, and its least breadth is 5 miles, between the sand-bank to the westward of K 412. and K. Isles. The soundings are regular varying from 25 to 37 fathoms. The bottom is in some places mud, and in others sand. The WESTERN or INNER CHANNEL , as far northward as Whitsunday Passage, is bounded on the eastern side by the Percy Isles, Bailey Islet, L 1., in., and Si; James Smith Group ; 110 PORTS AND HARBORS: and on the western side by H. Isles, the Beverly Group, the main land from Fresh-water Point to Point Slade, the shoals off Shoal Point, Cape Hilsborough, and the Repulse Isles. The least breadth of this channel is about 5 miles, between the Beverly group and a line from No. 2 Percy Isle to Bailey Islet ; and its greatest breadth is 23 miles, from Fresh-water .Point to the same line. The soundings are generally regular, the least depth being 4 fathoms, and the greatest 19 fathoms ; the bottom is in most parts sand and mud. The only known dangers in this channel are the rocks to the southward, and north-westward of Prudhoe Island, and the 4- fathoms knoll between Shoal Point and L. Island. Tides.-Between Capes Hilsborough and Conway the ebb stream sets to the N.E., and the flood to the S.W., but they are very irregular in the direction of the stream ; the greatest strength is about 1} knots. W'HITSDNDAY PASSAGE .-The northern termination of the Inner channel just described is bounded to the eastward by •Shaw, Passage, Whitsunday, and Hook Islands, and the islets between Hook Isle and the northernmost of the Cumberland Islands ; and is bounded to the westward by the shoal extend- ing from Cape Conway to Round Head, Molle Isles, and the islets which lie scattered to the eastward of Cape Gloucester. Spitfire Rock.-A dangerous rock, awash at high water, lying on the eastern side of the channel , at a distance of 11 miles fr om the nearest point of land near Shaw Island , Shaw Peak bearing N. 740 E., Cape Conway S. 490 30' W., magnetic. The least breadth of Whitsunday Passage is 2 miles, between Passage Isle and Pine Head, to the northward of which it increases to 4 and 7 miles . The soundings , on approaching from the southward, increase suddenly at about 3 miles to the southward of Cape Conway from an 8 and 9 fathoms flat of fine sand and mud , to 20 and 25 fathoms, and even deep water, on a very coarse bottom. Tides .- It is high water in Whitsunday Passage, full and change, at 11h. The shores on either side of the passage being bold, may be approached without any other apprehension than may arise from the strength of the streams , which run 3 knots during springs, and the velocity is sometimes greater . They do not appear to set so stro ng on the eastern side, between Shaw and Passage Isles ; and the contrary in the vicinity of Port Molle. The ebb and flood streams are appare ntly regular, setting 6 hours each way, the ebb to the northward, and the flood to the southward. At Port Molle the greatest rise of tide observed did not exceed 10 feet, although Captain King noticed SAILING DIRECTIONS. Ill a rise of 1S feet at the Repulse Isles, and 24 feet at The rise and fall of the tides between Broad Son Denison appear to be considerably affected by outside the barrier , the water apparently being up insidg, <- 7 the reefs during strong south -easterly winds .f

PORT CURTIS . k . /

DIRECTIONS. IN making Port Curtis, either from the northward Mount Larcom may , as a general rule, be first steere the adjacent hills are clearly made out. A vessel from the southward , entering by the South Channel, should, after passing by the rocky islets lying off Bustard Head, bring Mount Larcom in line with Ciatcombe Head , and steer for them so until Peaked Hi ll (a remarkable mountain , 2000 feet in height , 15 miles to the south-westward of Rodd Bay) is in line with the highest of the Seal Rocks, B.S.W. j W. ; then steer S.W. ; S. for two and three-quarters miles (making due allowance for the strength of the stream), or until Mount Laroom is about a quarter of a point open to the northward of Round Hi ll, the latter bearing W . by N., which would placd a vessel about half -a-mile to the N.N.W. of the highest of the Seal Rocks ; a W. by N. ; N. course (allowing for the stre am, and keeping South Trees Point well open to the southward of C[atcombe Head ) will then lead directly into the harbor , passing at about three -quarters of a mile to the southward of Gatcombe Head . A secure anchorage may be chosen, if necessary, off Observation Poin t- the neare r the shore, with safety , the better, as the tide stream runs fr om one and a-half to two knots at a third of a mile off. Vessels genera lly select this as a fairway anchorage when waiting to proceed to sea ; and those of the largest size may safely go up, and anchor in six fathoms in the stream between Barney and Auckland Points. In entering the South Channel fr om the northward , a vessel should make for Hummock Hi ll, keeping it on a south bearing, and taking care not to bring it to the eastward of S. J E., in order that the eastern edge of East Banks may be cleared. When the Seal Rocks are distinctly made out, approach them on their northern side (which is steep -to) until Mount Larcom is about a quarter of a point open to the northward of Round Hi ll, W. by N . ; then proceed up the harbor as above directed. Vessels from the northward , entering Port Curtis by the North 112 PORTS AND HARBORS :

Channel, should, when the land is clearly recognized, bring the extreme of Gatcombe Head to bear S.W. by W., when it will he in line with Settlement Point, and should be kept so until the eastern coast of Facing Island is shut in by the east point of the Island ; a vessel will then be clear of the north-west end of the East Banks and of the shoal water off Facing Point, and may round the south-east end of Facing Island. Keep about a quarter of a mile outside Settlement Point and the detached rock off Gatcombe Head, taking care to steer clear of the 3* fathom knoll off the head. A berth may then be taken up as beforedirected. Vessels proceeding along the coast from the northward towards Port Curtis should not approach the shores of Facing Island, within three miles-rocks, which are not laid down in the charts, running out f rom the land nearly to that distance.

TIDES.-It is high water in Port Curtis, full and change, at 9h. 30m.; the rise being from ten to twelve feet. The tides here are much affected by the prevailing winds, and the stream at times sets very strong in the channels.

KEPPEL BAY.

ON rounding Cape Capricorn steer about W. by N. for the Second Lump, until Broad Mount opens to the northward of the outer Keppel Rock, being careful to pass the Black Buoy ON the Cottier Bank on the port hand. Theh steer for the centre of Broad Mount until South Hill is well open of Sea Hill. South Hill will then bear about South by compass. Strangers should pass outside the Black Buoy off the "Timandra" Bank, which extends off the shore between Sea Hill and the Keppel Rocks. On the edge of this bank the water shoals very suddenly. Several patches of dangerous rocks exist, and only partly show at very low tide. Here the "Timandra" was lost. After passing the Black Buoy off the Timandra Bank steer with South Hill on port bow. Safe anchorage will be found in about six fathoms water by bringing Sea Hill to bear about N.E.; also good safe anchorage in from three to five fathoms by Curtis Island, taking care to avoid a bank that lies off Salt Creek. This bank is in & line drawn from Sea Hill Point one and a-half mile to South Hill, and shows well at low water. The Pilot Station is situated on the " Grassy Hills," a point of land between Cape Keppel and Sea Hill, and vessels are boarded by the Pilots off the Keppel Rocks. SAILING DIRECTIONS. 113

TID$s.-The rise and fall are from 7 to 15 feet, and the stream runs from two to three knots in Keppel Bay.

BROAD SOUND.

DIRECTIONS. THE entrance of Broad Sound is between the North Point Islands and West Hill, a remarkable mount, bearing W. by N. N. 20 miles from the western North Point Island. The numerous creeks with which Broad Sound is intersected are mostly dry at low water, affording entrance only to boats, which of necessity must ground at every tide. The best an- chorage for Coasting Vessels on the west side of the Sound is that in the mouth of the Styx, in three fathoms at low water.- (See Chart.) In approaching Bro ad Sound a good look-out should be kept for the numerous rocks and shoals in its vicinity. Enter between the North Point Islands and the Flat Islands, where there is a channel of fourteen fathoms, which decreases quickly on approaching the upper part of the Sound ; after passing about midway between those islands , steer S. } E. about sixteen miles, until Pine Mount bears E. by S., which will be about six miles from the shore, in six and a-half fathoms ; and from thence steer S.E., or for the Upper Head, where a vessel may lie in safety at about one mile to the eastward of the Head, in four fathoms. All vessels trading to Broad Sound should be well supplied with good ground tackling. M. S. RuNDLE,Harbor Master, Rockhampton.

PIONEER RIVER.

DI u1CTIONS. VESSELS on nearing the Pioneer River can always recognize its position by its proximity to two Islands, lying north-west and south-east, one mile apart ; that to the south-east being round- topped and moderately high, while that to the north-west, although about the same height, is flat-topped. The entrance to the Pioneer is about one and a-half mile south-west of the flat-topped island. A bar extends across the mouth of the river, which nearly dries at low water springs, and from thence the depth of the channel, which has an average width of one cable, varies from one foot to seven feet at low I 114 PORTS AND HARBORS:

water , until within about three -quarters of a mile of the settle- ment, when it again almost dries across , and from thence the depth gradually increases until abreast the settlement, which is about four miles from the bar, and where there is about six feet at low water in the centre of the channel. There is a rise and fall on the bar from ten and a-half feet to sixteen feet, and at the settlement, of from nine feet to thirteen feet, so that most of the vessels trading on the coast can enter the port without difficulty. The directions for enteringare as followvs:- To cross the bar, keep a double hummock, which is about eight miles distant, its own width to the southward of some low sandhills on the beach. A vessel may haul up when the island to the south -east of Slade Point is we ll shut in with trees on the extreme east point, but should be careful not to stand over so as to shut in L Island with that point. The channel then runs in a north by west direction towards the steep shore on the west side of east point. As that point is neared the edge of the banks is more clearly defined. They are there steep to, and may be approached within a reasonable distance. The channel then runs along the starboard sho re , until a sandy cliffy point is passed , and the settlement opened out to the westward, for which a vessel may then haul up and steer , being careful , after, passing the point on the port hand , to keep that shore on board until abreast of the settlement. Vessels intending to enter the Pioneer River should not run down on the lee shore when it is blowing hard fr om the east or south-east, but should anchor under some of the islands off the coast until the weather moderates. In moderate south-easterly weather a vessel would find sufficient shelter under the lee of the flat-topped island, being careful to avoid a sandspit running off the south extreme of that island, towards the east point at the entrance of the river. There is a good passage, about half- a-mile wide , between this spit and the shoal water off the main land. When in mid-channel the island to the south-east of Slade Point is on with the peak of M Island. The entrance of the river is sheltered by the islands during north-easterly winds. Vessels should carefully avoid the dangerous reef to the north- ward of the two islands off the Pioneer, and lying nearly mid- way between those islands and the island to the south-east of Slade Point. There is, however, a clear passage between this reef and the main land , and also between Slade Point and the small island lying off the shore. There is also a passage between the round and flat-topped islands. SAILING DIRECTIONS. 115

The tides in the Pioneer River run from three to upwards of four knots. High water, full and change xi } hours. Vessels, if drawing more than six feet, may lay aground at low water, abreast the a Clement in safety, on soft sandy bot- tom ; the river at that timwof tide farming .,perfectly sheltered basm there. On entering the river while any tide % gunning, the banks are generally visible, and there is little difficulty in navigating the river if proper attention is paid, and the lead kept going. From the narrowness of the channel, the port is not well suited for vessels of any great length. N.B.-Heavy freshes occasionally alter the formation of the sand-banks in the Pioneer River. Any changes, however, will be pointed out by the buoys and beacons which are now placed for the assistance of vessels navigating the river. Plans of the river-from a survey made in November, 1862- can be obtained at the Port Office.

PORT DENISON.

SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM GLOUCESTER ISLAND TO PORT DENISON. AFTER, rounding the north-eastern end of Gloucester Island (within a mile) steer S. W. by W. j W., taking care to avoid the reef off the south-west side of Middle Island, as the ebb tide will set you in that direction ; this reef extends a full mile and a quarter to the S.W. from the centre of the Island. • The above course will (making allowance for the tide) take you to the North Entrance : Stone Island forms the South Head, and a small rocky island the North Head, at the back of which, and at the Lower part of Flagstaff Hill the houses at the Pilot Station will be seen a considerable distance. In entering the port by this channel avoid the reef off the South Head (Stone Island), on which there are two black nun buoys laid in two fathoms low water. Entering somewhat closer to North Head, and when abreast of the same, steer for Middle Hill (a small cone on the main land midway between Mount Gordon and Mount Bramston), which course will take you in with not less than 21 feet (low) water ; taking care to avoid a spit extending off Point Dalrymple, on which there are two red nun buoys laying in two fathoms low water ; after rounding the second red buoy then keep away for the township. It is to be observed by these directions that on entering the 1* 116 PORTS AND HARPORS: port the blackbuoys are to be kept on the port hand and the red on the starboard. Vessels rounding Gloucester Island at night time, with dark boisterous weather, should (with the wind from the southward or eastward ) keep within a quarter of a mile of the island, as it is steep close to, and by making a tack, they will be able to select by the lead and smoothness of the water a convenient anchorage in from seven to four fathoms under Gloucester Island. There is also excellent anchorage in from three to five fathoms on the east side of the head of Edgecumbe Bay ; the soundings are very regular in all parts of the bay, and shoal very regularly, giving timely warning of being near the land. Vessels having worked into the bay during the night, it is advisable that they should enter the port by the south channel, this being the best entrance to Port Denison, having the greatest width, and also the greatest depth of water. Ships entering the port by this channel should steer direct for Thomas 's Island, keeping a mile south of Stone Island, as there is a reef extending off it, off which there are two beacons or buoys, one on the S.E. and the other on the N.W. end of the reef, both of which are to be kept on the starboard hand. A good look-out in day- light will show the position of the reef ; there is also a bush beacon on the Sandspit off Stone Island.-(See chart.) After passing the latter a direct course can be shaped for the town- ship, and anchorage may be taken up according to draught of water. When the sea is too heavy for a pilot to get off, the sailing directions for the north passage should be attended to ; a pilot will then be obtained in the fairway at the north entrance.

PORT ALBANY AND EVANS BAY.

TEE narrow strait which separates Albany Island from the main land is so straight in its general direction that it may be seen through from end to end. Its average width is 34 cables, and the depth of water from 6 to 13 fathoms. It is clear of dangers, with the exception of the rock awash, on the ledge projecting a quarter of a mile to the south-westward of Fred- erick Point, and from which shoal water extends south -eastward to the next point. Water.-On the south-west side of Albany Pass, and nearly opposite Port Albany, is a small candy bay, with some low s`'ampv gro),nd behind the beach, where a never-failing SAILING DIRECTIONS. 117 supply of fresh water can be easily procured by digging ponds 2 or 3 feet deep, a few yards above high-water mark. Water can also be obtained in small quantities on Albany Island. Directions.-A vessel from the southward proceeding to Port Albany, having cleared the shoal patches lying 1; miles to the westward of Z. Reef, should bring the peak of York Isle- which is easily keen through Albany Pass-on with the outer extreme of Osnaburg Point ; this mark will clear the shoals extending to the south- eastward from Fly and Ulrica Points, and lead the vessel in mid-channel up to Port Albany. In coming from the northward, and rounding Eborac Isle at a distance of about a quarter of a mile, a vessel will have Albany Pass plainly open, and may steer-making due' allowance for the tidal stream-S.E. J E. for it, passing at a-third of a mile outside Sextant Rock. When the centre of Ida Isle bears South, haul in for it until Albany Pass is again quite open, and by keeping it so the rocky spit projecting from Frederick Point, and the edge of the shoal from Ida Isle to Osnaburg Point, will be avoided. If the west extreme of Albany Island touches Fly Point, the vessel will be too far to the north-eastward ; and if the west extreme of the island approaches too near Osnaburg Point, she will be too far to the south-westward. Albany Pass being narrow, with high land on either side, a large sailing vessel should not attempt it, except under very favorable circumstances, as the strong tidal streams would, with baffling winds, render her unmanageable ; but, with a command- ing breeze blowing through, a vessel may run against the stream, anchor in mid-channel abreast of Port Albany, and haul in and moor. A steamer or small sailing vessel would find but little difficulty in entering , and might anchor and moor as just directed for a sailing vessel. Tides.-The streams are very rapid in Albany Pass, and cause a confused sea when running in an opposite direction to the wind. EVANS BAY extends from three-quarters of a mile to 1 miles to the south-eastward from the extremity of Cape York, between Evans and Ida Points. The former is a double rocky sloping down from the foot of Mount Bremer ; the latter, which forms the south-east point of the bay, is also rocky, with a high narrow island of the same name, nearly half- a-mile long, East and West, immediately to the eastward of it. A sandy beach forms the shore between these extremes of the bay, the greater portion being backed by scrub and stunted trees, As shoal water extends from the beach to a line from Evans Point to Ida Island, there is not sufficient depth within for any other than small vessels ; but the best anchorage for large 118 PORTS AND HARBORS: vessels in the south-neat monsoon is in 62 fathoms, sand and mud, with Ida Point bearing S. 2 W., and Sextant Rock-which lies half-a-mile to the eastward of Evans Point-in line with the east end of Eborac Isle. In the north-west monsoon there is better shelter a little more to the W.N.W., at a quarter of a mile from Sextant Rock. Water may be procured in wells dug at the back of the beach in Evans Bay, some at a third of a mile inside Ida Point, and othersthree-quarters of a mile fartherto the north-westward. Even when blowing hard, there is seldom so much surf on the beach as to prevent boats bringing off water ; the only incon- venience is the strength of the tidal streams, which set N.W. and S.E., the greatest strength being 2 knots. Sextant Rock, which is flat, and only 3 or 4 feet above high- water mark, is situated on the inner edge of a bank 2 miles long, S.E. and N.W., fronting Evans Bay. Vessels not drawing more than 10 feet may cross any part of this bank ; but large vessels should not attempt it on the north-west side of Sextant Rock, nor to the south-eastward of it, without great caution, on account of some 32-fathoms knolls ; those most in the way of vessels passing outside, or entering Evans Bay from the north- ward, lying half-a-mile to the north-eastward of Sextant Rock. This rock is situated in about lat. 10° 41' S., and long. 1420 33' E. Directions. -A vessel from the southward should pass at half-a-mile outside Albany Rock and Tree Islet, and steer about W. by N. 2 N., until the east point of Ida Isle bears S.W. by S. ; then haul in for the bay, and anchor where before directed. In coming from the northward, pass at three-quarters of a mile outside Sextant Rock, and then make for the anchorage, taking care-if a large vessel-to avoid the 32 fathoms knolls lying half-a-mile to the north-eastward, and E. by S. about a third of a mile from Sextant Rock, which will be avoided as long as Albany Pass is not seen quite open. Tides.-It is high water in Evans Bay, full and change, at 11h. 15m. ; springs rise 10 feet, and neaps 4 feet. The Coast from Ida Isle to Fly Point consists of a succession of shallow bays and rocky points ; but none of the bays are of sufficient depth for a vessel to enter. Osnaburg Point is a steep cliffy bluff, of coarse sandstone, S. ; W., nearly two-thuds of a mile from Frederick Point, the north-west extreme of Albany Island. Between Ida Isle and Oanaburg Point is a shallow bay, divided into two bights by Bishop Point, which is also a high bluff headland. In the western bight Mew rivulet, a stream of good fresh water, runs into the sea close to the southward of a SAILING DIRECTIONS. 119 low rocky point ; but this-the only fresh water stream in the neighborhood-is lost to any useful purpose, as the bay is so completely occupied by a mud flat that even boats could not approach the mouth of the rivulet to embark the water. The edge of the flat, which extends in nearly a direct line from Ida Isle to Osnaburg Point, is steep-to, with from 6 to 8 fathoms closeoutside. Between the edge of this bank and the shoals extending to the north-westward of Albany Island large vessels may find a spacious roadstead, which would also be a secure anchorage during the south-east monsoon, were it not for the strong tidal streams which run through Albany Pass.

TORRES STRAITS. GEOGRAPHIC Positions of the BourrDAEY REEFS which, on the eastern and western hand, form the OUTER RouTE to ToREES STRAITS from the Ports of AUSTRALIA, TASMANIA, and NEW ZEALAND, as determined by H.M.S. "Herald," Captain Denham, R.N., F.R.S.

VARIA REEF. LATrDJDE. LONGITUDE. TION.

o , „ 0 , ,f 0 f 21 52 22 S. 159 26 10 E. 9 30 E.

Do. (Intermediate Breaker) ..... 212636 „ 1684721 ......

Booby ...... 20 57 0 „ 158 32 33 „ 9 19 „ 195222„ 158 20 3 6 Bamptou ...... 919 I7 Mellish ...... 17 24 39 „ 155 53 25 „ 830 „

Cato ...... 23 15 32 155 38 0 923„ Wre ck ...... 22 10 30 155 29 21 943„

Kenn ...... 21 15 24 155 51 15 9 0 „ Lihou ...... 17 10 30 152 13 0 8 3 „

Wi llis ...... 16 7 0 150 339 7 11 Osprey...... 13 51 0 146 36 0 6 23 „

j(BrineIsland Beacon 11 35 50 144 220 „ 621 „ . (Entraveeof Strait) 120 POSTAL INFORMATION.

N.B.-A ship from the southward has only to be placed 24° south, 1671 east, and a clear passage of 150 miles wide, free of current, with a flowing south- east " trade " wind, will lie before her for the 1160 miles to Raine Island entrance to Torres Straits upon the following courses, viz.:- 1st. N. by W. I W. 240 miles, to lat. 20° S. 2nd. N.W. j W. 700 miles, to lat. 111 36' S. (parallel of Raine Island). 3rd. W. $ S. 220 miles, to Raine Island (upon its parallel). Noma.-The courses are, by " compass," corrected for the successive changes in " variation" in the Coral Sea. 23rd May, 1860. 11. M. DENHAM.

POSTAL INFORMATION.

LOCAL REGULATIONS.

ALL letters received in this Colony fr om any part beyond the seas that have not been regularly posted at the place of despatch, will be charged with the Colonial Ship Rates of Postage. A ll letters posted in Queensland must be pre-paid by affixing thereon postage stamps of sufficient value. Any letter posted for delivery in the Colony will, if the postage stamps thereon be not grossly deficient in value, be forwarded and charged with double the deficiency, but if grossly deficient, the letter will be opened and returned to the writer. Any letter posted for transmission to the United Kingdom will, if bearing at least a single rate of postage, be forwarded, and charged with the postage deficient, and a single rate of postage as a fine ; but if not bearing a single rate of postage, it will be opened and returned to the writer. Letters posted for transmission to the neighboring Colonies, and to Foreign Countries and British Colonies generally, whe- ther sent direct or through the United Kingdom, will invariably be opened and returned to the writers, unless they bear the fall amount of postage payable thereon. Any person can have a letter registered by affixing on it, by means of the proper Stamps, the amount of the Registration POSTAL INFOR MATION. 121

Fee, in addition to the proper postage, and presenting it at a Post Office during office hours, when a receipt of the same will be given, and every precaution will be adopted to ensu re its safe delivery by entering it on the Letter Bills, and obtaining a receipt for the same on delivery. As the Post Office, however, is'not responsible for the lose of any letter, whether registered or otherwise, parties sending Bank Notes or Drafts are advised to take the numbers and particulars, and to cut such Notes or Drafts in halves, and to send them by different Posts. Letters on being re-directed are chargeable with a new and distinct rate of postage. Inland Letters must be posted half an hour previous to the time fixed for the despatch of Mails ; but late letters will be re- ceived to within a quarter of an hour, upon a fee of a Sixpenny Stamp being affixed to each letter.

TOWN DIiLIVEB,Y. Daily at 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. in North Brisbane ; 2 p.m in For- titude Valley; 9 a.m. in South Brisbane; and 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. at Kangaroo Point. Letters may be posted until within a quarter of an hour of the time of each delivery. Iron Letter Receivers, intended for the receipt of letters only, are fixed at South Brisbane, Fortitude Valley, Kangaroo Point, and Spring Hill. The hours at which they are cleared are stated on the Receivers. The Delivery Office is open from 9 a.m to 5 p.m., except when steamers leave at a later hour, when the office is kept open till 6 p.m.

The following persons have been appointed licensed vendors of Stamps , viz.: Messrs J. W. Buxton, C. G. Campen, Wm. F. Clark, E. Gaujard, and Thos. Bell, in North Brisbane ; Messrs. J. J. Scott, and H. Hockings, South Brisbane ; Messrs. F. J. Hingston, and M . Ward, Fortitude Valley ; and Mr. Dexter, Spring Hill. The Mails for England are made up in Brisbane on the 19th of each month, in time to secure their arriving in Sydney before the 22nd, the date on which the Mail leaves for England. The Mails for New Zealand are despatched on the 10th and 19th of each month. The Mails for Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania are despatched, via Sydney, twice a week. The Dead Letter Office is open from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. The Country Offices are open from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m., except when Mails arrive at a later hour ; in which case they are open for half an hour after such arrival, but not later than 8 p.m. 122 POSTAL INFORMATION.

LETTERS.

Town Letters:-Not exceeding 2 oz., 1d.; exceeding 2 oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 2d. ; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 oz., 4d. ; and so on, inc re asing 2d. for every additional ounce or fraction of an ounce. Inland Letters:-Not exceeding 2?oz., 2d.; exceeding' 22-oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 4d. ; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 oz., 8d. ; and so on, increasing 4d. for every additional ounce or fraction of an ounce. Letters to British Colonies and Foreign Countries (except in special cases as given ) :-Not exceeding 2 oz., 6d. ; exceeding 2 oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 1s. ; and so on, increasing 6d. for every additional 2 ounce or fraction of 2 ounce. No charge whatever is made on the above-mentioned Letters on receipt in this Colony, provided they have been duly posted. Arrange- ments have been made with the colonies of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Western Australia, and Tasmania, for the delivery of such Letters at their final destination without further charge. Letters sent overland to any of the neighboring Colonies are charged with the same Rates of Postage as when sent by sea. Letters to and from the United Kingdom:---Not exceeding 2 oz., 6d.; exceeding 2 oz, but not exceeding 1 oz., Is.; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 ozs., 2s. ; and so on, increasing Is. for every additional ounce or fraction of an ounce. Letters forwarded via Marseilles are liable, in addition , to a rate of 4d. for every 2 ounce weight, to coves the cost of transit through France. The above rates will be the enti re amount charged upon letters sent to or from any part of the United Kingdom, or of the Colony. Letters addressed to Officers serving on board any of Her Majesty's Ships on a Foreign Station when sent through the United Kingdom : Not exceeding 2 oz., Is.; exceeding 2 oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 2s; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 oz., 49.; and so on, increasing 2s. for every additional ounce, or fraction of an ounce. Seamen's and Soldiers' Letters :-Letters sent to or by Seamen and Soldiers in Her Majesty's Service will be transmitted within the Colony, and between the Colony and any Post Office in the British Dominions, at a charge of one penny, provided that the following Regulations are observed:-1st. Each letter must not exceed 2 oz. in weight. 2nd. It must be superscribe with the name of the writer, his description or class in the vessel or regi- ment, and signed by the officer at the time in command. 3rd. The Postage must be pre-paid. Any letter of this description POSTAL INFORMATION. 1 2 3

posted or received in this Colony, not in accordance with the foregoing Regulations, will be treated as an ordinary letter. Letters forwarded via the United Kingdom to Cclonies and F.reign Countries :-A ll letters of this class paid in full are sent to the United Kingdom via Southampton, unless specially marked for transmission via Marsei lles, in which case they must bear in addition to the rates of Postage, which may always be ascertained on enquiry, postage at the rate of 4d. for every' oz. of their weight. Letters addressed to France and the Con- tinent of Europe, and marked for transmission via Marseilles, (Registered letters excepted, which must either be sent through the United Kingdom or by French mail), are, unless specially marked for transmission via the United Kingdom, sent in the Closed Mail for Marseilles, and need only in that case bear the Colonial Ship Rates of Postage of 6d. the a oz. These rates of postage, which must be paid in advance by Postage Stamps, will carry the letters to their respective destinations without further charge.

REGISTRATION OF LETTERS.

Registered letters for the British Possessions in China, the Mediterranean , the West Indies, North America, Africa, and for St. Helena, Belgium, the Netherlands, and Spain, are charged is. for registration fee. For Prussia, the German States, Hanover, Saxony, Mecklen- burgh Schwerin, Mecklenburgh Strelitz, Brunswick, Olden- burgh (Berkenfeld excepted), Anhalt, Austrian Dominions, Servia, the Ionian Islands, Denmark, Moldavia, Wallachia, Turkey in Europe (via Austria), Sweden and Norway, when these countries are not addressed via France ; and for any of the following countries, if specially addressed via Prussia, viz. : -Luxembourg, Baden, Bavaria, Wurtemburg, Sardinia, Switz- erland, Papal States, and Greece,-the registration fee is Is. 3d. For the United States the fee is is. 5d. under the IToz., and 2s. 10d. for each oz. or fraction of an oz., beside the postage of Is. 2d. the z oz. For France and Algeria, or the following Countries, the correspondence of which is forwarded through France , viz:- the places in Turkey, Syria, or Egypt, at which France main- tains Post Offices (including , among others , Alexandria, Beyrout, Tripoli, Smyrna, Constantinople, Varna, Galatz, and Trebizond), Luxembourg, Baden, Bavaria , Wurtemburg, Sardinia , Switzer- land, Tunis, Tangiers , Tuscany, Parma, Modena, Papal States, 124 POSTAL INFORMATION.

Two Sicilies, and Greece ; and for the following countries, if specially addressed via France, viz. :-The Netherlands, Prussia, German States, Hanover, Saxony, Mecklenburg Schwerin, Mecklenburg Strelitz, Brunswick, Oldenburg (Berkenfeld excepted), Anhalt, Austrian Dominions, Servia, Denmark, Moldavia, Wallachia, Turkey in Europe (via Austria), Sweden, Norway, Poland, and Russia-the fee is 6d., and an additional amount exactly equal to the amount of Postage British and Foreign, i.e., the full amount of postage less the British and Colonial rate of 6d. the m oz. For Russia and Poland, when letters do not exceed 4 oz., the fee is Is. 61d.* The above-mentioned registration fees may be paid by means of ordinary stamps when the fee exceeds Is., but not otherwise. Letters for the Continent of Europe, via Trieste.-These Letters will be forwarded by the Mail Contract Packets via Suez, and the following rates will pre-pay them to Alexandria, whence they will be forwarded to their destination by the Austrian Government, and the Foreign Postage due thereon collected on delivery :-For a letter not exceeding 1 oz., Is. ; exceeding I oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 2s. ; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 ozs., 4s.; and so on, increasing 2s. for every ounce or fraction of an ounce. Letters via Callao and Panama.-Letters addressed to or through Great Britain by this route must bear, in addition to the ordinary postage rate, a 6d. Stamp for every } oz., in order to cover the New Grenadian transit charge. Letters for Syria and Turkey -Letters addressed to Syria and Turkey will be sent via Alexandria and Jaffa (unless marked for transmission via the United Kingdom). and must bear, in addition to the Colonial Ship Rate of Postage of 6d. the half- ounce, Postage according to the following rates, viz :-Not exceeding 1 oz., 5d. ; exceeding I oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 10d. ; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 ozs., Is. 8d., and so on, increasing at the rate of 1Od. for every additional ounce or fraction of an ounce. Letters for Spain, Portugal, Madeira, cfc.-Letters for Spain, Portugal, Madeira, the Azores, the Cape de Verde Islands, and other Portuguese possessions on the Coast of Africa, will (unless

* Registe re d letters for these count ri es (unless sent through France), are liable to four Registration fees, viz .:- Colonial , 6d.; Bri tish , 6d.; Prussian, 3d., Russian , 3$d. The three 4irst fees do not increase , whatever may be the weight of the Letter , but the latter fi e of 32d. increases as follows :- 3ld. for half-an-ounce, 7d. for one ounce, and 7d. additional for eve ry ad- ditional ounce or fraction of an ounce. POSTAL INFORMATIO N. 125 marked for transmission via the United Kingdom) be forwarded in the Mail made up for Gibraltar, and will in such case only be liable to the Colonial Ship rate of Postage of 6d. the s ounce.

PACKETS AND BOOKS.

Packets of Gold Transmitted within the Colony .- Not ex- ceeding 4 oz., 4d. ; exceeding ; oz., but not exceeding 1 oz., 8d. ; exceeding 1 oz., but not exceeding 2 ozs., 1s. 4d . ; and so on, increasing 8d. for every additional ounce or fraction of an ounce. Packets containing Bank Pass Books, 4-c.- Not exceeding 4 ozs., 2d. ; and Id. extra for every additional 2 ounces or frac. tion of an ounce. Bankers' Parcels , containing Pass Books, sent by or to any Bank or Banker-Cases or Covers enclosing Maps or Plans transmitted by or addressed to the Surveyor-General or Deputy Surveyor-General-Returns made from or to any Department of the Public Service, pursuant to any Law or duly authorized Regulations- will be forwarded, closed against inspection, provided they bear on the outside a statement of the contents, subscribed with the name and address of the sender ; that there shall not be in or upon any of the Packets any Letter or epistolary communication or intelligence, and that they do not exceed 16 ozs. in weight. (Except Maps and Plans, the weight of which may extend to 3 lbs.) If such packets, however, are posted in covers open at both ends, they need not bear the statement in question, and the weight of any such packet may be increased to 3 lbs., as they come under the head of Book Parcels. S Packets containing Returns of Births, Baptisms , Marriages, and Deaths, may be transmitted unstamped, the Postage being paid on delivery , if marked as containing such Returns only, and signed by the Clergyman or the District Registrar trans. mitting them. Packets open at each end, containing Printed Reports of the Proceedings of any Benevolent, Religious, or Charitable Insti. tutions, when posted at any Post Office for delivery at such office, or at any place within the limits of the City or Town in which such Post Office is situated : Not exceeding 4 ozs., Id. ; and for every additional 2 ozs. or pojtiou of 2 ozs., Id. The same Regulations apply to these Packets as to those containing Bank Pass Books, &c. The Postage on all the above Packets, with the exception of Returns of Births, &c., must be pre-pffid by stamps. 12 6 POSTAL INFORMATION.

Book Packets for Malta, Spain , Portugal , Madeira, the Azores, Cape de Verd Islands , and other Portuguese possessions on the Coast of Africa and the United Kingdom :- Not exceed- ing 4 ozs ., 4d. ; not exceeding t lb., 8d. ; exceeding k lb., but not exceeding 1 lb., Is . 4d.; and so on, increasing 8d. for every additional I lb. or portion of } lb. Packets of Books and Printed Papers of every kind , posted in conformity with the Regulations of the British Colonial Book Post, and addressed to the United Kingdom, may be forwarded in the closed Mails despatched by way of Marse illes. The Postage on such Book Packets, sent by the route to Marseilles, including the French Transit Rate, will be-Not exceeding 4 ozs., 6d.; above 4 ozs., and not exceeding 8 ozs., Is.; above 8 ozs., and not exceeding 1 lb., 2s . ; above 1 lb., and not exceeding If lb ., 3s. ; above 11 lb., and not exceeding 2 lbs ., 4s. > and so on, adding Is. for each additional z lb. or fraction of a 4 lb. The postage must be pre -paid by means of postage stamps, and the value of the stamps affixed to a packet will be taken as an indication of the choice of route on behalf of the sender, i.e., whether by Southampton or Marseilles. Intercolonial Book Packets .- Not exceeding 4 lb., 6d.; ex- ceeding } lb., but not exceeding I lb., 1s. ; and so on, increasing 6d. for every additional z lb or portion of a } lb. Inland Book Packets.-Not exceeding 4 ozs., 2d., and id. extra for every additional 2 ozs. or fraction of 2 ozs. I he undermentioned articles may be transmitted as Book Parcels either within or beyond the Colony, viz. Books, Pub- lications , and Works of Literature and Art. The following are included under the above heads , viz.:-All Books, whether printed, written , or plain, or any mature of the three ; photo- graphs upon paper , and printed circulars of every description ; publications or compilations , whether in prin t or in manuscript; almanacs, prints , maps, whether on paper or canvas, or cloth, and whether printed or written, or any mixture of the two ; and any description of paper, parchment , or vellum, whether printed, written upon, or plain , or any mixture of the three ; with any binding , mounting, or covering of or upon, or belong- ing to, any book, or publication , or work, or any portion thereof, or of or belonging to any paper , parchment , or vellum ; and any cases or rollers of prints or maps, book -markers, pencils, pens , or other articles us pll y appe rtaining to any such book, publication , or work, paper , parchment , or ve llum, or necessary for its safe transmission. The following are the Rules which must be attended to in the transmission of Boot Parcels :- 1. I\o packet sha4 exceed POSTAL INFOR MATION. 127 two feet in length, breadth, or width.-2. No packet shall exceed three pounds in weight.-3. With the above limitations, a packet may contain any number of separate books, almanacs, maps, or prints, and any quantity of paper, vellum, or parch- ment.-4. Every packet shall be sent open at the ends or sides, and either without a cover or in a cover or envelope open at the ends or sides ; and there shall be no letter either closed or open, nor any enclosure, sealed or otherwise, closed against inspection, sent in or with any such packet ; nor shall there be any letter, or any communication in the nature of a letter, written or printed on the cover or envelope of any such packet.-5. The name and address of the sender may appear on the cover, as well as those of the party addressed, but this is not indispens- able.-6. Should a packet be posted unpaid, or with a pre- payment of less than a single rate, or be enclosed in a cover not open at the ends or sides, or should it exceed the dimensions or weight specified, such packet will be sent to the Dead Letter Office, and returned to the writer.-7. Should any letter, whether sealed or open, or otherwise closed against inspection, be found in a Book Packet, such letter or other enclosure will be forwarded, charged not only with the postage due upon it as an unpaid letter, but also with an additional single Book Post Rate. The packet itself, in such case, will be forwarded, pro- vided the postagesha ll have been duly paid,without any extta charge.-8. Where a Book Packet shall have been posted, and insufficiently pre-paid, and it shall appear that at least a single rate has been paid thereon, such packet will be forwarded, charged with an additional postage equal to the deficiency, and a further rate as a fine. In cases where, from the arrival of Packet Ships from England, or from any other cause, the number of such Book Parcels is unusually large, the Postmaster, in order to prevent interrup- tion to the punctual despatch of the ordinary Mails, is authorized to delay the transmission of such Packets for three successive Posts. -4 NEWSPAPERS.

Newspapers are transmitted within the Colony free of charge if posted within seven days from the date of publication ; if posted after that period, they are subject to a charge of one penny. Newspapers for the United Kingdom are chargeable with one penny each, if intended for transmission via Southampton ; but with threepence if posted for transmission via Marsei lles. 128 POSTAL INFORMATION.

Newspapers for transmission to the Continent of Europe via Trieste are chargeable with twopence each. Newspapers for the neighboring Colonies, and for all places beyond the seas not already specified, are transmitted free of charge if posted within seven days ; and all newspapers from such places received in the Colony are delivered without charge. Newspapers for Syria and Turkey, when transmitted via Alexandria, are liable to a charge of one penny for every two ounces weight. The Postage on all newspapers chargeable therewith must be paid by affixing on the Newspapers stamps of sufficient value, and no newspaper will be forwarded unless it bears the full amount of postage.

MONEY ORDERS.

Money Orders may be obtained and made payable at the undermentioned places, on payment of the following charges :- QUEENSLAND. MONEY ORDER OFFICES.-Brisbane, Ipswich, Dalby, Gayn- dais, Maryborouyh, Rockhampton, Toowoomba, and Warwick- For any sum not exceeding £5, 6d. Exceeding £5, but not exceeding£10, Is. INTERCOLONIAL. ti ictoria a. d. South Australia For any sum not exceeding £ 5...... 1 0 New South Wales Exceeding £5, but not exceeding £10 2 0 New Zealand

BRITISH. At any Money For any sum not exceeding £ 5 .. 2 0 Order Office in the Exceeding £ 5, but not exceeding £10 5 0 United Kingdom. ,

No Money Order will be issued for a larger sum than Ten Pounds. Money Orders must be obtained between the hours of 10 am, and 3 p.m. The Money Order Office at the General Post Office will be kept open until 6 p.m. the day previous to the despatch of the Monthly Mail ; but no Money Orders will be issued on the day of closing the mails for the United King- dom, unless that mail should be despatched in the evening. List of Money Order Offices in Victoria, South Australia, New South Wales, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom may be seen and further information obtained at any Money Order Office in Queensland. TABLE OF ARRIVAL AND DESPATCH OF INLAND MAILS. NOTF.- The first column denotes the Distance from Brisbane by Postal Line.

MAIL CLOSES AT GENERAL POST MAIL ARRIVES AT POST TOWN. DnT. POST TOWN. OFFICE, BRISBANE.

125 ALLORA via DRAYTON...... Tuesday, noon ...... Thursday ...... 279 AUBURN Via DALBY ...... Tuesday, noon ...... Sunday, noon ...... `7>xa GkYNDAH Tuesday, noon. 377 BANANA jC via RocxHAMPTON Mail Steamer, every alte rn ate Tues. 341 BUNGEWORGORAI .. ... Tuesday, noon ...... Tuesday, 11 a.m...... 154 CASINO (N. S. W.) ...... Tuesday, 8 a.m ...... Thursday, 1 p.m...... 20 CLEVELAND ...... Monday, 12. 30 p.m...... Monday, 5 p.m...... 240 CONI)AMINE .., ...... Tuesday, noon ...... Saturday, 4 p.m...... ,. 138 DALBY+ ...... Tuesday and Thursday, noon ... Thursday and Sunday, 6 p.m. 88 DRAYTON ...... Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, Wednesday, Friday, Monday, noon 6 p.m. 734 FORT COOPER ,., By Mail Steamer, fornightly, via Alternate Sunday, 4 p.m. ... Rockhampton ; and by Steamers, as opportunity offers via ToowooatBA ... 232 GAYNDAH# Tuesday, noon, via Ipswich ... Saturday, 8 p.m...... via MARYBOROUGH By Mail Steamer , or as opportu- nity offers 413 GLADSTONE By Mail Steamer , every alte rn ate Alternate Thursday. Tuesday; or as opportunity offers 269 GOONDIWINDI .,, Tuesday, noon ...... Saturday, 2 p.m...... 24 IPSWICH' Every day (Sunday excepted), at Every day (Sunday excepted), 12.30 p.m., and 8 p.m. at 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. Lisr POST TOWN. MAIL CLOSES AT GENERAL POST / MAIL ARRIVES AT POST TOWN OFFICE, BRISBANE.

40 LAIDLEY ...... Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, Wednesday, Friday, and Mon- noon day, about 8.30 a.m. 125 LEYBURN via DRAYTON Tuesday , noon ...... Thursday, noon 565 MARLBOROUGH ... Via Rockhampton, by Mail Steam- Every Tuesday , 6 a.m...... er, every alternate Tuesday; and as opportunity offers 322 MARYBOROUGH* via GAYNDAH Tuesday, noon ...... Tuesday, 2 p.m. (the 8th day), Mail Steamer, every alternate or by Steamer alternate Tuesday ; or as opportunity Wednesday offers

13 MOGGILL ...... Saturday, noon ...... Saturday . 5 p.m...... 163 XANANGO f via TooWOOMBATuesday, noon .., ...... Friday, noon ...... 135 1 via IPSWICH ... Tuesday, noon ...... Friday, noon ...... 419 NINDIGUALLY via SuR.AT.. .., Tuesday, noon . Thursday (10thday) 490 NEBWORTH ...... Via Rockhampton, by Mail Steam- Thursday,6 p.m. (10thday) er, every alternate Tuesday; or as opportunity offers 8 OXLEY ...... Every day (Sunday excepted),at 7.20 a.m., and 2.20 p.m. 12.30 p.m., and 8 p.m. 907 PORT DENISON ...... Via Rockhampton, thence by Mail contract Steamer, once per month; & as opportunity offers MAIL CLOSES AT GENERAL POST MAIL ARRIVES AT POST TOWN. DIST . POST TOWN. OFFIC E, BRI SBANE .

576 SPRINGSURE ... Via Rockhampton, by Mail Steam- Every alternate Sunday, 6 er, every alternate Tuesday ; or p.m. (13th day) as opportunity offers 495 ROCKHAMPTON* By Mail Steamer, every alternate By Mail Steamer usually every Tuesday; or as opportunity offers alternate Friday 320 SURAT ...... Every Tuesday, noon ...... Monday, 8 p.m...... 307 TAROOM Every Tuesday, at noon Monday, 6 p.m. . 755 TVERESA CREEK (PEAx Dowxs) Via Rockhampton, every alternate Every alternate Saturday, 4 Tuesday p.m. (13th day) 84 TOOWOOMBA* ...... Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, Wednesday, Friday, and Mon- noon day, 5 p.m. via GAYNDAH ,,. Tuesday, noon ., Every Tuesday, noon (8th day) 295 WALLA via MARYROROUaH Every alternate Tuesday, per Mail Thursday, 6 p.m...... Steamer; or as opportunity offers via IPSwioa ... Every Sunday & Wednes., 8 p.m. Tuesday,noon, & Frid.,4 p.m. 111 WARWICK via DRAYTON ... Tuesday, noon ...... Thursday, 3 p.m.... 453 W ESTW OOD ...... Tuesday, noon, via Rockhampton, Friday, 6 p.m. (11th day) per Mail Steamer, every alternate Tuesday, 6 p.m. Tuesday 15 W OOGO OROO ...... Every day (Sunday excepted),8 a.m., and 3.30 p.m. ... * 12.30 p.m., and 8 p.m. 513 YAAMBA ...... Via Rockhampton, by Mail Steam- Every Monday, 6 p .m...... er ; or as opportu ni ty offers 482 YARAWA (N. S. W.) ...... Tuesday, at noon ...... I Saturday , noon (12th day) ... Dili. POST TOWN MAIL LEAVES FOR BRIS $ANE. MAIL ARRIVES AT BRISBANE.

125 ALLORA via DRAYTON Tuesday, 6 a.m. .,...... Friday, 10 a.m. 279 AUBURN Via DALBY Sunday, 1 p.m...... Friday, 10 a.m. 341 BUNGEWORGORAI .. Thursday, 5 p.m...... Friday, 10 a.m. 154 CASINO (N. S. W.) Friday, 8 a.m. .. Sunday, 6 p.m. 20 CLEVELAND Tuesday, 2 p.m...... Tuesday, 6 p.m. 210 CONDAMINE Monday, noon ... .. Fritlay, 10 a.m. 138 DALBY* Wednesday and Saturday, 6 a.m. Friday and Wednesday, 10 a.m. 88 DRAYTON ...... Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 4 Wednesday, Friday, and Mon- a.m. day, 10 a.m. 734 FORT COOPER .. ... Every alternate Thursday, 6 a.m. By Mail Steamer, and as oppor- tunity offers. ToowooMBA .. Monday, 6 a.m. ; also, Thursday, Via Toowoomba, Friday, 10 a.m. 232 GAYNDAHI (via via MARYBOROUGII 6 a.m. ; via Maryborough Via Ipswich, Monday, 10 a.m. ; or Mail Steamer via Mary- borough. 269 GOONDIWINDI ,,, Monday, 6 a.m...... Friday, 10 a.m. 24 IPSWICH- ... Every day (Sunday excepted), 6 Every day (Sunday excepted), at a.m., and 2 p.m. 10 a.m. and 6 p.m. 40 LAIDLEY Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday Wednesday, Friday,and Mon- (afternoon) day, 10 a.m. 125 LEYBURN via DRAYTON Wednesday, 4 a.m. Friday, 10 a.m. 565 MARLBOROUGH ...... Every Wednesday, 8 a.m. By Mail Steamer, or as oppor- tunity offers. DIST. POST TOWN. MAIL LEAVES FOR BRISBANE. MAIL ARRIVES AT BRISBANE.

322 MARYBOROUGH* via GAYNDAII Monday, Thursday, noon; or by Friday, 10 a.m. (9th day). Mail Steamer every alternateBy Mail Steamer, fortnightly ; Wednesday evening or Thurs- or as opportunity offers. day morning, to suit the tides ; or as opportunity offers 13 MOGGILL ...... „ Saturday, 6 a.m. ... Saturday, 10 a.m. 163 via ToowooMBA Tuesday, 3 p.m...... Friday, 10 a.m. NANANGO I 135 + via IPswxcn .. Saturday, 6 a.m...... Monday, 10 a.m. 419 NINDIGUALLY via SuEAT ... Every alternate -Tuesday ... Friday, 10 a.m. (11th day). 490 NEBWORTH ...... Every alternate Thursday, 6 By Mail Steamer. p.m. 8 OXLEY ...... Every day (Sunday excepted), Every day (Sunday excepted), at 8.45 a.m., 4.50 p.m. 10 a.m., and 6 p.m. 576 SPRINGSURE ...... Every alternate Monday...... By Mail Steamer. 495 ROCKHAMPTON* ...... Every alternate Monday evening Every alternate Thursday or or Tuesday morn., as tide suits Friday. 320 SURAT ...... Every Friday, 6 p.m. ,.. .. Friday, 10 a.m. (8th day). 307 TAROOM ...... Every Friday, 6 p.m. . ... Friday, 10 a.m. 755 THERESA CREEK (PEAKDown) Every alternate Friday, 6 a.m. Per Mail Steamer. 84 TOOWOOMBA* ...... Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, Wednesday, Friday, and Mon- 5 a.m. day, 10 a.m. via GAYNDAK ...... Wednesday, 6 a.m...... Friday,10 a.m. (10thday). 295 WALLA C via MABYBOROUaH .. By Mail Steamer. CIO Dim POST TOWN. MAIL LEAVES FOR BRISBANE. MAIL ARRIVES IN BRISBANE. !} -

111 WARWICK via IPSwICn Wednes ., 6 a.m., & Satur., noon Thurs., 6 p.m ., and Mon., noon. 1 via DRAYTON Monday, 3 p,m. Friday , 10 a.m. 453 WESTWOOD ...... Every alternateWednesday, 6 Friday, 10 a.m. (10th day). a.m. ; Saturday, 6 a.m. By Mail Steamer. 15 WOOGOOROO ...... 7.30 a.m., and 3.30 p.m...... Daily (Sunday excepted), 10 a.m., and 6 p.m. 513 YAAMBA Every Thursday, 8 a.m.... Per Rockhampton Mail Steamer. 482 YARAWA (N. S. W.) Every alternate Sunday ... Friday, 10 a.m. (13th day).

Those marked thus * are Money Order Offices. Mails for England, do., are despatched by A. S. N.Oompanyls Steamer on the 17th February, and on the 19th of every other month Newspapers require to be posted one hour before the time appointed for closing Malls. Norio.-- At the commencement of this year there wi ll be Post Otkoes opened at St. George 's Bridge, Balonne River, and at Curriwillmga , on the Ballandoon River , near the boundary of New South Wales , which will be mere continuations of the Surat postal line, There will also be a Post Office on the Burdekin , to which malls will be sent as opportumty offers, LIST OF ACTS, &C. 135 LIST

OF THE ACTS AND ORDINANCES

OF THE QUEENSLAND PARLIAMENT.

Passed duringthe Sessionof 1860. 23° VICTonlm 1.-An Act to Provide a Suitable Quorum for the Legislative Assembly of Queensland. (Assented to 11th June, 1860.) 24° VICTOEIX. 1.-An Act to Indemnify the Collector and Officers of Cus- toms in respect to the omitting to Collect the Duty payable upon Gold in the Colony of Queensland, and to repeal an Act of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales intituled "An Act for Granting a Duty upon Gold." (Assented to 10th July, 1860.) 2.-An Act to Limit the number of persons holding Office under the Crown who, under the Constitution Act, 17 Vic., No. 41, may be declared capable of being elected Members of the Legislative Assembly. (Assented to 17th July, 1860.) 3.-An Act to Discontinue Grants from the Revenue in aid of Religion. (Assented to 7th August, 1860.) 4.-An Act to Appoint Commissioners for the Adjustment of Accounts with the Colony of New South Wales. (Assented to 25th August, 1860.) 5.-An Act for taking an Account of the Population in 1861. (Assented to 25th August, 1860.) 6. An Act to Provide for Primary Education in Queensland. (Assented to 7th September, 1860.) 7.-An Act to Provide for the Establishment of Grammar Schools in Queensland. (Assented to 7th September, 1860.) 8.-An Act to Authorize the Appropriation out of the Con- solidated Revenue Fund of Queensland of Certain Sums to make good the Supplies granted for the Service of the year 1860. (Assented-to 11th September, 1860.) 9.-An Act to Abolish the Collection of Electoral Lists. (Assented to 11th September, 1860.) 130 LIST OF ACTS, &C.

10.-An Act to give a Lien on Wool and to make Mortgages of Sheep, Cattle, and Horses. (Assented to 11th September, 1860.) 11.-An Act for Regulating the Occupation of Unoccupied Crown Lands in the Unsettled Districts. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 12.-An Act to Regulate the Occupation of Land applied for by Tender. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 13.-An Act for the Prevention of Scab and other Diseases in Sheep. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 14.-An Act to Regulate the Exportation of Gunpowder and Warlike Stores from the Colony of Queensland. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 15.-An Act to Provide for the Alienation of Crown Lands. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 16.-An Act to Provide for the Leasing of Crown Lands Previously Occupied. (Assented to 17th September, 1860.) 17: An Act to Authorize the Appropriation out of the Con- solidated Revenue Fund of Queensland of Certain Sums to make good the Supplies granted for the Service of the year 1860-1. (Assented to 18th September, 1860.) 18.-An Act to Provide for the Augmentation of the Go- vernor's Salary. (Assented to 24th January, 1861.) -- 0 - Passeddaring the Sessionof 1861. 251 VicToais. 1.-An Act to Amend the Law of False Pretences. (Assented to 10th July, 1861.) 2.-An Act to enable Coroners in the Colony of Queensland to Admit to Bail Persons charged with Manslaughter. (Assented to 10th July, 1861.) 3.-An Act to Authorize the Raising of Loans on the Security of the Consolidated Revenues of the Colony for the Execution of Certain Public Works. (Assented to 31st July, 1861.) 4.-An Act to Amend the Law Relating to Cheques or Drafts on Bankers. (Assented to 1st August, 1861. 6.-An Act to Regulate the Qualifications of Practitioners in Medicine and Surgery, and of Chemists and Druggists. (As- sented to 1st August, 1841. 6.-An Act for the Management of Benevolent Asylum Wards in Hospitals. (Assented to 1st August, 1861.) 7.-An Act to Confer Certain Powers and Privileges on the Houses of the Parliament of Queensland. Assented to 1st August, 1861.) LIST OF ACTS, &C. 137

8.-An Act to Provide for the Establishment of Savings' Banks. (Assented to 1st August, 1861.) 9.-An Act to Grant Further Facilities for the Naturalization of Aliens. (Assented to 6th August, 1861.) 10.-An Act to Provide for the Closing of Unnecessary Roads and Streets in Towns. (Assented to 6th August, 1861.) 11. An Act to Regulate the Law between Masters and Servants. (Assented to 6th August, 1861.) 12.-An Act to Regulate the Fencing of Land in Queensland. (Assented to 6th August, 1861.) 13.-An Act to Amend the Constitution of the Supreme Court of Queensland, and to Provide for the Better Adminis- tration of Justice. (Assented to 7th August, 1861.) 14.-An Act to Simplify the Laws relating to the Transfer and Encumbrance of Freehold and other Interests in Land. (Assented to 7th August, 1861.) 15.-An Act to Provide for the Collection and Payment of the Public Moneys, and the Protection and Recovery of the Public Property, for the Audit of the Public Accounts, and the Presentation to Parliament of Annual Statements of the Receipt and Expenditure of the Public Revenues . (Assented to 7th August, 1861.) 16.-An Act to Amend an Act for Establishing Municipal Institutions. (Assented to 8th August, 1861.) 17.-An Act to Enable the Municipal Council to Erect a Bridge across the River Brisbane, and for other purposes therein mentioned. (Assented to 9th August, 1861.) 18. 'An Act for Amending the Law relating to Carriers. (Assented to 13th August, 1861.) 19.-An Act to Facilitate the Incorporation of Religious, Educational, and Charitable Institutions. (Assented to 13th August, 1861.) 20.-An Act to Authorize the Appropriation, out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, of Certain Sums to make good the Supplies granted for the Service of the Years 1862, 1861, 1860, and 1859. (Assented to 13th August, 1861.)

An Act to Incorporate the Proprietors of a certain Company, called" The Queensland Steam Navigation Company," and for other purposes therein mentioned . (Assented to 13th August, 1861.) An Act to Authorize the Making of the Moreton Bay Tram- way, and to Incorporate the Moreton Bay Tramway Company. (Assented to 13th August, 1861.) 138 LIST OF ACTS, &C.

Passedduring the FirstSession of 1862. 25Q VioToas.. 21.-An Act to Prevent the Introduction of Diseased Cattle into the Colony of Queensland, and to Check the Progress of Malignant Diseases in Cattle. (Assented to 13th January, 1862.)

Passedduring theSecond Sessionof 1862. 25° VicTOxz.M. 22.-An Act to Provide for the Collection of Customs Duties on Goods crossing the Boundary of New South Wales. (As- sented to 16th June, 1862.) 23.-An Act to Amend the Civil List annexed to Her Majesty's Order in Council of the Sixth day of June, One thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine. (Assented to 16th June, 1862.) 26° VICTORIM. 1. An Act to Provide for the Better Management of Hos- pitals in Queensland. (Assented to 2nd July, 1862.) 2.-An Act to Provide for the Better Management of the Ports and Harbors of Queensland and for the Better Regulation of Shipping and to Constitute a Board to be called the Marine Board of Queensland. (Assented to 2nd July, 1862.) 3.-An Act for Vesting all Estates and Property occupied by or for the Naval Service of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland in the Lord High Admiral or the Commis- sioners for executing the Office of Lord High Admiral of the said United Kingdom for the time being. (Assented to 2nd July, 1862.) 4.-An Act to Amend an Act to Regulate the Qualifications of Practitioners in Medicine and Surgery and of Chemists and Druggists. (Assented to 2nd July, 1862.) 5.-An Act to give the force of Law to Regulations for the Introduction and Protection of Laborers from British India. (Assented to 2nd July, 1862.) 6.-An Act to Suspend the operation of the Act to prevent the introduction of Diseases in Cattle into the Colony of Queensland and to check the progress of Malignant Diseases in Cattle. (Assented to 8th July, 1862.) 7.-An Act for the further Amendment of the Process Prac- tice and Mode of Pleading at Law in the Supreme Court, and Enlarging its Jurisdiction in Common Law Proceedings. (As- sented to 8th July, 1862.) 8.-An Act to make further provision for Pastoral Occupa- LIST OF ACTS, &C. 139 tion of Unoccupied Crown Lands. (Assented to 8th July, 1862.) 9.-An Act to Provide for an Additional Judge of the Supreme Court. (Assented to 8th July, 1862.) 10.-An Act to Authorize the Appropriation out of the Con- solidated Revenue Fund of certain Sums to make good the Supplies granted for the Service of the Years 1863, 1862, and 1861. (Assented to 9th July, 1862.) • Passed during the Second Session of 1863. 27° VICTCRIM. 1.-An Act for Transferring to one of Her Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State the powers and estates vested in the Prin- cipal Officers of the Ordnance. (Assented to 1st September, 1863.) 2.-An Act to further provide against the introduction of Scab and other Diseases in Sheep. (Assented to Ist September, 1863.) 3.-An Act to Legalize Preferable Liens on Yearly Crops. (Assented to 1st September, 1863.) 4.-An Act for the Ipcorporation, Regulation, and Winding up of Trading Companies and other Associations. (Assented to 1st September, 1863.) 5.-An Act for taking an Account of the Population in 1864. (Assented to 3rd September, 1863.) 6.-An Act to Provide for the Protection of Imported Game. (Assented to 3rd September, 1863.) 7.-An Act to Provide for the Destruction of the Bathurst Burr and certain Thistle Plants. (Assented to 3rd September, 1863.) 8.-An Act to make provision for the Construction by the Government of Railways, and for the Regulation of the same. (Assented to 3rd September, 1863.) 9. An Act to Amend and Consolidate the Laws relating to Quarantine. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 10.-An Act to Limit the Powers of Justices of the Peace in certain cases. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 11.-An Act to Consolidate and Amend the Laws relating to the Police Force. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 12.-An Act to Empower Coroners to hold Inquests concern- ing Fires. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 13-An Act to Declare the Trusts of the Site of the Ipswich Mechanics' School of Arts, and for other purposes therein con- tained. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 140 LIST OF ACTS, &C.

14.-An Act further to Amend the Constitution of the Supreme Court of Queensland, and further to Provide for the better Administration of Justice. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 15. An Act for the Protection of Oyster Fisheries. (As- sented to 21st September, 1863.) 16.-An Act to Consolidate and Amend the Laws relating to Licensed Publicans. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 17.-An Act to Consolidate and Amend the Laws relating to the Occupation of Crown Lands for Pastoral Purposes. (As- sented to 21st September, 1863.) 18. An Act to Organize the Civil Service of Queensland. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 19.-An Act to enable the Municipal Council of Brisbane to construct Water Works, and for other purposes therein men- tioned. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 20.-An Act to Give Facilities to the Corporation of the City of Brisbane to erect a Town Hall. (Assented to 21st Septem- ber, 1863.) 21.-An Act to Declare the Trusts of the South Brisbane Mechanics' Institute, and for other purposes therein contained. (Assented to 21st September, 1863) 22.-An Act to Regulate the Impounding of Cattle. (As- sented to 21st September, 1863.) 23.-An Act to Amend an Act to Provide for the Alienation of Crown Lands so far as relates to Agricultural Reserves. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) 24.-An Act to Authorize the Appropriation out of the, Consolidated Revenue Fund of certain sums to make good the Supplies granted for the years 1864,1863, and 1862. (Assented to 22nd September, 1863.) 25.-An Act to Authorize the Raising of Loans on the Security of the Consolidated Revenues of the Colony for the Execution of certain Public Works. (Assented to 22nd Sep- tember, 1863.)

An Act to Incorporate the Proprietors of a certain Banking Company called " The Commercial Banking Company of Syd- ney," and for other purposes therein mentioned. Assented to 21st September , 1863.) An Act to Facilitate Proceedings by and against a certain Banking Company called the Bank of Queensland (Limited), and to Limit the Liability of the Shareholders of the said Company, and for other purposes therein mentioned. (Assented to 21st September, 1863.) PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 111

[27TH VICT., No. 17.] 2n "Art

TO CONSOLIDATE AND AMEND THE LAWS RELAT- ING TO THE OCCUPATION OF CROWN LANDS FOR PASTORAL PURPOSES. [Assented to 21st September, 1863.

Preamble. HEREAS it is expedient to consolidate and amend the W laws relating to the waste lands of the crown occupied for pastoral purposes Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Exce llent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of Queensland in Par liament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows : Interpretation. 1. The following terms within inverted commas shall for the purposes of this Act unless the context otherwise indicate bear the meanings set against them respectively. Settled Districts "- The districts described in the schedule to this Act marked A as being of the settled class and such other districts as may from time to time be pro- claimed as such under the provisions of this Act. "Unsettled Districts "- The districts described in the sche- dule B to this Act as being of the unsettled class together with such other districts as may from time to time be proclaimed as such under the provisions of this Act. "C ro wn Lands "- All lands vested in Her Majesty which have not been dedicated to any pub lic purpose or which have not been granted or lawfully contracted to be granted to any person in fee simple or for any less estate And all lands which at the time of the passing of this Act shall not be subject to any contract promise or engagement made by or on behalf of Her Majesty and all lands which at the time of the passing of this Act may have become or which after the passing of this Act may become forfeited by reason of any breach in the conditions on which the same have been granted or contracted to be granted. " Run "-Any portion of crown lands which shall be comprised in any license granted or lease granted or applied for under this Act or under the " Unocce

"Act of 1860 " or the " Tenders for Crown Lands Act of " 1860 " or the " Pastoral Occupation Act of 1862 " or the Orders in Council of the ninth of March one thousand eight hundred and forty-seven or of the eighth February one thousand eight hundred and fifty-five or any Regu- lations made in pursuance thereof. " Gazette "-Queensland Government Gazette. " Appraisement "-Settlement of rent by appraisers to be appointed as specified in the twenty-fifth section of this Act. Partial Repeal of previous Acts 4 c. 2. On and from the commencement of this Act the Act of Parliament of New South Wales made and passed in the twenty- second year of the Reign of Her Most Gracious Majesty and numbered seventeen mtituled "An Act to impose an assessment on Runs in the unsettled and intermediate Districts and to in- crease the rent of lands leased for pastoral purposes within the settled districts of New South Wales " so far as the same affects the provisions of this Act and such parts of the Orders in Council and Regulations now in force in Queensland respecting Waste Lands of the Crown as are repugnant to any provision of this Act And also the Acts of the Legislature of Queensland intituled the " Unoccupied Crown Lands Occupation Act of 1860 " and the " Tenders for Crown Lands Act of 1860 " and the "Occupied Crown Lands Leasing Act of 1860" and the " Pastoral Occupation Act of 1862 " shall be and the same are hereby repealed Provided that nothing herein contained shall prejudice anything already lawfully done under the said Orders in Council Acts and Regulations or any of them or commenced or contracted to be done thereunder respectively or shall affect any lease or leases that may hereafter be issued thereunder. G overnor may proclaim additional districts. 3. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the Advice of the Executive Council by proclamation in the Government Gazette to create additional districts of the unsettled class and to extend the limits of the "settled districts" by including therein any portion of the " unsettled districts" Provided that no license or lease granted or contracted to be granted shall in any way be prejudiced by the lands comprised therein being brought within the settled districts. Commissioners to be appointed. 4. The Governor with the advice of the Executive Council may from time to time appoint fit and proper persons to be PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1563. 143 commissioners of crown lands and such commissioners shall ex- ecute the provisions of this Act in such districts as may be as- signed to them respectively Provided that the Governor with the advice aforesaid shall define and declare the dcties of such com- missioners in regulations to be made for that purpose pursuant to the provisions of the sixty-fifth section of this Act.

(LEASES WITHIN THE SETTLED DISTRICTS.) Leases for five years. 5. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice aforesaid to grant leases of Crown lands within the settled districts for any term not exceeding five years subject to the conditions hereinafter setforth. To be offered at auction. 6. Such leases sha ll be offered at auction at the office of the nearest convenient land agent and such auction shall be notified by proclamation pub lished in the Government Gazette not less than one month or more than three months prior to the day of sale. Upset rent. 7. The upset price shall in no case be less than at the rate of one pound per square mile according to the estimated are a and the highest bidder shall be declared the lessee and the amount of such highest bid shall be the annual rent to be paid for such lease. Time and place of payment. 8. The first year's rent shall be paid to the land agent at the time of sale and in each succeeding year sha ll be paid into the Treasury in Brisbane on or before the 30th day of September. Commencement of leases. 9. The term of any such lease shall be computed from the first day of January or July nearest the day of sale Provided that no re mission shall be made in the amount of the past year 's rent for any portion of such term which may have expired on the day of sale and that where the term of lease is to commence on a future day the purchaser may at once occupy the run. Forfeited leases. 10. In the event of any such lease being forfeited or vacated the lauds comprised therein shall be dealt with as vacant crown lands. (LEASES WITHIN THE UNSETTLED DISTRICTS.) Leases for fourteen years. 11. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice afore- said to grant leases for pastoral purposes of Crown Lands within 144 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. the unsettled districts for any term not exceeding fourteen years subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth. Mode of obtaininga run. 12. If any person be desirous of obtaining a run he shall make application in writing to the commissioner of the district in which such run is situated for a license to occupy the same for one year from the granting of such license and shall at the time of making such application deposit with such commissioner an acknowledgment or receipt from the person duly authorised to grant the same that money sufficient to cover the occupation fee payable by such applicant at the rate of ten shillings per square mile has been received at the Treasury and shall accompany his application with a declaration (in the form contained in the sche- dule to this Act marked C) to the effect that he has occupied the said run with stock to an extent equal to one-fourth of the num- ber of sheep or equivalent number of cattle which such run shall by this Act be deemed to be capable of carrying and if the said commissioner shall be satisfied that the provisions of this Act have been complied with and that the land is open for license he shall grant a license to the applicant But if the commissioner be aware that the land applied for is wholly or in part already under authorized occupation or reserved for any special purpose he may refuse a license and such issue or refusal shall be recorded in the register of applications for licenses Provided always that if the value of the acknowledgments or receipts so deposited as aforesaid shall in any case exceed the amount of the occupation fee payable by the person depositing the same the Commissioner shall return to him any such unexhausted acknowledgment or receipt after endorsing thereon the amount for which the same is still available. Additional fee to be paid if Commissioner estimates area to . exceed that stated in the application. 13. Provided that if the said commissioner shall estimate the area of the lands applied for to be greater than that on which the fee shall have been paid then a further sum of ten shillings for every square mile estimated by him to be in excess of the area paid for shall be paid into the hands of the said commissioner within ninety days from the date of notice by the said commis- sioner that the said further sum is due and in default of such payment the license together with the fee paid thereon shall be forfeited Provided also that if it shall subsequently be ascertained that such license included lands previously granted or was ob- tained bi means of any false representation the same shall be cancelled. PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 145

Description of Runs to be giveg on application for license. 14. All applications for licenses shall be in the form required by any regulation to be made in pursuance of this Act and shall contain clear descriptions of the runs applied for and the boun- daries thereof and the marks or natural features by which such boundaries are indicated so as nearly as may be to describe the run according to the provisions of section fifteen of this Act Provided that it shall be lawful for the commissioner or other officer duly authorised to amend any such description and to in- sert such amended description either in the license or in the lease to be applied for and granted as hereinafter provided as well as in the book to be kept by the commissioner as hereinafter mentioned. Area of .Runs. 15. Each run shall consist of not less than twenty-five square miles nor more than one hundred square miles and shall be of rectangular form in which the external lines shall run east and west and north and south and the length of each run shall be as nearlyas may be equal to the width subjecthowever to such deviations as the general features of the country and the adop- tion of natural boundaries may require but in no case shall the extreme length of any run exceed three tithes the mean width thereof and subject also to the exclusion of water necessary to the beneficial occupation of adjoining lands Provided that in com- puting the area of any run it shall be competent for the local commissioner to exclude any portion which may be unavailable for pastoral purposes Provided that the portion so excluded shall in no case exceed half the area comprehended within the external boundaries. Applications to be entered in a book to be kept by the Com- missioner. 16. Every such application sha ll be entered in a book to be kept by the commissioner of the district for that purpose every such entry shall contain a description of the run applied for and shall be then and there signed by the applicant or his authorised agent and such book shall be open for inspection by all persons on demand and on payment of a fee of two shillings and six- pence Provided always that it shall not be lawful for any com- missioner or assistant commissioner to sign the said book as agent for any applicant. When applications may be made. 17. Applications for runs as aforesaid may be made and shall be received at the usual office of the district commissioner on all L 14G PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863.

days except Sundays and such other days as the Governor with the adviceaforesaid sha ll declarein any regulationto be issued under this Act between the hours of ten o'clock in the forenoon and four o'clock in the afternoon and at no other time or place and all app lications made on the same day between those hours shall be considered as having been made at the same time. If applications made at same time licenses to be regulated by occupation. 18. If two or more persons occupy the same country and shall apply for it at the same time preference shall be given and a license issued to each applicant for such blocks of the said country as he shall by actual survey be found to be entitled to by virtue of having been the first to occupy the same with stock. Area to be divided rateably between persons occupying at the same time. 19. If two or more such persons applying at the same time sha ll be be found to have stocked at the same time the country for which they apply and that the runs applied for are identical or partly so or should their boundaries be found to clash the commissioner shall when necessary adjust the boundaries and divide the country fairly between the applicants if the same be sufficient for all But should the number of blocks so applied for be insufficient for all the parties and none be willing to withdraw their application each block shall then be submitted separately on the ground to competition among the said applicants only and the license to occupy issued in all cases to the highest bidder. Upset price of license. 20. The upset price at which a license shall be offered to com- petition under the last preceding section shall be ten shillings per square mile on the estimated area and the highest amount bid shall be the license fee for the term of one year from the day of sale but such amount shall in no way affect the amount of rent to be charged on any lease of the said run which may be subse- quently granted to the licensee. Occupation fee to be refunded if license refused or cancelled 21. In all cases whore a license is refused or cancell ed the Government shall on demand refund the occupation fee. Return of licenses to be published. 22. A return of all licenses granted under this Act shall not less than once in six months be published in the Government Gazette together with the descriptions given in such licenses PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 147 and all such pub lications shall be made at the expense of the licensee. Leases may be granted on application. 23. Any holder of a license may at any time not less than th re e months prior to the expiration of the year for which his license has been granted apply to the Chief Commissioner of Crown Lands through the district commissioner for a lease of the run comprised in such license and a lease of the same at the rent hereinafter specified shall be granted to such holder for a period of fourteen years subject to the following conditions. lent to be paid. Amount of rent during first four years.- Amount of rent during residue of term. 24. The lessee of every run shall during the continuance of his lease pay a yearly rent for the same as hereinafter men- tioned and such yearly re nt shall be payable at the Treasury in Brisbane on the thirtieth day of September in each year and at the rates following First The rent to be paid for each run during the first four years of any lease of the same shall be a sum of ten shillings per square mile according to an estimate of the area of such run to be made by the commissioner and by the party applying and in the event of their not agre eing by an umpire to be appointedas hereinafterprovided Secondly The rent payable in respectof such leasefor the succeeding five years and five years being the residue of the term com- prised in such lease shall be the appraisement made at the commencement of such periods of five years and five years respectively in proportion to the value of the run its capabi lities advantages and disadvantagesbeing considered Provided always that in no case during the first period of five years shall the rent be after a less rate than twenty-five pounds nor a greater than fifty pounds and during the second period of five years in no case shall it be less than after the rate of thirty pounds nor more than seventy pounds per block of twenty- five square miles. Mode of estimating the rental of runs .If lessee shall refuse or fail to appoint a valuer Commissioner shall have the power to appoint him. 25.-In order to estimate the rent of each run the lessee sha ll at some time during the fourth and ninth years of his lease and not less than three months previous to the expiration thereof respectively nominate in writing to a commissioner of the district in which his run is situated a valuer on behalf of himself and such commissioner shall act as valuer on behalf of L* 148 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863.

the Crown or name one to act for him and these two valuers shall nominate an umpire before commencing their valuation but if they cannot agree in the choice of an umpire he shall be appointed by the Governor with the advice of the Executive Council Provided that if the lessee shall neglect or refuse within the space of three months after notice in writing to be given to him for that purpose by such commissioner to appoint a valuer it shall be lawful for such commissioner to appoint a valuer on such lessee's behalf and such valuer shall be a valuer appointed by and acting on behalf of such lessee and every valuation made under such appointment (as well as all other valuations under this Act) shall be published in the Government Gazette within two months after the same has been determined upon and shall thenceforth be deemed to be valid. Date of lease. 26. The term of every such lease shall be computed from the first day of January or July next preceding the expiration of the license in respect of which the lease is granted. If lease not applied for runs to be dealt with as vacant Crown lands. 27. If any licensee of a run shall omit or neglect to apply for a lease of the same within the time specified in this Act and according to the provisions thereof or shall fail to obtain a lease of the same or shall fail to keep up the amount of stock required to be on the run at the time of obtaining the license such run shall be dealt with as vacant Crown lands. Defined capability of runs. 28. Every run shall be deemed to be capable of carrying at least one hundred sheep or twenty head of cattle per square mile. Lessee may register contiguous runs not exceeding 200 square miles as a consolidated run and place the stock on any part thereof. 29. Where a licensee or lessee shall have two or more runs adjoining each other not exceeding in the aggregate two hundred square miles he may apply to the commissioner to register the same as a consolidated run and after such registration it shall be sufficient that the amount of stock required to be main- tained on the several runs be depastured on any part of the consolidated run. Lease will be forfeited.if stock be not maintained thereon. 30. If the lessee of a run shall fail to keep the same stocked to at least one-fourth part of the grazing capabilities thereof PASTORAL LEASES ACT of 1863. 149 as defined by the twenty -eighth section of this Act unless pre- vented by unavoidable accident the lease shall be thereby forfeited. Sale at auction of leases of forfeited and vacated runs. 31. All runs whether leased under this Act or any of the hereinbefore repealed Acts or Orders in Council -which may be forfeited or vacated during the currency of the first lease thereof may be offered for sale by pub lic auction for the residue of the term of the original lease computed from the nearest first day of January or July The upset pricesha ll be ten shillingsper square mile according to the estimated area and the highest amount bid sha ll be the annual rent to be paid for the re- mainder of the first four years or the second term of five years or the third term of five years respectively which may be current at the time of sale and shall not interfere with the appraisement of rent in the fourth or ninth years of the original term of lease as provided in the twenty -fourth section of this Act. If not sold may be off ered at a lower upset price. 32. Any such lease if unsold may be once again put up for sale in like manner and if not then sold the G overnor with the advice aforesaid may reduce the minimum upset rent to such sum as may be deemed just and reasonable and the same shall be againsubglitted for sale as aforesaidat such reducedupset price. Time and place of payment of rent. 33. The amount of the first year's rent shall be paid to the land agent at the time of sale and in each succeeding year the rent shall be paid into the Treasury in Brisbane on or before the 30th day of September. Runs purchased at auction to be stocked within six months. 34. If the purchaser of the remainder of a lease sha ll fail to stock the run within six months from the day of saleto the extent of one-fourth part of its grazing capabili ties as defined in the twenty-eighth section of thisAct or shall not thereafter maintain that amount of stock thereon unlessprevented by unavoidable accident the lease may be cancelled.

RENEWAL of LEASES IN BOTH : THE SETTLED DISTRICTS AND THE UNSETTLED DISTRICTS.) G overnor may grant renewed lease for five years. 35. Upon the expiration of the current terms of lease for which any Crown lands in either the settled districts or the 150 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. unsettled districts are now held for pastoral purposes under any of the hereinbefore repealed Acts or Order in Council or under any existing regulations or may be hereafter held under the provisions of this Act it shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice aforesaid to grant renewed leases for five years ubject to the conditions hereina ft er set forth. Rent to be determinedby valuation. 36. Upon app lication fr om the occupant not less than six months before the expiration of any lease of Crown lands for pastoral purposes the fair annual value of lands comprised in such lease shall be determined for the five years next ensuing the expiration of such lease by valuation to be made according to the provisions of section twenty-five of this Act and such valuation shall be based upon the grazing capabi lities and other advantagesor disadvantagesof such lands but shall not have reference to any buildings or other improvements that may have been erected or made thereon and shall be the annual rent during the currency of such lease and such rent shall be paid into the Treasury in Brisbane on the thirtieth day of September in each year Provided always that in no case shall the rent be less than one pound per square mile. If lease be not renewed to former occupant run to be let by auction. 37. In the event of such occupant not applying as aforesaid for a valuation of the lands comprised in his lease in order to obtain a renewal thereof according to the terms of such valua- tion as aforesaid then such lands shall be let to the person bidding the highest rent for the same at pub lic auction The upset price shall be not less than at the rate of one pound per square mile on the estimated area but if there be no bidders at such upset rent then it shall be lawful for the Governor with the adviceaforesaid to reducesuch upset rent accordingas he may think fit and again to submit the lease of such lands to pub lic auction. Compensation for improvements. 38. Any person not being the previous occupant of such lands who may obtain the renewed lease thereof shall in addi- tion to his rent pay into the Treasury before entering upon such lands the amount that may be fixed by arbitration in manner provided in the twenty -fifth section of this Act as being the value of the permanent improvements including we lls reservoirs and dams on such lands and such amount shall be forthwith paid to the outgoinglessee Provided thatif the leasebe twice PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 151 offered at auction at an upset rent of not more than one pound per square mile and there are no bidders for the same the outgoing lessee shall not thereafter be entitled to any com- pensation for the value of such improvements. Time of payment of rent. 39. The first year's rent shall be paid at the time of sale and in each succeeding year the rent shall be paid into the Treasury in Brisbane on or before the thirtieth day of September.

(TENDERS FOR LEASES UNDER THE ORDERS IN COUNCIL.) Conditions under which leases tendered for under the Orders in Council may be granted. 40. In the event of any tender for a lease of a ,new run of Crown lands which has been received under the herembefore repealed Orders in Council being accepted after the passing of this Act the lease to be issued thereunder shall be subject to all the conditions applicable to first leases under this Act with the following exceptions that in the settled districts the rent shall be at the rate of one pound per square mile with the addition of any premium offered in the tender and in the unsettled dis- tricts that the premium shall be paid in addition to the rent as defined by the twenty-fourth section of this Act and that it shall be necessary to stock the run within twelve months from the datewhen the acceptanceof the tenderssha ll have been notified in the Government Gazette.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF LEASES FOR PASTORAL PURPOSES IN BOTH THE SETTLED D ISTRICTS AND THE U NSETTLED DISTRICTS.) General Conditions applied to all leases. 41. All leases granted under this Act whether in the settled districts or the unsettled districts shall be subject to the general conditions hereinafter set forth. Penalty for non-payment of rent. 42. If default be made in the payment of the rent the lease shall be forfeited but the lessee shall be permitted to defeat the forfeiture and prevent its becoming absolute by payment within ninety days from the date of the original rent day of the full annual rent with the addition of a sum equal to one-fourth part thereof by way of penalty but unless the whole of the said yearly rent together with such penalty as aforesaid shall be paid within the term of ninety days counting from the original rent day inclusive the lease shall be absolutely forfeited. 152 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OP 1863.

Grants for public purposes. 43. Nothing in this Act contained sha ll pre vent the Governor with the advice afore said from making grants or sales for public purposes of any lands comprised in any license or lease or dis- posing of in such other manner as for the public interest may seem best such lands as may be required for the sites of schools or for the construction of high roads or railways or railway stations or for other internal communications whether by land or water or for the use or benefit of the aboriginal inhabitants of the country or for pub lic buildings or as places for the inter- ment of the dead or places for the recreation and amusement of the inhabitants of any town or village or as the sites of pub lic quays or landing places on the sea coast or shores of navigable streams or for the purpose of sinking shafts and digging for gold coal iron copper lead or other minerals and effectua lly working gold coal iron copper lead or other minerals or for any other purpose of public defencesafety uti lity convenienceor enjoyment or for otherwise facilitating the improvement and settlement of the colony. Resumption of run. 44. The whole or any portion of any run may be reserved for pub lic purposes or resumed for sale or otherwise after giving twelve months ' notice in writing to the lessee or occupier In case of resumption the proportionate rent paid or to be paid in respect of the quantity of land so resumed wi ll be returned or allowed to the lessee. Value of improvements may be claimed on resumption. 45. Whenever it shall be deemed expedient to resume for any purpose any land includedin a leaseand whenever the term of any lease shall expire the lessee may claim the value of improvements effected on land so resumed or of which the lease sha ll so expire if such claim is made within four months after notice of such intended resumption or after the expiry of such term such value to be ascertained by valuation to be made in the manner prescribed by the twenty -fifth section of this Act and such valuation shall be conclusive and payment shall be made to the lessee according to such valuation Provided always that such claim shall not be allowed to any such lessee who shall take the land included in such lease under any re newal or new lease thereof. Transfers of leases. 46. Licenses and leases of runs may be transferred on appli- cation to the Chief Commissioner or other officer appointed in PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 153 that behalf and returns of such transfers shall be published from time to time in the Government G azette. Description of leased lands. 47. In any license or lease granted under the provisions of this Act or the Orders in Council of the ninth March 1847 or the " Unoccupied Crown Lands Occupation Act of 1860" or the " Tenders for Crown Lands Act of 1860" or the " Occupied Crown Lands Leasing Act of 1860" or the " Pastoral Occupa- tion Act of 1862" it shall be sufficient if the land thereby grantedor demised be definedaccording to the bestdescription of such land and of the boundaries thereof which may have been procurable notwithstanding that such description may not have been prepared afteractual survey and no license or lease shall be liable to be set aside by reason only of the imperfection of any such descriptionso long as the land shall therebybe definedwith reasonablecertainty. Proviso for amendment of defective descriptions. 48. Provided that if after the issue of any such lease it shall be found on surveyor by mutual consent of the partiesinter- estedthat the descriptionof the boundariesof the run therein contained does not describe with sufficient certainty the lands thereby intended to be demised it shall be competent for the Governor with the advice aforesaidto cancelsuch leaseby notice to that effect in the Government Gazette and thereupon issue a fresh lease for the remainder of the term and embody therein an amended description of the run. Cost of survey to be paid by lessee but not exceeding six shillings per square mile. 49. If any runs which have been licensed or leased under the hereinbefore repealed Orders in Council or under the " Unoc- cupied Crown Lands Occupation Act of 1860" or the " genders for Crown Lands Act of 1860 " or the " Occupied Crown Lands Leasing Act of 186V " or the " Pastoral Occupation Act of 1862 " or under the provisions of this Act shall have been or shall be surveyed by the Government the cost of such survey not in any case exceeding six shillings per square mile on the area com- prised in the run shall be defrayed by the licensee or lessee (as the case may be) and in default of payment within six months from the date on which such payment shall have been required by notice published in the Government Gazette the Governor with the advice aforesaid may cancelthe licenses or leasesof the runs or which the cost of survey has not been paid. 154 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863.

Passage of stock. 50. Any person driving horses cattle or sheep along any road used or requiredfor the purpose of travelling may depasture the same on any crown lands unless the same are enclosed within the distance of one half mile of such road notwithstanding any lease of any such land for pastoral purposes Pro vided that un- lessprevented by rain or floodsuch horses or cattlesha ll be moved at least seven miles and such sheep at least four miles in one and the same direction within every successive period of twenty-four hours and any person or persons driving horses cattle or sheep and depasturing the same contrary to the pro- visions of this clause shall forfeit and pay a sum not exceeding twenty pounds to be recovered before any two justices of the peaceat any courtof petty sessionsand for every subsequent offence shall forfeit a like sum Provided that no information for any subsequent offence sha ll be laid until the expiration of one week succeeding the filing of any preceding information. Licenses to out timber 4"c. may be granted provided that any reasonable objection may be entertained by Government. 51. The Governor with the adviceaforesaid may (subjectto any regulations to be made as hereinafter enacted ) authorize the commissioners or bench of magistrates to issue licenses for any term not exceeding one year to enter any crown lands whether under lease or license or not and to cut and take there from any timber and to dig for and re move any gravel stone brick earth she lls or other material but not within two miles of any head station unless by consent of the lessee Provided that the fee fixed for such license shall be paid in advance Provided also that any lessee may make any reasonable objection to the granting of such licenseand thegranting or withholdingof such license after any objection shall have been made to the commissioner or bench of magistrates shall be determined by the Governor with the advice aforesaid Provided that any lessee may by notice in writing to that effect given to any such licensee res- trict him or her fr om exercising his or her rights as such licensee in any given spot to be mentioned in such notice for a period not exceeding one month and such licensee may with in such period appeal to the commissioner or nearest bench of magis- trates who shall have power respectively to decide the matter in issue between the parties and such licensee shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds if after such notice givenas aforesaidor in the eventof the matter in issuebeing decided againsthim he or she shall exercisethe rightof a PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 155 licensee and such penalty may be recovered before any two or mo re justices of the peace in petty sessions. Use of timber or material by lessees. 52. Lessees of runs shall be permitted to cut and use such timber and material for building and other purposes as may be required by them as tenants of their several lands. Removal of timber and material by other than lessees. 53. Except as provided in the fifty- first section of this Act lessees of runs shall not have power to restrict other persons duly authorized by the Government either in cutting or re- moving timber or material for building or other purposes or from searching for any metal or mineral within the run leased. Commonage proclamation and regulations. 54. The Governor with the advice aforesaid may proclaim and set apart temporarily any crown lands for commonage pur- poses for the use and benefit of the inhabitants of any city town or village or other specified locality and may make and proclaim regulations for the management of such commonage or depute or permit and suffer the mayor and corporation of any munici- pality to manage such commonage and to make rules and regu- lations for the management of the same. Right to enter on lands. 55. Nothing in this Act or in any license or lease granted thereundersha ll be held to prejudiceor interruptthe rightof the Governor or of any officer duly authorized in that behalf by the Governor with the advice aforesaid to go upon any lands included in any license or lease or to make any survey inspec- tion or examination of the same. In case of dispute Governor may refer. 56. Whenever any dispute shall arise as to the boundaries of any runs it shall be lawful for the Governor or the officer duly authorized to act in that behalf to require the same to be settled by arbitration and such arbitration shall be in all respects con- ducted in the manner pointed out by the twenty-fifth section of this Act with respect to the determination of the rent of such runs Provided that nothing herein contained shall be held to bind the Governor to refer any such dispute to arbitration or to issue any lease pursuant to the award of such arbitration un- less the same shall be approved by him. Declaration to be made. 57. Before any commissioner of crown lands arbitrator ap- praiser or umpire shall enter into the consideration of any mat- 156 PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. ter referred to him he shall in the presence of a justice of the peacemake and subscribethe following declarationthat is to say- " I do solemnly and sincerely declarethat I have no pecuniaryor other interesteither directly or indirectly in the matter in question that I will faithfully and honestly and to the best of my skill and ability hear and determine the matters referred to me under the provisions of the " Pastoral Leases Act 1863." "Made and subscribed in the presence of .11 And such declaration shall be annexed to the award when made. Removal of trespassers. 58. On information in writing preferred by any commissioner of crown lands or other person duly authorized in that behalf to any justice of the peace setting forth that any person is in the unlawful occupation of any crown lands or land reserved or dedicated for any public purpose such justice shall issue his summons for the appearance before any two Justices of the Peace at a place and time therein specified of the person so informed against and at such time and place such two justices on appearanceof such personor on due proof of the serviceof such summons on him or at his usual or last place of abode or business shall hear and inquire into the subject matter of such information and on being satisfied of the truth thereof either by the admission of the person informed against or on other evi- dence such justices shall issue their warrant addressed to the sheriff or deputy-sheriff or commissioner of crown lands or to any chief or district constable requiring him forthwith to dis- possess and remove such person from such land and to take possession of the same on behalf of Her Majesty and the person to whom such warrant is addressed shall forthwith carry the same into execution. Penaltiesfor trespassing. 59. Any person unless lawfully claiming under any subsisting lease or license or otherwise under this Act who shall be found occupying any crown land or land granted reserved or dedicated for public purposes either by residing or by erecting any hut or building thereon or by clearing digging up enclosing or culti- vating any part thereof or cutting timber otherwise than fire- wood not for sale thereon shall be liable on conviction to a penalty not exceeding five pounds for the first offence and not exceeding ten pounds for the second offence and not exceeding twenty pounds for the third or any subsequent offence Pro- PASTORAL LEASES ACT OF 1863. 157 vided that no information shall be laid for any second or sub- sequent offence until thirty clear days shall have elapsed from the dateof the previousconviction. Limitation of action. 60. All actions or other proceedings against any Commis- sioner of Crown lands or other officer acting under the pro. visions of this Act for anything wrongfully done under or against the provisions of this Act shall be commenced within twelve months after the matter complained of was committed and not otherwise And notice in writing of any such action and of the cause thereof shall be given to the defendant one month at least before the commencement of the proceeding And in every such proceedingthe defendant may plead the general issue and give this Act and the special matter in evidence at any trial to be had thereupon and no plaintiff shall recover in any such proceeding if tender of sufficient amends shall have been made before the same was commenced or if a sufficient sum of money shall have been paid into court after such commencement by or on behalf of the defendant together with costs incurred up to the time And if a verdict shall pass for the defendant or the plaintiff shall become nonsuit or dis- continue such proceeding or if upon demurrer or otherwise judgment shall be given against the plaintiff the defendant shall recover his full costs as between attorney and client and have the like remedy for the same as any defendant has by law in othercases. No quashing for error nor "certiorari." 61. No order judgment or proceeding made touching or con- cerning the matters aforesaid or touching or concerning the conviction of any offender against this Act shall be quashed or vacated for want of form only or be removed or removeable by certiorari into the Supreme Court. Instruments under Act to be evidence. 62. Any lease or other instrument issued under this Act may be proved in all legal proceedings by the production of a cer- tified copy thereof signed by the officer to be authorized for that purpose under any regulation made as hereinafter enacted. Penalty for false declaration 63. Any person making a false declaration under this Act shall be deemed guilty of perjury. Licenses beyond the settled and unsettled districts. 64. The Governor with the advice aforesaid may grant annual licenses to occupy runs beyond the districts proclaimed as of J58 PASTORAL' LEASES ACT OF 1863.

the unsettled class and in the event of such runs being brought withinthe unsettleddistricts the holdersof such licensesmay apply in accordance with the provisions of the twenty-third sectionof thisAct for leasesof the runs actually stockedby them. Governor may make regulations. 65. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice afore- said from time to time to make vary and alter regulations respecting the forms of leases and licenses granted under this Act and respecting all matters and things necessary to give effect to the same and every such regulation shall be published in the Gazette and when published shall have the force of law Provided such regulations are in accordance with the provisions of this Act. Regulations to be laid before Parliament. 66. A copy of all regulations made under the authority of this Act shall be laid before the Parliament within fourteen days from the publication thereof if the Parliament shall be then sitting and if the Parliament shall not be then sitting then within fourteen days after the commencement of the next Sessioli. Commencement and short title. 67. This Act shall commence on the first day of December next and shall be styled and maybe cited as the "Pastoral Leases Act of 1863."

SCHEDULE A. SE?TLEDDisrarcrs . Pastoral Districts - Moreton , Port Curtis , and Wide Bay.

SCHEDULE B. DasETTtaD Drsrarcrs . Pastoral Daatriota- Burnett, Darling Downs, Ken- nedy, Leichhardt , Maranoa East, Maranoa West, and Mitchell.

SCHEDULE C. I A. B. being the occupant [or manager for the occupant] of the Run now applied for called in the dist ri ct of do solemnlydeclare that the said Run has been stockedby me to the extent of one-fourth of its grazing capabilities as defined by the twenty- eighth section of the "Pastoral Leases Act of 1863" and that the Run con- tinues to be so stocked to the present time with sheep and cattle. (Signed) A. B Declared before me at this day of J. P. AGRICULTURAL RESERVES ACT

[27TH VICT., No. 2 an Ad jF. TO AMEND AN ACT TO PRO FOR THE ,P ALIENATION OF CROWN LAI k; FAQ */ RELATES TO AGRICULTURAL R$B [Assented to 21st Septe

Preamble. WHEREAS it is expedientto facilitatethe acquisitionof land for the purposes of agriculture and to amend the law relating to the alienation of Crown lands in agricultural reserves Be it therefore enacted by the Queen 's Most Exce llent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of Queensland in Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows- Repeal of the 10 11 and 13 sections of the Act 24 Victoria No. 15. Existing contractssaved. 1. F ro m and after the passing of this Act so much of the Act entitled " The Alienation of Crown Lands Act of 1860" as is contained in the tenth eleventh and thirteenth sections shall be and the same is hereby repealed Provided that nothing herein contained sha ll prejudice anything already lawfully done or commenced or contracted to be done under the provisions of the said Act. Agricultural Reserves to be proclaimed .- Prov¢so. 2. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice of the Executive Council by proclamation published fr om time to time in the Government Gazette to define and set apart for agricul- tural occupation such lands as may be deemed expedient and the said lands shall be denominated agricultural reserves P ro - vided that there shall at no time be a less quantity of available land open for selectionwithin the said agriculturalreserves than fifty thousand acres on the shores or navigable waters of Moreton Bay Wide Bay Port Curyia and Keppel Bay and also within seven miles of all towns whose inhabitants shall exceed five hund re d in number not less than two thousand five hundred acres Provided alsothat the Governor with the adviceafore- said may by proclamation withdraw and deal with the same as country lands or otherwise the whole or any parts of the land comprised in any such agricultural reserve. 160 AGRICULTURAL RESERVES ACT OF 1863.

Lands in agricultural reserves to be surveyed and proclaimed open for sale. 3. The lands within agricultural reserves shall be surveyed into portions of not less than eighteen acres or more than three hundred and twenty acres and such portions shall be offered for sale at a fixed price of twenty shillings per acre at the office of the land agent for the district and all particulars of such sale shall be notified by proclamation in the Government Gazette not less than one month nor more than three months prior to the day of.sale. Mode of purchasing lands by selection 4. Any person desiring to purchase land in an agricultural reserve after the same has been proclaimed open for sale may apply to the land agent for the district in which the reserve is situated and shall point out the particular portion of land and shall at the same time pay to the land agent the sum of twenty shillings for every acre together with the amount of deed fee and he shall subject to the provisions hereinafter contained be deemed to be the purchaser of said land and entitled to a grant in fee simple. Special surveys may be made at the expense of the applicant. 5. If any person shall desire to purchase a portion of land within an agricultural reserve but which land shall not have been surveyed or actually in course of survey for sale as pro- vided in the last preceding section be may apply to the Sur- veyor-General or other officer authorized in that behalf for permission to employ a licensed surveyor to effect the survey of the land at the expense of the app licant and such application shall contain a clear description of the locality in which the portion of land. is situated and shall be accompanied by a certificate by an officer authorised for that purpose that a sum equal to twenty shillings or land orders to that amount for each acre together with the amount of deed fee has been paid into the Treasury of the Colony and unless it shall appear to the Surveyor -General that the land ought to be specially reserved fr om non-competitive sale as a village or town reserve or for any other public purpose he shall thereupon issue suit- able instructionsfor the guidanceof the licensedsurveyor in marking the boundaries of the land according to'the rules of the Surveyor -General's department or such as may be specia lly necessary to be observed in the particular loca lity referred to Provided that in no case shall the area of such special survey be less than eighty acres or more than three hundred and AGRICULTURAL RESERVES ACT OF 1863. 161

twenty acres and provided also that any applicant under this clause sha ll make his application to the Surveyor-uleneral in the form prescribed in the schedule B of this Act. Survey to be completed within three months.-Proviso as to the resumption of land for the formation of roads. 6. If within three months after the issue of the instructions for survey the applicant shall produce to the Surveyor-General a proper plan and field book of the survey by a duly licensed surveyor accompanied by a certificate by said surveyor that the boundaries have been in every respect marked in accordance with the rules of the Surveyor-General's department the applicant shall subject to the provisions hereinafter contained be deemed to be the purchaser of the land and entitled to a deed of grant thereof. Provided that if within ten years from the date of purchase it shall be found expedient to resume any portion of the land for the formation of any public road the owner thereof shall be compensated by a valuation to be made by two valuers one of whom shall be appointed by the Surveyor- General on behalf of the Government and the other by the owner and the two shall choose an umpire whose decision in case of disagreement shall be final. Proof of fulfilment of conditions of selection. 7. If within twelve months from the date of selection the selector of land in an Agricultural Reserve shall make a declaration in the form contained in the schedule to this Act that he has actually resided on the lands held by him in the said reserve for a period of not less than six months and that he has cultivated not less than one-sixth of the land so selected and shall have fenced in the said selection with a substantial fence of not less than two rails then a deed of grant shall be issuedto such selectorProvided that the Governor or other officer appointed in that behalf may require any reasonable evidence in support of the truth of such declaration. Forfeiture in case of non fullment of conditions of selection. 8. If any person selecting lands in an agricultural reserve shall fail to occupy and improve the same as required by section seven of this Act then the right and interest of such selector to the land selected shall cease and determine and the amount of the purchase-money less by one-fourth part shall be refunded to him by the issue of a land order entitling the holder to the remission of such three-fourths of the same in the purchase of other Crown lands. X 162 AGRICULTURAL RESERVES ACT OF 1863.

Selections to be conterminous and not to exceed three hundred and twenty acres. -Minor agent or trustee not permitted to select. 9. The portions of land selected by any one person in an Agricultural Reserve shall be conterminous and shall in no case exceed in the whole three hundred and twenty acres and no minor agent or trustee shall select land in any such reserve. Conditions as to pastoral leases brought within agricultural reserves. 10. If any lands held under lease for pastoral purposes be brought within the limits of an agricultural reserve such lease shall not be thereby cancelled but such lands shall be notwith- standing open to purchase m like manner as any other part of the reserve Provided that the Governor with the advice aforesaid may at any time withdraw the whole or any part of said-lands from such lease. Persons making false declarations shall be guilty of perjury. 11. Any person making a false declaration under the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of perjury. Refund of purchase -money in case of forfeiture. 12. In all cases in which any land shall have been selected in any agricultural reserve under the provisions of the Crown Lands Alienation Act of 1860 and the same shall have become forfeited by reason of non-compliance by any selector with the provisions of the said Act it shall be lawful to refund the purchase-money by means of the issue of transferable land orders to the extent in value of the said purchase-money less ten per cent. The Governor may make regulations. 13. It shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice aforesaid from time to time to make or alter in accordance with the provisionsof thisAct such regulationsas may be necessary to give effect to the same and all such regulations shall be published in the Government Gazette and when so published shall have the force of law and a copy of the same shall be laid before the Parliament within fourteen days after the publi- cation thereof or if the Parliament be not then sitting then within fourteen days after its next meeting for the despatch of business. Short title. 14. This Act shall be styled and may be cited as the "Agricultural Reserves Act of 1863." IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS. 163

SCHEDULE A. Declaration of residence and improvement in an Agricultural Reserve. I being of the full age of twenty -one years do solemnly and sincerely declare that I have actually resided on the lands selected by me in the Agricultural Reserve fr om the to the being a period of not less than six months and that I have cultivated not less than one -sixth of the said land and have fenced in the said selection with a substantial fence of not less than two rails.

SCHEDULE B. I the undersigned do hereby state my desire to become the selector of acres in Agricultural Reserve I declare that I live in Queensland and that I am above the age of twenty- one years and that I apply for such portion on my own behalf and for my own use and not as an agent or trustee for any other person whatsoever and thatI have not applied for any other portion of land in the said Agricultural Reserve and I further declare that I apply for the said portion in order that I may use and occupy the same and that I have not entered into any agreement to sell demise or mortgage the said portion. [Signature.] Decla re d before me this [Signature J. P.]

IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS.

Land Orders given to Immigrants. 1. A land order for £18 will be given on arrival to every adult male or female steerage immigrant , proceeding from the United Kingdom to Queensland, who shall in every respect have satisfied the requirements of these or any subsequent regula- tions, and who shall have conformed to the provisions of the Passenger Act, and to the rules established for maintaining health and order on board ship. Shipowners. 2. This land order may be given to ship -owners or others providing passages for immigrants, under the direct superin- tendence , and with the certified approval, of the Queensland Emigration Agent in London. Grants of Land to Cabin and Intermediate Passengers. 3. All cabin and intermediate passengers , qualified as re quired in regulation 1, above, will be allowed to select 30 acres of surveyed country land in one block, and will receive the deed of grant of such land after two years continuous residence in the colony ; such residence to be proved to the satisfaction of the Government. 164 IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS.

Land Order Warrant must be Produced on Arrival. 4. All immigrants claiming land orders or land grants under the preceding regulations must produce at the Colonial Secre- tary's office in Brisbane, a land order warrant from the Queens- land Emigration Office in London ; and no land order or grant will be issued except upon the production of such warrant. Qualifications of Immigrants. 5. Land order warrants will not be issued by the Queensland Emigration Agent in London, unless the emigrants applying for the same shall have produced in the prescribed form satisfactory proof of age, character,health, and previousoccupation, nor unless the ship in which they sail shall have been approved by the said Emigration Agent, and shall carry such quslified medi- cal superintendent and subordinate officers as shall be required. Age. 6. Persons applying for land order warrants must be, if men, under forty, if women, under thirty-five years of age ; but no land order will be granted to or on account of the passage of any unmarried female immigrant , unless accompanied by her parents. Class. 7. The only persons eligible for steerage passages under these regulations are, domestic servants, farm or other laborers, and mechanics. By laborers is to be understood those whose labor has been connected with the land, such as gardeners, vine- dressers , road -makers, miners, quarrymen , &c. By mechanics, not skilled persons, as engineers , machinists , painters , printers, &c., but such as blacksmiths , bricklayers , masons, sawyers, car- penters, shipwrights, wheelwrights, &c. Land Orders how Available. 8. All land orders wi ll be received in any purchase, by auction or otherwise, of country lands, but not of suburban or town lands, as equivalent in cash to the amount which they may represent. Land Orders not Transferable. 9. The 39th regulation for the sale of crown lands, dated 20th November , 1860, is cancelled , and no land orders wi ll henceforth be transferable unless in pursuance of any arrange- ment made by the Government with persons providing passages for emigrants. Two Children to receire One Land Order. 10. One land order will be granted for every two children accompanying their parents, and being between the ages of four and fourteen years, when passed by the Queensland Emigration Office. IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS. 165

Assisted Passage. 11. Emigrants having paid into the Queensland Emigration Office in London a part of their passage money as hereafter specified, and being otherwise eligible, will receive a steerage passage, but will not be entitled to any land order. The amount payable for such assisted passages will be- For males between 14 and 40... . , . ... £8 For females between 14 and 35 ...... 8 For female domestic servants ...... 4 For parents accompanied by five or more children, and over 40 and 35 respectively .. 8 For two children of same family under 12 years 8 A reduction of £4 to be made for each unmarried female over 14 years, in excess of single males over 14 in the same family. Remittance Immigrants. 12. Persons desirous of introducing their relatives or friends into the colony from the United Kingdom may obtain a passage certificate, which will not be transferable, and must be pre- sented in London within twelve months by the person or per- sons in whose favor it is made out. The following are the payments in return for which such passage certificate will be issued :- For children under 12 years ...... £4 For single women under 35 years ...... 4 For other women under 35, and men under 40 years ... 6 For men and women over said ages ,. ... ._. ... 8 Further Conditions. 13. Unless the following conditions have been strictly fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Government, no land orders will be issued, nor gratuities or other charges made :- During the voyage, and while in any port, the emigrants shall have been provisioned and supplied with medical comforts and water according to- the scale and quality required for the time being to be observed for emigrants in ships char- tered by Her Majesty's Land and Emigration Board, in- cludingfresh provisions and vegetables;or accordingto such equivalent scale as may be authorised and appended hereto as schedules A, B, and C. Ten clear running days, reckoning from noon after the arrival of the ship at the usual place of disembarkation in the colony, shall have been allowed (if required) for the dis- embarkation of the immigrants, during which time they shall have been accommodated in the same manner as during the voyage, and provisioned and allowed water and medical comforts as above required. 166 IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS.

Ships having more than the number of twenty emigrants on board will be required to carry a qualified medical prac- titioner, appointed by the Queensland Emigration Agent in London, and shall also have, and keep in use, an apparatus capable of distilling not less than 250 gallons of water daily. They shall be of the first class, and, from the time of arrival in Queensland, and during the above-mentioned ten days, such directions shall be observed as may be given to the master on the part of the colonial Government regarding the place of anchorage of the ship, the admission of persons on board, and arrangements for the management, hiring, or otherwise disposing of the immigrants. The immigrant shall not have been introduced by way of any of the otherAustra lian colonies. Whether the ship be divided into compartments and fitted with enclosed berths or not, the single women shall have been during the voyage berthed in the afterpart of the ship, in a compartment divided off from the space appro- priated to the other passengers by a substantial, close, and w ell-secured bulkhead. The same space shall be allowed per adult as in ships chartered by Her Majesty's Land and Emigration Board. There shall have been separate hospitals for males and females, at all times clear and ready for use. When the number of single women on board, without natural protectors, equals or exceeds five, a matron shall have been appointed to take charge of them, subject to the directions of the surgeon,and liable to be removed by him formis- conduct or incapacity ; and, in the care and superin- tendence of the single women, the rules contained in the instructions issued for the time being for surgeons of ships chartered by Her Majesty's Land and Emigration Com- missioners shall, as far as possible have been observed. The immigrants shall have been landed, as directed by the colonial Government, with their baggage, at the expense of the ship, a steamer capable of conveying not less than 300 such immigrants, with their necessary baggage, being placed at the sole disposal of the Government for such purpose by the agent of the ship. The Surgeon -Superintendent , master, and subordinate officers shall have fulfilled all the duties required of them to the full satisfaction of the Government. Skips W hence to be Despatched. 14. Until otherwise ordered , and unless special circumstances shall demand any alteration, ships are to be despatched under POPULATION RETURNS. 1 67 the direction of the Queensland Emigration Office in London from the several ports of the United Kingdom in the following proportions, viz.:- 2.12 at least from some port in Scotland, 3-12 at least from some port in Ireland, the remainder from London, Liverpool, or other English ports, calling occasionally at Plymouth. Destination of Skips. 15. Of the ships despatched, as last above specified, until otherwise ordered,- 3-12 at least to proceed to Keppel Bay, 2-12 ditto ditto Wide Bay, 1-12 ditto ditto Port Denison, or such other port north of Brisbane as may be directed; the remainder to Brisbane. N.B.-This arrangement is dependent upon the demand for labor, and the willingness of immigrants to proceed to the respective ports. Selection of Emigrants. 16. Except in the case of cabin passengers, the Emigration Agent in London shall, as far as possible , select English, Irish, and Scotch emigrants in numbers proportioned to the population of England, Ireland, and Scotland, respectively. Relations of Germans in Colony. 17. When practicable, the relatives of Germans settled in Queensland will be introduced upon similar terms to those pro- vided in regulation 12 above. 18. The provisions of section 19 of the "Alienation of Crown Lands Act of 1860" not having been approved by the Imperial Government, applications made thereunder by officers, soldiers, and sailors , cannot be entertained.

POPULATIONRETURNS.

DURING the, second session of 1863 (the first of the new Parliament), an Act was passed for taking a Census of the Population of the Colony on the 1st of January in the present year (1864), the object being to frame an Electoral Act upon the returns so obtained. This special Census, it was under- stood, will not interfere with the usual quinquennial Census when the times arrives for taking the same in 1866. 1€S POPULATION RETURNS.

The rapid increase of the population of this portion of Australia will best be shown by a glance at the following figures, the whole of which may be relied on, inasmuch as they have been compiled from official returns:- Population in 1846 (by censps)...... 2,257 in 1851 ( „ ) 8,575 in 1856 )...... 17,082 in 1861 ( „ ) ...... 30,059 on 31st December, 1861 ...... 34,367 on 30th June, 1862 ... 38,198 on 31st December, 1862 ..... 45,077 on 30th June, 1863...... 50,879 on 30th September, 1863 ... 57,026 At the time of Separation (on the 10th December, 1859), the population was roughly estimated at 25,000, and as the total number could not have amounted to less than 62,000 on the same date in last year, Queensland may boast of having more than doubled-by half as much again, in fact-her population in four years ! When the returns collected on the first day of 1864 are complete, we believe it will be found that the population numbered not less than 64,000 on that date. An examination of the following figures-which are sufficiently self-explanatory -will, we think, justify this attempt at vaticination :- Males. Females. Total. Estimated Population, 31st Dec., 1862 27,186 ..17,891...45,077 Increase of ditto to 31st March, 1863... 1,923... 1,329... 3,252 „ 30th June, „ ... 1,567... 983 .. 2,550 It 30th Sept., „ ... 3,685 ... 2,462... 6,147

Total population on 30th Sept., 1863 .. 34,361 ..22,665 ... 57,026 The increase during the nine months-made up as it is from the excess of birthsover deaths,and of immigrationover emigration-thus amounted to 7175 males and 4774 females, or a total of 11,949; showing a ratio of increase of 26.51. During the nine months ending 30th September, 1863, there were 58'68 deaths to every 100 births ; 97.65 females were born to every 100 males born ; 58'91 females died to every 100 males who died ; 50.60 of the total births were males ; 62 .93 of the total deaths were males ; 33 .08 per cent. of the total increase from excess of births over deaths were males, and 66 ,92 per cent, of the total increase from excess of births over deaths were females. The number of marriages solemnized during the first nine months of the year was 557. PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL. 169 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL.

RETURN OF LIVE STOCK

IN T$E COLONY OP QUEENSLAND ON TSE 31ST DAY OP DECEMBER, 1862.

1862.

DISTRICTS. Horses. Cattle. Sheep. Pigs.

Brisbane ...... 2,562 26,654 30,976 1,297 Ipswich ...... 5,068 79,638 267,460 2,230 Warwick 3,944 39,121 523,949 917 Drayton & Toowoomba 2,616 22,440 460,452 522 Gayndah ...... 1,468 38,242 418,525 285 Dalby ...... 1,494 18,350 355,018 122 Callandoon ...... 5,278 31,493 i 145,516 111 Maryborough 2,404 82,954 96,594 975 Rockhampton ...... 1,170 44,302 154,203 184 Nanango ...... 1,449 13,714 179,287 14 East Maranoa ...... 1,206 51,558 427,919 West Maranoa ...... 2,024 83,911 36,963 43 Kennedy ...... 550 17,200 61,800 Leichhardt ...... 2,704 27,311 981,384 113 Condamine ...... 455 9,959 134,029 1 Gladstone ...... 1,233 23,377 71,826 205 Mitchell

Total .. . . . 35,625 610,204 4,345,901 7,019 Return for 1861... 28,983 560,196 14,093,381 7,465

Increase ...... - 6,642 ` 50,008 252,520 Decrease ...... I 446 x DESCRIPTION OF CROP.

Z Y. a Z, Z TOTALS . y DISTRICTS. W W m q W M W M Ci N F q q W' q E th U A CS O O P a W W d $ q W U m P W O O 11 H O A. R. A. R. A. R. A. R. A . B. A. R. A. R . A. R. A. R. Brisbane 854 1 355 0 140 1 20 0 20 0 345 0 196 0 1930 2 Ipswich 16 0 419 3 313 2 241 2 19 1 29 2 30 31 1070 11 Warwick 709 3* 892 1 220 1 ... .. 1 li 93 0 25 2 1942 01' y C Drayton & Toowoomba 8 1 388 22 32 0 12 2 158 31 19 11* 619 2$i Gavndah 102 10 20 20 1422 30011 Dalby .. 1 0 7 1 8 1 Callandoon 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 4 0 Maryborough 171 2 4 0 10 2 0 2 52 0 15 11 253 32 Rockhampton 0 1 160 361 30 212 610 1380 O O Nanango 92 I 150 .. 12 20 280 rl Maranoa 5 0 0 3 5 3 Kennedy Leichhardt ...... 5 2 1601 ...... 001 102 y Condamine ...... 0 2 0 2 d Gladstone ...... 40 ... 02 .. ... 10 162 220 O a Total ... 739 1 2767 it 977 0 392 3 20 0 61 715-1j, 396 1 6069 01, • It has been estimated that , in 1863, there were 1400 acres under Wheat in Warwick. LID PASTORAL AND AGRI CULTURAL. 171

USEFUL TABLE FOR AGRICULTURISTS. THE Weekly Herald publishes the following table as the result of many years ' experience in Queensland cultivation. It will be useful to the, agriculturist as showing the quantity of seed necessary for a certain area, or for a given number of plants:- Artichoke : One ounce of seed wi ll produce 600 plants.- Asparagus: One ounce of seeds wi ll produce 1,000 plants. Beans : English Dwarf - one quart of seed will plant sixty feet of row ; Kidney Dwarf , Pole, or Running - one quart of seed wi ll plant 360 hills or 250 feet of row.-Beet: One ounce of seed will plant a perch.-Brocoli : One ounce of seed will produce 4,000 plants. Cauliflower : One ounce of seed for 4,000 plants . Cabbage : One ounce of seed for 4,000 plants.-Carrot: One ounce of seed for two perches.-Celery: One ounce of seed for 10,000 plants.-Cotton: Half bushel of seed to the acre.-Cucumber: One ounce of seed for 200 hills. Endive : One ounce of seed for 5,000 plants .- Escha ll ots ( valgo Shallots ) : One bushel of bulbs for ten perches. Leeks : One ounce of seed for 3,000 plants.-Lettuce : One ounce of seed for 10,000 plants. Melon : Sugar - one ounce of seed for 130 hill s ; Water- one ounce of seed for 50 hill s. Onion : One ounce of seed to the perch. Parsley: Two ounces of seed for three perches .- Parsnip: Two ounces of seed for three perches.-Pepper : One ounce of seed for 3,000 plants.-Peas; One quart of seed will plant fro m 120 to 180 feet of row , according to sort.-Potatoes: English -twelve to sixteen bushels to the acre ; Sweet-a half peck run to suckers should produce sixteen bushels .- Pumpkin : One quart of seed will plant from 80 to 300 hi lls, according to sort. Spinach : One ounce to the perch, in drills ; broadcast, two ounces to the perch. Tobacco: One pound and a half of seed will produce plants for an acre.-Tomato: One ounce of seed for 4,000 plants- Turnip : One pound of seed to the acre. 172 SUGAR. CULTIVATION.

TABLE SHOWING THE NUMEEE OF PLANTS AN ACRE OF LAND WILL CONTAIN.

Feet No. of Feet No. of Feet No. of asunder. Plants. asunder. Plants. ' asunder. Plants.

2 10,890 9 537 20 108 3 4,840 10 435 21 98 4 2,722 12 302 25 69 5 1,742 15 193 30 48 8 680 18 134 35 35

RULE.-Multiply the distances into each other, and with the product divide 43,5601(the number of square feet in an acre), and the quotient is the number of plants.

SUGAR CULTIVATION.

THE following letter has been addressed to the Publisher by THOMAS SCOTT, ESQ., of Point Clare, Brisbane Water, (N. S. W.), a gentleman who has, for years past, been recog- nized as the foremost advocate of sugar cultivation in the colonies of Queensland and New South Wales :- " DEAR SIE,-I now do myself the pleasure of redeeming the promise I made to you when in Brisbane. The precise subject of this communication, although not expressed, was, however, mutually understood as having reference to the CULTIVATION OF THE SUGAR CANE. I now candidly, yet laconically, give it for what it may be deemed to be worth. "As a traveller in various parts of the world, after quitting my vocation as a sugar planter in Antigua, my marked atten- tion was directed to their staple productions. Of these I will note only that of my own profession, which, for ages past, has invariably proved its great national importance. No product has everyet proved of so great a mercantilevalue as regards the immense amount of capital it employs, the greatest return to the public revenue, and the material prosperity it confers upon the inhabitants engaged in its cultivation. During a visit I recently made to your Colony,-so highly gifted by nature, soil, climate, and their attendant circumstances, and SUGAR CULTIVATION. 173 destined, as I believe, to become the most flourishing and wealthy in Australia,-I was forcibly impressed with its ample adaptability for the successful and highly profitable cultivation of the plant under review. The perfection to which it will there attain,-as distinctly declared by me in numerous published letters, as far back as 1835,-and the quality of the sugar it will make , I believe the Queenslanders are now willing to admit ; but there is yet a greater consideration intimately connected with its immediate and extensive cultivation than this now realized fact, so long and so earnestly promulgated by me, which I have reason to think is not at present in operation -I allude to a practically and publicly authenticated test of its mercantile value ; in other words the extent of profit to be obtained by the cultivation. From the practical experiments I have made here for these twenty five years, I can advisedly say that it will yield to the enterprising parties who may seek to develope the field of resource it ofierg, a reward greater than has ever been enjoyed by sugar planters in any locality ; and certainly surpassing any other known field of industry. Still, however, great and certain as this reward may prove, under skilled and experienced management, an absence of tact in the first essays may retard for a time this yet undeveloped source of prosperity ; although it must ultimately prove of greater and more enduring value to Queensland than a rich goldfield. Many allowances ought to be extended to the first professional operators, who will have to contend with innumerable difficul- ties, as all around them will be ignorant of their subordinate duties ; bnt an organic and vital defect in a professional planter would be no extenuation of failure, as regards the extraction of a profit from his management, except only in unpropitious seasons, and also if he act upon a merely experi- mental scale. " I have thus, Sir, unreservedly, yet briefly, expressed my views to you upon the foregoing subject. I have dealt with it as an open and public one, upon which depends so great an issue as regards this embryo source of prosperity, for the enjoy- ment of which your Colony is, from its attendant elements, preeminently destined. " I have, from personal observation, &c., while in the States of America, acquired a theoretical knowledge of the cultivation and curing of tobacco. This, while a Government officer, as superintendent of the Sugar Plantation, at Port Macquarie, I practically applied. My crop, upwards of seventy tons, sold at the Commissariat Stores, Sydney, at an advance upon the imported American leaf. I simply mention this fact in support 17A SUGAR CULTIVATtOF. of my views, that this article of commerce will be profitably grown in your Colony. Further to illustrate the validity of this assurance , I may state that leaf tobacco in Kentucky, when I was there, sold at from five to six dollars per 100 lbs., and that principally grown by free labour. There no bounty existed upon it ; in Queensland there is an indirect one of two shillings per pound. In the Sydney Herald I have elaborately written many letters upon this subject, with instructions upon its culture and curing. I wholly repudiate being either a tobacco or a cotton planter, and although I have been the principal correspondent in that journal upon the latter, I utterly contemn it on account of its extreme simplicity. In 1825 I grew an acre of it, and successfully so, as regards the adaptability of the Colony to produce it ; and, in 1833, I was the first to call public attention to this fact, as a contingent aid to to small farmers with large families. I did not, however, write flatteringly of it as regards its profitable production. I greatly question, and ever have questioned, the successful issue of the very laudable efforts which have been made to test its mercan- tile character; and when the transient and high price of the article in the European market is reduced, and the bounty now given by the Government ceases to exist, capitalists and companies engaged in its cultivation, with labour as high as it is likely then to be, will, I feel assured, sustain a heavy loss. I entertain a favorable opinion of the profitable cultivation of the coffee plant in your Colony, and I believe it is well worthy of a practical trial. " I enclose some extracts from an unpublished essay of mine on the cultivation of the sugar cane. " I am, dear Sir, most obediently, " THoMAs SCOTT."

EXTRACTS FROM ESSAY. "Preparation of the Ground.-Plough into trenches from four feet six. inches to five feet apart, running the plough a second time into each, but the reverse way of the first ploughing, when each will be, at least, eight or nine inches deep, with a ridge upon each side. Into these furrows place the plants horizontally, covering them with two inches of mould, three feet and three feet eight inches apart, according to the nature of the soil. The tops of the canes are most generally taken as plants, with from four to five well developed joints (those at the extremities do not grow) ; they are so applied for economy only, being otherwise useless, except for fodder or SUGAR CULTIVATION. 175

manure. The canes suitable for conversion into sugar, make the best plants, as they are mature, more hardy, and do not so frequently fail to vegetate. Repeat the same operation at the end of each furrow. There are several other methods adopted by planters, but this is fully as efficient, and certainly involves considerably less expense than any other plan. In Demerara and Trinidad, where the lands are low and swampy, the planters prudently, and of necessity, plant their canes more shallow, but it certainly should not be so in Queensland, under any circum- stances. In those places the climate is constantly humid and very hot, but the adoption of shallow planting in Queensland would, in and seasons, result in almost total failure, and in general a very considerable diminution in the first crop, and a still further falling off of the following or ratoon ones. When the young canes, planted as herein advised, attain a height of about twelve inches, carefully weed and mould them from the ridges which surround them ; in three or four months the ground will thus become level, and the canes have from fourteen to eighteen joints under the surface, from all of which roots will spring to nurture the plant, and furnish " eyes" from which the following crops are derived. "Copy of A.ppendiE.-To explain more lucidly my remarks upon the method of planting the cane,-an important feature in the planter's duty-as advocated in this essay, the writer begs -to direct the reader's attention to the following essential results therefrom, viz.:- 11Firstly-It affords to the canes about sixteen or eighteen successive rows of roots, growing from the joints of the first crop under the surface, the " eyes" upon each of which furnish a basis for the production of innumerable canes derivable therefrom, called `ratoon crops.' " Secondly-It greatly protects the stools from the injurious effect of drought, and gives them a firm hold of the soil, to withstand the heavy winds to which at times they are exposed. " Thirdly-More important still, it seats the foundation and success of all the succeeding crops from the original planting, which, if the professional operator be skilled, will yield from eight to ten or more crops. ` It has come to the knowledge of the writer that canes haye been planted in Queensland upon the surface of the ground, in an angular direction to the surface of 45 degrees, with one- half of the plant above it ! Under such management success cannot ensue ; therefore none of the requisite results can possibly be attained-results upon which the profitable and successful management of a sugar plantation depend. 176 TRADE RETURNS.

" In defence of such a procedure as that to which I have referred , it is alleged that it is practised in Trinidad, on low and swampy lands. Partially granting even this , it is by no means app licable to Queensland , where a cold season occurs, with, at times , arid weather . Nothing, therefore, in my acquired experience or my natural sense can justify such magagement beyond the tropics. That canes in the torrid zone, Demerara and Trinidad, are plantednearer to the surfacethan they are in the Leeward Islands and Jamaica, I am quite ready to admit; but that one -half of the plants are left above the surface, I frankly own I am astounded , for it is self -evident to anyone that that portion of the plant above the surface wi ll either perish, or, if a shoot spring fr om it, it will be valueless. The ratoon crops from such planting , having only two or three eyes and joints under ground, fr om which - and the roots therefrom - they are propagated , wi ll be but few, and quickly exhausted. " This Appendix is written only for the consideration of those gentlemen who may have been led into the error herein pointed out, and not as a portion of the Essay."

TRADE RETURNS.

(Compiled expressly for PuGR 's ALMANAC.) IMPORTS.

Tux subjoined Returns show the value of the IMPORTSinto the various Ports of the Colony during the twelve months ending September 30th, 1863 , distinguishing the amount for each quarter :- BRISBANE. Quarter ending December 31st , 1862 ... £239,710 0 0 March 31st, 1863 ...... 255,634 0 0 „ June 30th , „ ...... 288,186 0 0 Sept. 30th, „ ...... 376,040 0 0

£1,159,570 0 0 Return for same period of 1861-2 ... 893,392 0 0

Increase ...... , £ 266,178 0 0 TRADE RETURNS. 177

MARYBOROUGH. Quarter ending December 31st, 1862 ... £ 20,263 0 0 March 31st, 1863 ... 23,982 0 0 June 30th , „ ... 24,476 0 0 Sept. 30th, „ ... 23,086 0 0

£91,807 0 0 Return for same period of 1861 - 2 ... 89,556 0 0

increase ...... £2,251 0 0

GLADSTONE. Quarter ending December 31st, 1862 £ 5,345 0 0 „ March 31st, 1863 ...... 8,255 0 0 June 30th, „ ...... 2,069 0 0 Sept. 30th , „ .,. ... 5,190 0 0

£20,859 0 0 Return for same period of 1861 - 2 ... 21,348 0 0

Decrease ...... £ 489 0 0

ROCKHAMPTON. Quarter ending December 31st, 1862 £85,554 0 0 March 31st, 1863 ... 81,183 0 0 June 30th , „ ...... 73,510 0 0 „ Sept. 30th , „ ...... 82,755 0 0

£323,002 0 0 Return for same period of 1861 - 2 244,919 0 0

Inc re ase ...... £79,083 0 0

PORT DENISON. Quarter ending De cember 31st, 1862 ... £ 11,685 0 0 March 31st, 1863 .,. ,,, 8,301 0 0 June 30th , „ 8,702 10 0 Sept. 30th, ... 18,22410 0

£46,913 0 0 Return for same period of 1861-2 ... 10,465 0 0

Increase ,...... £ 36,448 0 0 IN 178 TRADE RETURNS.

BROAD SOUND.* Quarter ending September 30th, 1863 ... £791 0 0

PIONEER RIVER (MACKAY)* Quarter ending June 30th, 1863 ...... £3,936 0 0 „ „ Sept.30th, „ ...... 1,794 0 0

£5,730 0 0

RECAPITULATION. Brisbane (year ending Sept. 30th, 1863) £1,159,570 0 0 Maryborough ... 91,807 0 0 Gladstone ... 20,859 0 0 Rockhampton ... 323,002 0 0 Port Denison ... 46,913 0 0 Broad Sound ... 791 0 0 Pioneer River „ „ „ ... 5,730 0 0

£1,648,672 0 0 Return for year ending Sept. 30th, 1863 1,259,680 0 0

Increase ...... £388,992 0 0

EXPORTS.

THE following Returns show the amount and value of the ExroRTs from each Port of the Colony during the twelve months ending September 30th, 1863:- BRI S BANE . Wool, 15,344 bales, weighing 6,315,446 lbs. ... £441,788 0 0 Ta llow, 1,744 casks, „ 491 tons 17 cwt. 16,138 0 0 Hides, 17,427 in No...... 9,835 0 0 Sheepskins, 415 bundles ... 1,557 0 0 Cotton, 90 bales, weighing 19,899 lbs. ... 1,990 0 0 Gold, 678 oza...... 2,476 0 0 Merchandize, Fruit, Coals, Copper, &c. ... 62,146 0 0

Total ...... £535,930 0 0

* Only returns made since these ports were opened. TRADE RETURNS. 179

The annexed return will show the progressive increase of the Exports from Brisbane during the past seven years (each year ending on September 30th:- 1857 ...... £355,237 14 0 1858 ...... 363,515 17 0 1859 429,984 3 0 1860 ...... 435,744 1 9 1861 ...... 467,323 6 6 1862 ...... 553,826 6 6 1863 ...... 535,930 0 0

MARYBOROUGH (HEavEY's BAY). Wool, 2,432 bales, weighing 1,058,086 lbs., valued at... £95,481 Ta llow, 3311 casks ...... „ ... 3,490 Hides, 2,677 in No. 1,446 Sheepskins, 601 bundles ...... „ .., 272 Other Merchandise ...... „ ... 10,763

Total ...... £111,452 GLADSTONE (PonT Cusrrs). Wool, 570 bales, weighing 206,100 lbs., valued at ... £19,639 Tallow, 29 casks...... „ ... 208 Hides, 201 in No...... 113 Sheepskins, 16 bales ...... „ ... 70 Gold, 312 ozs...... „ .. 1,124 Other Merchandize ...... 139

Total ...... £21,293

ROCKHAMPTON (KErrar BAY). Wool, 5,308 bales, weighing 2,661,838 lbs., valued at... £132,251 Tallow, 498 casks „ 156 tons ...... 4,638 Hides, 2,960 in No. „ 1,728 Sheepskins, 282 bundles ...... „ 1,152 Gold, 336 ozs...... , „ ... 1,190 Other Merchandise ...... „ ... 2,691

Total ...... £163,650

PORT DENISON. Wool, 2141 bales, weighing 89,600 lbs., valued at ... £4,364 Tallow, 12 casks...... „ ... 73

Carried over ...... £,4437 N* 180 TRADE RETURNS.

Brought forward £4,437

Hides, 136 in No. I> 77 Sheepskins, 7 bundles 30 Other Merchandise 603 Total ...... £5,147 PIONEER RIVER. Wool, 66 bales, weighing 27,511 lbs., valued at ... £1,307 Tallow, I cask ... .. „ ... 10

Total ...... £1,317

RECAPITULATION. Port of Brisbane ...... £535,930 0 0 Maryborough ... .. 111,452 0 0 Gladstone . ... 21,293 0 0 Rockhampton .. 163,650 0 0 Port Denison 5,147 0 0 Pioneer River ...... 1,317 0 0

Exports for the year . ... £838,789 0 0

THE total Export of Wool for the twelve months ending September 30th, 1863, amounted to 23,934. bales, weighing 10,358,578 Ilia., and valued at £714,830.

A RETURN SHOWING THE NUMBER OF BALES OF WOOL, Tows OF TALLOW, AND NUMBER OF HIDES EXPORTED FROM THE SEVERAL PORTS OF THE COLONY DURING THE YEARS 1860, 1861, AND 1862. BALES OF WOOL. 1860. 1861. 1862. Brisbane . ... 7,421 11,673 13,772 Maryborough ...... 2,404 2,832 2,053 Rockhampton 1,666 2,500 3,358 Gladstone ...... 267 273 501 Broad Sound PioneerRiver Port Denison 85

11,758 17,278 19,769 Total for first six months of 1863-14,935 bales. TRADE RETURNS. 181

ToNS OF TALLOW. 1860. 1861. 1862. Brisbane ... .. 474 801 1,141 Mary borough ... 164 364 289 R)ckliamptou 21 56 127 Gladstone ...... l1 51 51 Broad Sound ... . . PioneerRiver Port Denison .., ...... 11

660$ 1,229; 1,563; Total for first six months of 1863-4111 tons.

NUMBER OF HIDES. 1860. 1861. 1862. Brisbane ...... 15,908 18,996 23,169 Maryborough ...... 2,451 4,348 4;004 Rockhampton ...... 550 1,089 2,087 Gladstone . ... 67 108 164 Broad Sound . PioneerRiver . Port Denison ... 82

18,976 24,541 29,806 Total for first six months of 1863-14,179 hides.

TONS OF FLOUR IMPORTED INTO THE SEVERAL PORTS OF THE COLONY DURIN(} THE YEARS 1860, 1861, AND 1862. 1860. 1861. 1862. Brisbane ... .. 383 3,680 4,456 Maryborough ... 511 587 487 Rockhampton 315 570 873 Gladstone .. 59 73 66 Broad Sound ...... PioneerRiver . Port Denison 51 791

4,068 4,9151 5,961,1 Total for first six months of 1863-3,335 tons. 182 TRADE RETURNS.

EXPORT OF COTTON

FROM THE COLONY DURING THE YEARS 1861, 1862, AND FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1863. Lbs. Tralue. 1861 ...... 80 ... £4 0 0 1862 14,344 .. 1,423 0 0 1863 (first nine months) 11,281 .. 1,082 0 0

RETURN OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS

INTO AND FROM THE COLONY OF QUEENSLAND DURING THE YEARS ENDING DEC. 31ST, 1860, 1861, AND 1862.

Imports. Exports. Excess of Imports over Exports. 1860 ... £742,023 ...... £523,476 ...... £218,547 1861 ... 967,950 ...... 709,598 .. 258,352 1862 ... 1,323,509 ...... 793,236 ...... 530,283

(i us#Qms' eternu

AT ALL THE PORTS OF QUEENSLAND DURING THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30TH, 1863, SHOWING THE INCREASE ON THE PREVIOUS YEAR.

Year ending Year ending FORTS. Increase. Sept. 30th, 1862. Sept. 30th, 1863.

Brisbane ... £52,908 18 11 £67,394 19 4 £14,486 0 5 Ipswich 15,640 8 ' 2 18,406 5 4 2,765 17 2 Maryborough 8,034 5 11 8,564 5 1 529 19 2 Gladstone ... 1,070 14 4 1,262 8 9 191 14 5 Rockhampton 13,347 8 1 22,495 3 8 9,147 15 7 Port Denison 800 14 2 2,852 18 5 2,052 4 3 Broad Sound 153 9 1 153 9 1 PioneerRiver 374 16 9 374 16 9

£91,802 9 7 £121,504 ' 6 5'i£29,701 16 10 COUNTRYDIRECTORY. This is a blank page

COUNTRYPOSTAL DIRECTORY FOR QUEENSLAND.

[Is issuing this third edition of the Directory , the Publisher has adhe re d to the plan of following the various Mail and ordinary routes, giving the names of the Stations passed, their Distance apart , the Stations adjacent to the Line , and all other Information procurable. He is conscious that there is still a considerable amount of incompleteness, owing principally to the rapid occupation of the onside country, and he will esteem it a kindness on the part of those who may discover errors, if they will communicate with him. The Publisher has great pleasure in acknowledging the valuable assistance afforded by the Postmaster -General (T. L. M. Pri or , Esq.), in the comp il ation of this Directory ; and he also begs to tender his thanks to several country gentlemen who have kindly supplied him with additions and corrections.]

BRISBANE and CLEVELAND-(Weekly Mail). CLEvJLexn is a township situated on the southern waters of Moreton Bay, and is distant from Brisbane twenty miles by land, and about thirty-five by water, going through the Boat Channel. A large township has been marked out here, and much of the land has been sold, but as yet the population of the neighbourhood does not exceed 300. The place is greatly resorted to by invalids and others for the benefit of the sea air, which is here to be inhaled in all its invigorating freshness. There are no squatting stations in the vicinity , but there are- 186 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. a sugar plantation and salt manufactory, the property of the Hon. Louis Hope ; a sugar plantation in embryo, the property of the Hon. F. Bigge ; a saw-mill, two public-houses, several cottages, and other buildings. The soil is noted for its fertility, and the garden of the Hon. L. Hope has long been known for the luxuriance of its vegetation, there being rarely any frost to destroy or check the plants. Considerable tracts of country have been taken up south of Cleveland,on the seaboard, for the purpose of sugar and cotton cultivation. The mail is conveyed weekly overland, but there is frequent, though irregular, communication with Cleveland by water.

BRISBANE and CASINO (N. S. W.)-(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

Brisbane to Cooper's Plains 7 An agricultural district Thence to Brown's Plains 16 [River Jimboomba .. 12 A. I. Henderson, Logan Mundoolan ,.. 12 Jno. Collins, Albert River Nindooinbah .. 10 A. W. Compigne, ditto Beaudesart ... 4 W. D. White, Logan Rivr. Tamrookam 12 W. Barker ditto Telemon 2 Captain Collins ditto Glennie'sStation 35 B. Glennie, Richmond R. Wyangary 25 Messrs . Bundock, ditto M`Kellar's Stu. 14 M`Kellar, ditto Casino 12 Post town, ditto

Total .. .. 161 1

REMARgs.-Queensland pays a proportionate share of the expense of this mail, which, as will be seen, runs across the frontier into the Richmond River district of New South Wales. Besides the stations mentioned above as being on the line of route, there are-Tabragalba, Mr. James Henderson's, 48 miles from Brisbane ; Tambourine, Mr. C. S. Graham's, 41 miles from Brisbane ; Bromelton, Messrs. C. S. Macdonald and Coulson, 40 miles from Brisbane via Jimboomba, and nearly 50 by the Teviot. COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 187

BRISBANE and MOGGILL-( As opportunity offers). Moggill is a farming, and, formerly, a mining district on the north bank of the Brisbane River, and about 16 miles from the city by the road. The only station in its vicinity is that of John M`Grath (a cattle station).

BRISBANE to MARYBOROUGH-( Overland route).

MILES STATIONS. OWNERS, LocAZITY, &c. A PART.

Brisbane to Petrie's Stn. 20 T. Petrie,Pine River Thence to Cabulture ... 15 H. Jordan & Co.,Cabulture Durandur ... 25 Ii. M'Connell Canondale ... 20 Donald M'Kenzie,Mary R. Ubi Ubi& Cambroon 12 J. D. Bergin ditto Imbil ...... 12 0. & P. Lawless ditto Traveston ... 12 W. H. Holt ditto Currie...... 22 - Jackson ditto Tyro 10 John Eaton ditto N. P. Barracks 6 Native Police Rosehill .. 8 John Eaton, Mary River Maryborough... 3 Post town, ditto

Total ... 165

IMBIL to MARYBOR0 UGH, via WIDGEE WIDGEE- (Cross route).

MILES STATIONS. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

Imbill to Widgee Widgee 40 J.C. White Thence to Morodian ... 35 Anderson, Leslie, & Mant Glenbar ... 10 David Kelly „ Marianna . 28 Hugh Graham Maryborough... 12

Total ...... ! 125 1 I 8 8 COUNTRY DIRECTORY.

BARAMBA to IMBIL via: YABBER-( Cross route).

M ILES STATIONS. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. AP ART.

[District Baramba to Manumbar 12 A. & J. Mortimer, Burnett Thence to Yabber 16 Mortimer & Swanson, do. „ Imbil 23 C. & P. Lawless

Total 51 1 REMARKS.-From Imbil to Maryborough there is a road, formed by Mr. Buchanan, through the scrub, 65 miles in length ; by the stations, as above, it is 130 miles. Nearly all the creeks running into the Mary have the Bunya Bunya pine growing on their banks. Dense scrubs and broken country abound on the heads of the Mary. There are other stations than those mentioned on the Pine River, viz.:-Samford, the late Mr. C. H. Ball's, 18 miles from Brisbane ; Samson Vale, Mr. J. B. S. Griffin's, 27 miles ; Whiteside, ditto, 26 miles. There are also several cattle stations on the Cabulture, and one has recently been formed on Moolooloo Plains, 27 miles from Durandur ; and, eight miles further north, on the Maroochidore, one has been formed by Mr. W. Scott. At the mouth of the Moolooloo Creek there is a small and safe harbour, where vessels lie to take in cedar ; there being several parties of timber- getters in the neighbourhood. The plantation of the Cabulture Cotton Company, and of Captain Whish, is situated on the creek of that name, and other plantations are, it is said, about to be formed there.

BRISBANE and IPSWICH-(Twice -a-day).

MILES STOPPING PLACES. REMARKS. APART.

Brisbane to Oxley Creek 8 Agricultural settlement Thence to Woogaroo ... 7 Holmes' Inn „ Ipswich ... 9 Post town

Total ...... 1 24 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 189

REMARKS.-The mail starts from Brisbane at 6 a.m. and 1 p.m., and arrives at Ipswich at 10 a.m. and 5 p.m.; and from Ipswich at 6 a.m. and 2 p.m., arriving at Brisbane at 10 a.m. and 6 p.m. Oxley Creek, although settled but recently, is a most thriving agricultural locality, the farms extending all the way down the creek, from the road to the River Brisbane. A post-office has been established here for the benefit of the settlers. A post-office has also been opened at Woogaroo, for the accommodation of the neighbouring settlers, and the residents at Redbank and Wolston. The Lunatic Asylum is in course of erection near Holmes' Inn.

IPSWICH and DRAYTON-(Thrice-a-week).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

[Creek Ipswich to Laidley 26 Small township on Laidley Thence to Gatton 12 Ditto on Gatton Creek Grantham 3 Late Dr. Dorsey's station Helidon 5 W. Turner's ditto Toowoomba 14 Post town Drayton 3f Ditto Total .. 63 REMARKS.-The mail conrractor makes the distance to Laidley 28 miles, thence to Gatton 12 miles, and thence to Toowoomba 25. At Alfred, 18 miles from Ipswich, a small township has been formed. The Red Lion Inn, Moore's, is 7 miles on the road, and the Rising Sun at Rosewood is 14 miles on. The head station of Franklin Vale , Messrs. Mort and Laidley's, is about 12 miles from Laidley, on Bremer Waters. Laidley is a small but beautifully situated township, sur- rounded by rich open land on the banks of the creek. There are four inns there, and other trading establishments. On Sandy Creek, about three miles from Laidley, there are several farms, situated on excellent land, lightly timbered. At Gatton a first-rate bridge now spans the creek. Rosewood station is eight miles from Laidley, on the Lockyer, and about the same distance from Gatton ; Tarampa is about 16 miles from either place; Buaraba, Mr. J. P. Bell's, is about 17 miles from Laidley ; and Franklin Vale is about 12 miles from Laidley, and about 25 miles from Ipswich. 190 COUNTRY DIRECTORY.

IPSWICH and WARWICK - Bi-weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. APART.

Ipswich to Flinders' Peak 15 W. Wilson Thence to Fassifern ... 16 Hardie and Wienholt it Bush Inn .. 1 Late Balbi's >f Spicer's Peak... 17 Clinton's road party

)f Maryvale Hotel 12 Crichton's 11 Maryvale .. 6 Arnold Wienholt 11 Glengallan ... 12 Marshall and Deuchar „ Warwick ... 8 Post town

Total ...... 1 87 1 REMARxs.-Adjacent to this line is Normandy Plains Station, Mr. G. Thorn's, 20 miles from Ipswich ; Rosevale, Mr. Patrick Mayne's, 27 miles from Ipswich ; Maroon, Mr. J. Carden Collins', at Mount Walker, on the heads of the Logan ; Coochin Coochin, also Mr, Collins', at Dalhunty Plains, on the head of Teviot Brook ; Dugandan, Mrs. M'Donald's, six miles from Coochin, down the Teviot ; and Undullah, late Mr. J. Cameron's, also on the Teviot.

TOOWOOMBA, WARWICK, and MARYLAND- (Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

Toowoomba to Drayton... 3f Thence to Eton Vale .. 8 Hodgson and Watts Pilton.. ... 12 H. B. Fitz Allora . ... 17 Small township Glengallan . 6 Marshall and Deuchar Warwick ... 8 Post town [N.S.W.) „ Maryland 29 M. H. Marsh (part in

Total ...... 1 83'J 1 R.EMARSs.-Warwick is the nearest town to the southern frontier of Queensland. In the neighborhood there are several large stations, namely-Canning Downs, Mr. G. Davidson's, 2 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 191 miles from Warwick ; Rosenthal, Aberdeen Company, 2 miles ; South Toolburra, Aberdeen Company, 14 miles ; North Tool- burra, Mr. Donald Gunn's, 7 miles ; Gladfield, part of Mary- vale, 12 miles ; Killarney, Mr. G. Davidson's, 17 miles ; Talgai, Messrs. Clark and Hanmer's, 25 miles ; Pikedale, Donald Gunn' s, 50 miles ; Pike's Creek, R. H. Bloomfield's, 55 miles ; Ballandean, H. H. Nicol's, 55 miles ; Nundubbermere, J. M. Thompson' s, 45 miles ; Mongola, 65 miles ; Maiden- head, 90 miles ; and Undereliff, Mr. M. Spearing's, 50 miles. Goomburra, Messrs. Hodgson, M'Lean, and Green's, is 15 miles from Warwick. Besides Mr. Marsh's station at Maryland, there are two other stations in New South Wales supplied from the Warwick post-office, namely-Acacia Creek, Reid and Marsh's, 22 miles, and Koreelah, 30 miles. Warwick is the finest wheat- growing locality in all Queensland, and a fine flour-mill has been erected there by Mr. C. Clark. Allora is a small township situated on Dalrymple Creek, about 12 miles from Pilton Station, and containing about 150 inhabitants. The land is lightly timbered, and excellently adapted for agriculture. There are about 50 farms under cultivation. A gold-field has recently been proclaimed at Talgai, where several diggers are now at work. It consists principally of rich quartz reefs. TOOWOOMBA, DRAYTON, and GOONDIWINDI- (Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

Toowoomba to Drayton... 3} Thence to Cambooya...... 8 English church parsonage 11 Felton ...... 12 A. Sandeman

>f Ellangowan 10 Peel River Company 11 Leyburn .. .. 7 Small township

>f Canal Creek 14 Clark and Hanmer Bodumba ...... 20 St. George R. Gore Coolmunda ... 20 J. M. Weir Brown's Inn... 7 Township of Inglewood Whetstone 12 P. Devine (M'Intyre Brook) Bengalla ...... 20 W. Lawler (M'Intyre River) Goondiwindi 28 R. and S. Marshall Ditto ...... Post town

Total ... .. 161; 192 COUNTRY DIRECTORY.

REMAR%s.-Glenelg, Mr. J. M`Arthur's, is about 20 miles south of Gillespie's ; Warroo, Mr. F. Bracker's, is 70 miles from Warwick, but off this line; and Beebo, late R. Young's, and Texas, Mr. M`Dougail's, are supplied by this route. There are two routes from Warwick to Warroo, both equal in dis- tance, viz.-either by way of Pikedale, or by way of Canal Creek and Glenelg.

WARWICK and LEYBURN-(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

Warwick to Toolburra ... I 8 Massie and Walker Thence to Talgai 17 Clark and Harmer Leyburn ... 12 Post town Total ...... 37 REMARxs.-Clifton, Mr. W. B. Tooth' s, is 8 miles north of Talgai, and about 24 from Drayton.

TOOWOOMBA,DRAYTON, and DALBY-(Bi-weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. APART,

Toowoomba to Gowrie ... 10 F. N. Isaac Thence to Jondaryan ... 17 R. E. and F. Tooth Sheep Station.. 10 - Phipps Dalby ... 16 Post town

Total ...... 1 53 1 REMARxs.-The site of a village, to be called Bowenville, has been surveyed close to Phipps's station, at the Long Water Hole. The lines to Condamine, Goondiwlndi, and Auburn branch of at Dalby. The town is situated on Myall Creek, about 5 miles from the Condamine River, and lies low and flat. The station of Cumkillinbar, Mr. T. De Lacy Moffatt's, late Balfour's, on Myall Creek, is in the neighborhood. Dalby is 138 miles from Brisbane, the route being-Brisbane to Ipswich. COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 193

24 miles ; Ipswich to Toowoomba, 61 miles ; and Toowoomba to Dalby, 53 miles. Rosalie Plains, the station of Messrs. Kent and Wienholt, is about 28 miles west of Illlby. The distance from the Inn at Jondaryan to Dalby is 26 miles.

TOOWOOMBAand NANAN GO--(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. I APART.

Toowoomba to Gowrie ... I 10 F. N. Isaac Thence to Rosalie Plains 22 Kent and Wienholt Cooyar 18 Ditto Taxong ... , 15 George Clapperton Nanango ... 14 Post town

Total ...... ! 79 1 REwAims.-There is also a station called Nanango, belonging to Mr. Clapperton, two miles from the Post Office. Nanango, formerly called Burnett's Inn, has been laid out as a township, and the first sale of lands took place there in February, 1863. To the eastward of this route are the stations of Crow's Nest and Emu Creek. Mr. C. R. Haly's station of Taabinga is 18 miles from Nanango.

DALBY and CONDAMINE-(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &O. APART.

Dalby to Greenbank ... 5 Mrs. Ross Thence to Daandine 15 J. P. Wilkie Kogan Creek... 15 Jones's Hotel Wombo .. 26 D. M. Sinclair Condamine ... 23 Post town

Total ...... I 84 I REMAass.-The above is the present mail rQute, a spring- cart being used as a conveyance, and the crossing of the Con- damine at two points being avoided. Formerly the route was as follows :-Dalby to Greenbank, 5 miles ; thence to Daandine, 15 miles; thence to Warra Warm (Gl. Thorn's), 12 miles; V 194 COUNTRY DIB.ECTORY. thence to Campbell's Camp (Wallace's), 8 miles ; thence to Chinchilla (Gibson and Buchanan's),17 miles ; and from thence to Condamine, via.Wombo, 41 miles. At Kogan Creek (on the present mail line), there is a village, the distance from which to the surrounding stations is as follows:-To Wombo, 26 miles ; to Chinchilla, 16 miles ; to Warra Warra head station, 12 miles ; to overseer's station, 17 miles ; to Daandine, 15 miles. The lines to Surat, Roma, and Paroom branch off from Condamine, which I is a rising township, where a Court of Petty Sessions is held. At Greenbank a bridge is erected across the Condamine. At Campbell's Camp there is an inn, formerly kept by Mr. Wallace, the mail contractor ; and at a short distance from the head station of Wombo there is a house of accommodation.

DALBY and GOONDIWINDI-(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, LOCALITY, &C. APART.

[River) Dalby to St. Ruth's ... 15 Aberdeen Co. (Condamine Thence to Cecil Plains .. 10 Russell and Taylor Western Creek 20 Captain Vignolles Dunmore ... 20 Russell and Taylor Junction 18 T. B. Stephens (Weir R.) Retreat (Murroona) 28 Preston and French Tarawinaba ... 25 J. C. Easton „ Goodah 14 Easton and Robertson Yamber Colli.. 20 R. and S. Marshall Goondiwindi... 7 Post town

Total ...... 182 REMARKS.-The undermentioned stations are in the neigh- borhood of this line, viz.:-Callandoon, Messrs. R. E. and F. Tooth's, 7 miles from Goondiwindi ; Vandilla, Messrs. Gore Bros ., on the Condamine River, east of Western Creek; Halli- ford, Messrs. Watson and Roebuck's, west of St. Ruth's ; War War, Mr. H. B. Watson's, west of Dunmore ; Wyaga, Mr. W. Turner' s (late Gunn's), ditto ; Billa Billa, Mr. H. Easton's, ditto ; Moogoona, Mr. M. Daisey's, Kerrembilla Creek ; Bither- ariba, on Cormoran Creek ; Tingera, Mr. R. P. Marshall's, on the Weir River ; Winton, Mr. A. Wyndham's, M'Intyre River, 15 miles froxo Callandoon ; Welltown, Messrs. J. and W. Low's, COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 195

Weir River, 18 miles ditto ; Tullwood, Mr. P. Clyne's, Weir River, 46 miles ditto ; Noona, Mr. J. Arnold's, Barwan River, 60 miles ditto ; Willvah, or Wooleraveray, Mrs. Burdekin's, Barwan River, 68 miles ditto ; Mogan, Mr. Picton's, at the junction of the Weir with the Barwan, 89 miles ditto ; Mun- gwynde, Mr. M'Farlane's, on the southern boundary of the colony, 100 miles from either Callandoon or Goondiwindi ; Buddicarrabi, Mr. Schofield's, head of Wyaga Creek ; Merinda, Mr. J. Hall Scott's, Jones's River ; Tartha, Dr. Nelson's, Mooni River. On the line of road to Warialda, N. S. Wales, there are also several stations, viz. :-Merrawah, Messrs. J. and T. Howe's, M'Intyre River ; Bogabilla, Mr. J. Brown's, ditto ; Talloona, Mr. R. Driver's, ditto ; Yetman and Bovell, Messrs. S. and G. Dight's, ditto ; Texas, Mr. N. M`Dougall's, Sovereign River ; Bukhulla, Mr. F. Wyndham's, ditto ; Tregamon, Mr. J. Simpson's, M'Intyre River ; Wallangra, Captain Russell's, ditto. On the line of road to Cairdmurra (N. S. Wales), there are the following stations, viz.:-Boronga, M`Intyre River ; Banaroa, Mr. Cribb s, Gill Gill Creek ; Whalan, Mr. Doyle's, Whalen Creek ; Kenopia, Mr. Whitman's, Booni Creek ; Baloranga, Mr. Bartlett's ; Boomanger, Mr. J. Teys', on the Barwan ; Wallinchie, Mr. M. Murphy's, ditto ; Warrina, Mr. J. F. Doyle's, ditto ; and Mr. Baldwin's station, Balonne River. The Poet Office was formerly kept at Callandoon station, but, on the creation of Goondiwindi into a township, it was removed to thatplace.

DALBY and AUBURN -( Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. APAET.

Dalby to Jimbour ... 15 Bell and Sons Thence to Goorangah ... 7 Ditto Jingi Jingi ... 14 Edwin Hickey Burrandowan ... 27 Gordon Sandeman Boondoma ... 18 Lawson and Stewart Cadarga ... 22 Chessborough C. M'Donald Cattle Station .. 30 Ditto Auburn ... 8 Pigott and Murphy

Total ...... 1 141 REMARKs.-The Dalby and Auburn line will probably be altered during this year, the ma il running on to Gayndah. The 0". 196 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. new line will diverge from the above route at Boondooma, as follows :-Boondooma to Cave Creek, 16 miles ; thence to Strathdee's, 17 miles ; and thence to Gayndah, 30 miles ; making a total of 144 miles from Dalby to Gayndah. Another route is from Boondooma to Cave Creek, 16 miles ; thence to Mondure, 30 miles through the bush, and about 46 miles by the road ; thence to Wigton, 22 miles ; and thence to Gayndah, 30 miles. This is a cross-country line for the accom- modation of the stations named, and others in the vicinity. Proston, Mr. R. Alexander' s, is 18 miles from Boondooma; and Durah, Mr. D. Ord' s, is 8 miles from Cadarga. CONDAMINE and TAROOM-( Weekly).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. APART.

Condamine to Tiereyboo... 4 W. F. Kennedy Thence to W allan . . 26 John $errett Juandah ... 40 C. J. and E. M. Royds Rochdale . 15 Ditto Taroom Station 12 W. Davidson Taroom ... . 10 Post town

Total...... 107 REMAREs.-Taroom (formerly called Bonner's Nob), is distant 237 miles from Brisbane direct, and 307 miles by the mail route. It is situated on the Lipper Dawson, where the banks of the river are flat, but a high belt of good country is to be found at the back of the township, with tolerably large plains, richly grassed. A Court of Petty Sessions is held there. CONDA1INE and ROMA-( Weekly).

MILES] STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. APART .+

Condamine to Dulacca 40 William Miles Thence to Bendemere 30 H. W. Coxen and Co. Wallumbilla 18 Lee and Deuchar Blythedale 18 Wienholt (late of Kent and Roma . 12 Post town [Wienholt)

Total ... 118 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 197

REMARKS.-The post-office will be removed to Roma from Bungeworgorai (5 miles distant) early this year. Roma is a thriving young township' on Bungill Creek, and ie likely to become a place of some importance. Although formed but recently, there were, in June last (1863 ), three stores and two inns there. It is situated on the present main line of road to the Warrego, and it is anticipated that a postal line will shortly be established between Roma, by way of the Maranoa, towards the Second Crossing Place, where a township will probably be proclaimed, and where there are now two inns. Bungewor- gorai was formerly known as Mount Abundance. In the vicinity of this route there are several stations , viz. :-Bin Bin, Mr. F. A. Forbes', 8 miles from Condamine ; Alderton, Messrs. H. Cozen and Co., 20 miles from ditto ; Wandai Gumbal, old police station on Tchanning Creek ; Moongool, Mr. Marks', 15 miles from Bendemere southerly; Dingham and Yuelba, Messrs. Tom , 14 miles from Moongool, ditto.; Warkon, Mr. Barlow' s, 9 miles fro m Dingham, ditto. Combabala is north of Bendemere. South of Bungill Downs and Bunge- worgorai, there are near at hand , Mr. Wilkie's station on Bungill Creek ; Mr. Spencer 's, at Deepwater ; and Mr. Cozen's, on Yalebone Creek. Going west of Bungeworgorai, there is Bindango , Messrs. Kennedy and Rae's, 10 miles distant ; thence to Sim's, on the Ambi, 22 miles ; thence to Mr. Morey's, on the Maranoa , 17 miles ; thence to Native Police Barracks, 26 miles ; thence to Forest Vale, 20 miles ; thence to Messrs. Moffatt and Fullerton's, 10 miles ; and thence to Womblebank, Messrs. Ferrett and Warnod's, 10 miles. ROMA and MARANOA. aEW LINE. As stated in the foregoing, it is probable that a mail line will be established early in this year between Roma and the crossing-place on the Maranoa, the route of which will be as follows :- Roma to Bungeworgorai .. ... 5 miles Thence to Old Bindango .. .. 10 „ Deedes and Foster's .. 35 „ „ Police Barracks .. 24 „ Crossing-placeon Maranoa 12

Total ...... 86 „ This route may be altered after the mailman has commenced running, should he strike a more convenient line. The stations, &c., on, or in the vicinity of, this line are as follows:-Mitchell 198 COUNTRY DIRECTORY.

Downs, Messrs. Morey and Co.'s; Waroonga, Messrs. Deedes and Foster's ; Forest Vale, Tooth and Co.'s; Eurella, Hunter and Fosberry's ; Mongallala (beyond Mitchell Downs), Turn- bull and Co.; Angellala, Maclean and Co.'s; T. S. Sadleir's, Harrison and Co.'s, and Cameron and Co.'s stations ; Merivale (beyond Forest Vale), J. Ferrett's ; Appletree Creek, Moffatt and Fullerton's; Merivale (2), -. Smyth's; Yeo Yeo, J. Norman ; Kennedy and Rae's ; Ward River, Wiseman's ; Bailey and M'Andrew's, Bulhnore and Co.'s, and Thom Brothers, on the Warrego ; Agenthulla, Ashmore's ; and Nice ; S. Spencer's. The present head station of Bindango is about 4 miles, S. by W., of Old Bindango, which is now an overseer's station. Morey's is 22 miles from the junction of the Arabi with the Maranoa ; the Native Police Barracks are 30 miles above him ; and the place where the new township will probably be formed (Fleming's Crossing) is 12 miles above the barracks. Deedes and Foster's is 12 miles from Morey's, and Deuchar and Lee's is 15 miles due north of it. Symes' is on the road to Morey's, 18 miles from Deedes and Foster's, and 27 from Bindango. Merivale Creek, on the lower part of which Ferrett's is situated, is 12 miles from Forest Vale. Smyth' s is on a creek between Box Creek and the Merivale ; 25 miles above him, towards Mount Hutton Range is Vernon's, on Box Creek, 15 miles from Merivale, and 12 miles from Moffatt and Fullerton's, who are on Appletree Creek, 10 miles from Forest Vale, back of Kennedy and Rae's. Forest Vale is 4 miles above Fleming's Crossing . Possession Creek runs into the Maranon, River 20 miles above Forest Vale, and M`Andrew's is located 10 miles up that creek, and 22 miles from Forest Vale. CONDAMINE , SURAT , and YARROWA. CONDAMINE and SURAT-(Weekly).

MILES STATIONS. OWNERS, &C. APART.

Condamine to Undullah.. 30 Blyth and Schofield Thence to Murilla ... 25 L. E. Lester Bingi...... 16 Stephens' Store Nooroondoo ... 6 Thomas Hall „ Surat .. ... 16 Post town

Total ...... 93 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 199

The above is the line by which the mail will ordinarily travel during this year. Another route is- Condamine to Bin Bin ...... 8 miles Thence to Marabie ...... 20 ,, Wardringal ...... 12 Warkon ...... 10 n Bingi ...... 12 Nooroondoo ...... 6 „ „ Surat ...... 16 „

Total ...... 84 ,! SURA T and YARROWS (N.S.W.J- (Fortniletty).

MILES STATIONS, &C. OWNERS, &C. A PART.

Surat to Talavera ... 2 W. B. Tooth Thence to Weribone ... 12 -Hall Tripoli ... 30 E. Flood Borgorah ... 30 - Fitzgerald Bombah ... 7 T. Dangar Nindigually ... 23 Baldwyn's Mingan .. 18 Mackay's Cunningindi ... 4 Bowman's Dareel ... 18 Loder's Mungynda ... 15 M'Farlane's Yarrowa ... 8 Bowman's

Total ...... I 167 REMARxs.-Surat is a rising township, where a Court of Petty Sessions is held. At Bombah, Mr. Dangar's station, the line leaves the Balonne River ; and at Nindigually the line to Retreat branches off. Mungynda, on the M'Intyre River, is just on the border of New South Wales ; and Yarrowa, the post office, is six miles on the other side of the frontier. At Euleutha. 25 miles north-west from Surat, is a Native Police station. The Condamine is called the Balonne below the junc- tion of Dogwood Creek ; a good crossing place over the Condamine is to be found a little below Bingi. St. George's Bridge, the site of the new township, is two miles from Bor- gorah, and five from Bombah. A post office will probably be established here in the course of the year, the township being an important point, inasmuch as the line from Surat to Yar- 2 00 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. rowa , the line to Curriwillingha (on the Ballandoon River), and the Mooni mail from Retreat -Aill all meet here. On the line from Surat to Buugeworgorai the stations and distances are as follow:-Surat to Cogblan's, 5 miles ; thence to Euthulla, 25 miles ; and thence to Bungeworgorai, (or Mount Abundance), 18 miles ; making a total of 48 miles between the two points. Deepwater is 12 miles from Euthulla, and 28 from Surat. Alderton (H. W. Coven and Co.'s) is 20 miles from Con- damine ; Warkon, which is now owned by Mr. Barlow himself, is 25 miles from Alderton ; and Combarngo, the station of Mr. J. E. Brown, is 15 miles from Warkon. Bingi is 11 miles from Bindango, and 40 from Morey's. The other stations in the vicinity of the above routes are as follow:-Mr. Daisey's, on the Coogoon River, 15 miles from the Balonne ; Western La- goon, on Tantalla Creek, Mr. Johnson's ; Glen Erin, Mr. J. Low's, on Donga Creek, 14 miles from Tripoli ; Mr. O'Brien's, on the same creek , 20 miles from Dinabarraba (Mr. Beck's), and 25 miles from Canmaroo (also Mr. Beck's) ; Mr. Beckett's, westward of Tripoli ; Number Ten, Messrs. Moore and Hos- kinson's, on Maranoa River, 20 miles above its junction with the Balonne ; Messrs. Hyland and Dunn's, on Balonne River, opposite side of Borgorah ; and Gulnabar, Messrs. Cochrane and Moore's, on a large lagoon west of Bombah, on the other side of the river. The stations below Bombah, towards the Culgoa, are-Guce or Drondi, 15 miles from Bombah, east bank of Balonne ; Murrabi, Mr. Skewthorpe's, on opposite side of river to Drondi ; Boah, Mr. Baldwin's, 17 miles from Guce ; Qui Qui, on opposite side of Balonne ; Gwennatibi, Mr. Skew- thorpe's, on the Culgoa, 18 miles below Grover's ; Cunawildi, Mr. drover's, a large cattle station on the Balonne, from whence there is a bridle track to Dareel station, 30 miles, the latter being on the Yarrows line. Mr. Hiram Baldwin's is 18 miles below Grover's ; Saunders' accommodation house, 7 miles below ; another station 18 miles below ; and Earp's, 7 miles from the boundary, and 16 from Spring's, in New South Wales. Opposite Hiram Baldwin's, of Boah, is Wynbah, Mr. Charles Ezzy's. South-west of Dareel, 20 miles, is Wooloomut, Mr. Pierce's. Goorarmor is 20 miles south of Nindigually, and 6 miles from Goorarmor is Ballamoor, where there is a store. Gunningindi, Mr. J. Bowerman's, is 7 miles from Goorarmor. Cowrara, Mr. Larnach's, south of Skewthorpe's, at the junction of Bockhardt Creek with the Balonne. Nee Nee, Mr. Griffith's, is on Bockhardt Creek. Toothar is on the Culgoa, near Skew- thorpe's. On the Narr n River, south of Grover' s, are Eurama, Nullawa, and Ungledrop. Below Boah the Balonne River COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 201 branches into the Culgoa and Narran . Following this we give detailed information of the various stations on the Warrego, but we may here remark that many of these wi ll draw their supp lies from Fort Bourke (N.S.W.), 70 miles south of the border , to which point the Darling steamers now reach ; and, when the Victorian railway is completed to the Murray . settlers on the Warrego wi ll be able to obtain their goods on to their stations direct fr om Hobson 's Bay , in nine or ten days.

THE WARREG O. THE subjoined memoranda relative to the Warrego district have been kindly supp lied to the Publisher by Mr . John Neilson, of the Warrego River :-" The traveller , on leaving Fort Bourke, N. S. Wales (which, by the way , is the key to the trade of this district ), arrives upon the Warrego , or, more properly, the Barungha , at a point 40 miles therefrom , at a large sheep station belonging to the Bogan River Company , upon which are depastured some 40,000 sheep. He then proceeds upwards some 40 miles to a large sheep establishment of Mr. John Rutherford , upon which there were shorn last season some 60,000. Some few miles to the west of Mr. Rutherford's station, upon the Irrarah Creek, effluent fr om the Warrego, Mr. Vincent Dowling has a station depasturing some 10,000 sheep . The traveller now arrives at the boundary of this colony and N . S. Wales, and the first station therein situate is a station of Mr. Dangar 's (No. 1), depasturing some 900 head of horses ; Mr. Jackson , superintendent . At 20 miles easterly from this station there are two stations , severa lly occupied on either bank of Thuralgoonah Creek-on the east side by Mr. Magic, with 700 head of cattle, and on the west by Mr. John Rutherford , with some 5000 sheep. Another station depas- turing cattle is now being formed by Mr . Moned, late of the Bree. Twenty miles north-easterly of this point there are two stations , held on a place called Noo ro oma , on the east side by Mr. Rutherford , with 2000 sheep, and on the west side by Mr. W. Mackenzie , with 800 head of cattle . At a point 12 miles west fr om Dangar 's horse station you arrive at the Cuttaburra Creek , effluent fr om the Warrego , at a station of the Bogan River Company , Merrimonka , depasturing some 6000 sheep. Leaving there and proceeding upwards, you arrive at a cattle station of Mr. J. F. Josephson (of Sydney), depasturing some 1800 head of cattle . The next station you meet with on the Cuttaburra is a station of the Bogan River Company's, with 1200 head of cattle ; fr om thence to Danger 's cattle station, 202 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. situate some 14 miles from the effluence of the Cuttaburra from the Warrego. Leaving Danger's horse station on the main Warrego, the traveller crosses a creek effluent from that river, called the Tuen, at 25 miles' distance . The country on the opposite bank is held by Messrs. Single and Ryan (of Penrith, N. S. Wales) ; from thence to Cunnamullah (Mr. Samuel Smith's), with 1600 head of cattle, the distance is 40 miles. On the opposite bank a station is held by Mr. George Pearson, with 700 head of cattle. Fourteen miles above this there is a station held by Messrs. Williams (Teckulman), with 500 head of cattle ; on the opposite bank Mr. Dangar holds a cattle station, with 600 head. Messrs. Williams, also, hold an adjoin- ing station , 22 miles above Teckulman, called Coongoolin, de- pasturing 2000 head of cattle, on the east bank ; the west bank being held by Mr. John M'Kenzie, with 600 head of cattle. Leaving Coongoolin you arrive at Claverton (Mr. H. Weaver's), at 17 miles (1200 head of cattle), the opposite bank to which is held by Mr. Hill, of the Narran River. Leaving Claverton, you arrive at a station of Mr. John Neilson (500 head cattle), on the west bank, ten miles above which a station is held by Mr. W. G. Conn, called Dillalah, with 600 head of cattle, on the east bank. Opposite, the country is held by Mr. John Rutherford. At 25 miles above this point the country is held, on the west bank ; by Mr. Richards, with 1500 head of cattle ; a few miles above whose station the Warrego receives the waters of the Burgamathulla and Ward. Upon the latter river there exists some of the finest country in Queensland, held by Messrs. Burn, Mayne, and Ward, Messing and others. The only sta- tions on the Burgamathulla are held by Messrs. Adams and Donkin. Leaving Richards' station, on the west bank of the Warrego upwards, you arrive at a station held by Messrs. Flood, Gordon, and Wiseman. The country above this on the west side is of splendid downs, but, there being a scarcity of water, this land remains unoccupied at present. Below this country, on the west bank, the Warrego receives the waters of the Nive, occupied by Messrs. Dutton and others. On the opposite bank it also receives the waters of the Angellala, upon which are situate a large number of sheep and cattle stations, held by various parties. The country above this point consists alternately of open scrub and downs, exceedingly well grassed, -the Lower Warrego, having the greatest extent of plain country, the soil becoming more saline as you approach the Darling, and more adapted. for sheep. [{To the west of the Warrego, starting from CunnamulIah, there is a station held by Mr. Sharp, Mirrapooroo, with 800 COUNTRY DIRECTORY. 203 head of cattle, distance 15 miles ; thence to Dowling's, on the Parroo, 15 miles ; and west of that point again, a station held by Mr. West with 7,000 sheep. Mr. Dowling has another cattle station 40 miles below his upper station on the Parroo River. " The trade of the Upper Warrego proceeds towards Rock- hampton, while the Lower Warrego and westward of that receives their supplies at Fort Bourke, where they are brought by steamers from Echuca (Victoria), and Goolwa (South Australia) ; the rate of carriage of wool from Fort Bourke to Melbourne or Adelaide is at the rate of £12 per ton. The navigation of these rivers by Captain Cadell has done much to open up the interior of Western Queensland, and although the colony loses the commercial trade of this part, still the advantages of internal steam navigation must be admitted." From another source the publisher learns that flour has been quoted at £22 per ton at Fort Bour